Home

Voice Sense User Manual(Ver 6.0)_HIMS

1. 56 4 2 1 Selecting DisSkS cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeees 57 4 2 2 Getting in and Out of a Folder Opening Closing a Ripa 4 2 3 Opening a File iia rrricochacssp eaten eres ance Raaaanee ds 57 Bi 2 A SOI TO iena eiic conten hazed S 59 4 2 5 Copy I MOVE iis osc inten eetes ee uids tones cacao ncaa aoe 60 4 2 6 Delete Files or Folders ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 61 42T REMAING noei ses deere leew os tye babi menu aa acne 62 4 2 8 New Document 0 00ccccecceeee cece cece eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 62 4 2 9 New Foldet csn a eect aia ae el 63 4 2 10 File Conversion ccccceeeeeeee cece ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 63 4 2 11 Select All 2 cic fit ccthdacseetat eh Scoala Aanneeel i ontattace tase lk 64 4 2 12 Search for Pile jee dere risian iaeia ier diidini iaa 64 42 13 S rt Files By aii e EE OOE eoecat 65 4 214 Set File NfO e a artna 66 4 2 15 Display Only Files of Type cccccceceeeesnteeeeeeeeees 67 4 2160 ZIP R E A E andes 67 4 217 UNZ P aE aa e a OO E E ahak 68 4 2 18 Information eeaeee marta vac re teddes arene ibaa eee oes 68 4 3 Using the Address Wind OW ccccceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 69 43A Editing ee a a e a aaa AOE 70 4 3 2 Type in Path File Name ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 70 4 3 3 Opening the History List cc eee eeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeees 70 4 4 Netw
2. 7 Press Enter on the Forward 8 It shows To You can move to this stage to this stage by pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 Input the e mail address of the new recipient using computer Braille 9 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to CC BCC and Subject 10 At Subject It shows Subject Fw Welcome to HIMS 11 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Message body 12 You can find the original e mail message with the following message Forwarded Message Bi 13 Type in the Message body that you want to add or edit 14 Press Enter s Dots 2 3 4 to send the e mail 194 When you forward an e mail the method is the same as write an e mail So you can type in additional recipients and attach files to the email that you are forwarding You can also save the e mail that you are writing in the Outbox 8 3 4 Saving a Received E mail as Document You may need to save an e mail as a document when you are reading an e mail in the Inbox You can do this by completing the following steps 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 2 It shows the File 3 Press Enter on the File 4 Press Space 4 move to Save As Text 5 Press Enter on the Save As Text 6 It will open the save as dialog box 7 And it shows File name subject of e mail under reading txt
3. Delete selection and delete a letter Space d dots 1 2 It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Cancel block Space e dots 1 5 20 7 Media Player 473 20 7 1 Hot keys for commands Open file Enter o dots 1 3 5 Open folder Enter f dots 1 2 4 Add file Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Add folder Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Save play list Enter i dots 2 4 Save as play list Space s dots 2 3 4 Delete item Space d dots 1 4 5 Open URL Enter u dots 1 3 6 Play Enter Play button Pause continue Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Previous track Dot 3 previous button Next track Dot 6 next button 5th previous track Dots 2 3 5th next track Dots 5 6 First track Dots 1 3 Last track Dots 4 6 Volume up Space up arrow key Volume down Space down arrow key Speed up Dots 3 4 5 Slow down Dots 1 2 6 Change time index dot 2 or dot 5 Move to next position by time index and play dot 4 Move to previous position by time index and play dot 1 Call up the record dialog box Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Record butt on Record Record button Pause continue recording Space Record button Play Play button Pause continue play Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button 474 Delete play list during stop Space d dots 1 4 5 Set bookmark Enter m dots 1 3 4 Delete bookmark Enter d dots 1 4 5 Jump to bookmark Enter j dots 2 4 5 Go to position Enter g dots 1
4. Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 Note that there are three types of cursors 33 1 dots 7 8 2 blinking dots 7 8 3 blinking dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The blinking dots 7 8 will be displayed when you are in the overwrite mode in the word processor The blinking dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 will appear when you are using the start selection setting in the word processor and when you are in an edit box In all other situations the cursor will be displayed as dots 7 8 3 2 2 Eight Dot Mode Note This function appears when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille SyncBraille is sold separately You can choose to use a 6 dot Braille or 8 dot Braille display when using ASCII text mode The shortcut key is e dots 1 5 By default the 8 dot Braille display is set to off You can switch this option to 8 dot Braille mode by pressing the Space key You can toggle this option on or off by pressing F1 down arrow key while you are using another program in the Voice Sense without having to pull up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do no
5. You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 30 Default Document This function is used to set the default document type applied when you create a new document using the word processor on the Voice Sense The shortcut key for this option is q dot 1 2 3 4 5 When you create a new document in the word processor Braille document brl file is selected as the file type by default You can change the default setting using this option 49 You can choose between sense document Braille document and text document By default it is set to Braille document Press Space to toggle through the three settings and press Enter or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button and press Enter to save the changed setting If you do not want to save the changed setting press tab Space 4 5 to move to the cancel button and press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 For your reference this option is set to text document even if you are set to sense document or Braille document when connected the Voice Sense to USB keyboard And if you remove the USB keyboard this option will be returned to value that before you connected to the USB keyboard 3 2 31 Automatically synchronize with t
6. mention to Bill and Robin 4 Press Enter 5 If sending is successful Tweet Completed message will be displayed 16 2 5 5 Reply Reply is a function to answer received mention or tweet which other users posted Reply is sent to as a mention type If you want to open Reply dialog box on the tweet which you want to answer press Enter y 1 3 4 5 6 or move to the Reply dialog box by pressing Tab and then press Enter Or After calling up the Menu you can select Reply located on the sub menu of Tweets Reply dialog box contains 4 controls as the same as Tweet dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Tweet This is edit box You can write answer on this box 2 Characters This is status bar It displays current characters and maximum characters like Characters 0 140T 3 Tweet As a button if you press Enter reply will be posted 4 Cancel As a button you can cancel posting reply 356 The followings are how to post reply 1 Within Timeline move to the tweet which you want to reply and then press Enter y dots 1 3 4 5 6 2 Reply dialog box is launched and Tweet edit box appears On the edit box User ID who receives reply is already input as below Tweet robin 3 If you have type message press Enter 4 If posting reply is successful T
7. or F2 and move to the read menu by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or press r dots 1 2 3 5 to call up the read menu Press Enter on read selected text in the read menu While editing a document you can press Backspace b dots 1 2 to activate the read selected text function Although you activate this function the cursor location will not move to the selected text The cursor will stay where you have activated read selected text 5 4 2 Read Beginning of Selected Text The read beginning of selected text command will allow you to hear the first line of the selected text without moving the cursor location To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to the read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to read beginning of selected text by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or you can press u dots 1 3 6 on the read menu which is the shortcut While editing a document you can press Enter u dots 1 3 6 to activate this function When you execute read beginning of selected text the cursor will stay in the same position it was at when you executed read beginning of selected text 5 4 3 Read from beginning to cursor 104 Using this function the Voice Sense will audibly speak a document from the beginning to the position where the cursor is loc
8. 16 4 2 2 Adding Deleting or Viewing Contact Information You can add a contact by doing the following 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu Move to Contacts by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter Press Enter on Add Contact You could also press Enter a dot 1 instead of using the menu 2 Then the Add Contact dialog box will be displayed and you will be placed in the E mail address edit box Type the email address of the person you want to add in computer Braille 3 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then the contact information will be stored and you will be placed back in the contact list box If you want to cancel adding the contact information press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Cancel button and press Enter 403 The added contact will be displayed as offline until the person accepts your request for adding him or her to your contact list As soon as the request is accepted their status will be changed to online You can delete a contact that you have registered by doing the following 1 Move to the contact you want to delete by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Space 4 to move to Contacts and press Enter Move to Delete Contact by pressing Space 4 and press Ente
9. BCC 12 Type in the e mail address of another recipient using computer Braille This e mail address will not be seen by the recipient or the carbon copy recipient If there is no hidden recipient you can skip to next step 13 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to Subject 14 Type in the subject of the e mail message at Subject You can input the subject in ASCII Grade 1 or Grade 2 You can change the mode by pressing Space g dots 1 2 4 5 15 When you finish typing in the subject press tab Space 4 5 to move to Message body 16 You can write an e mail message The input method and the editing method are the same as the input and editing method used in the word processor You can also write the message in ASCII Grade 1 or Grade 2 17 When you finish writing the e mail message press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the E mail menu Then the File menu will be displayed again 18 Press enter 19 Press Space 4 to move to Send 20 Press enter when Send is displayed You can send mail pressing Enter s dots 2 3 4 without calling up the menu 180 21 Then Sending will be displayed and the e mail will be sent to the recipients When the Voice Sense finishes sending e mail Successfully sent new message will be displayed If it fails to send the e mail the Voice Sense will display Unable to sent message
10. SS S Select all Enter a dot 1 Save as a file Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Backup address list Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore address list Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Set backup option Enter e dots 1 5 Set address search fields Enter o dots 1 3 5 Import from CSV Backspace i dots 2 4 Export to CSV Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 Miscellaneous hot keys Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Cancel Space e dots 1 5 or F4 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 140 7 Schedule Manager 7 1 Overview The Schedule manager is a program that is used to manage important information about appointments anniversaries and events The Schedule Manager can also inform you of appointments at a specified time You can start the schedule manager from the program menu by pressing the up or down arrow key Space 1 or Space 4 to move to schedule manager Then press Enter Or you can press s dots 2 3 4 in the program menu which is the shortcut The Schedule manager has two main dialog boxes add schedule and search schedule In add schedule you can enter information about a new appointment Using search schedule you can look for information about a specific appointment stored in the schedule manager and you can edit or delete the schedule information that is stored 7 2 Starting Schedule Manager If you press Enter o
11. Space 1 5 Press Backspace a dots 1 and then you can follow focused user 16 2 8 2 User search User search is a function to search for entered words among 365 user s profile id and name registered in Twitter In order to call up the User Search dialog menu press Backspace f dots 1 2 4 or launch User Search menu located on the sub menu of Search menu after calling up the menu It is similar to Global search dialog box User Search dialog box consists of 5 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Search word As a edit box you can enter word which you want to search 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 20 results You can launch Next list by pressing Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on this button 3 Search result In the list search results appear such as User Id About me Search result button represents only when there are search results 4 Follow User As a button you can follow the focused user with this button Follow User button represents only when there are search results Or press Backspace a dots 1 and then you can follow focused user 5 Confirm As a button you can execute search 6 Cancel As a button you can close User Search dialog box and return to the status right before calling up the M
12. Space 4 move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 Itshows Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 8 Press Space 4 when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed in order to move to Type Host 3 3 9 Press a dot 1 on Type Host 3 3 or press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Add button and then press Enter 10 Then the Add dialog box will be opened and Host add host address will be displayed Here host address is the host address that was focused on when you executed this command 11 Press Enter on Host add host address Or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button and then press enter 12 Then the Voice Sense will say Successfully added spam data and it will show Host registered host address 1 1 If you add the host address as above the e mails from the registered host will be downloaded from the e mail server but the Voice Sense 213 will delete them automatically So those e mails will not be found in the inbox At step 5 above you can add the additional host address by modifying the host address that you have typed in If you type in a new host address at Host add host address the displayed host address will be erased and the new host address will be displayed But if you press the
13. The following is how to launch Twitter 1 Within the main menu press c dots 1 4 or move to the Social Networking using Space 4 and press Enter And then you can enter sub menu of Social Networking 2 Press t dots 2 3 4 5 or move to the Twitter and then press Enter 16 2 1 Main Terms 1 Tweet It is a message posted in Twitter It is similar to posting on the message board But the difference is there is no space to write title compared to common posting 2 Tweets allow you to post 140 characters regardless of language It can contain URL 3 Mention It allows you to send more than one person tweets Reply belongs to Mention type 4 Reply This is to answer on a mention to specific user 5 Follow This is to follow other users You can subscribe other user s tweets which you are following 6 Followers This means other users following you in other words who subscribe your tweets 7 Unfollow This means to stop following other users 8 Retweet This is to delivery other user s tweet to your Follower It is similar to recommendation used in general message Also RT is abbreviation 9 Friend This is users who follow each other In other words you follow A user and also A user follows you 10 DM DM is Direct Message which allows you to send and receive Direct Message with just one person You can only send a Direct Message to Follower 11
14. The next item is time format where you can switch between 12 hour and 24 hour time You can toggle between which time to use with Space 1 or Space 4 Once you select a time you can move to the next time by pressing tab Space 4 5 In time you can set your time If you select 12 hour clock in the time format you can see A M or P M after the hour and minute In the 12 hour clock you can set the time after selecting A M or P M by pressing Space x dots 1 3 4 6 In the 24 hour clock setting you can type in a 24 hour system number regardless of A M or P M When you put numbers in the time you need to put a Space or colon between the hour and the minute To set your time you can move to the date by pressing tab Space 4 5 In the date you should put in the month date and year in that order You should use a 2 digit number for the month a 2 digit number for the date and a 4 digit number for the year while typing in a Space or slash between them The next item is Synchronize with time server where you can synchronize time and date This function is extremely useful when the 431 date and time of Voice Sense is faster or slower than current time First of all to execute this function you have to connect the internet to your Voice Sense Once the internet is connected press Enter on Synchronize with time server button
15. Using the Menu manager on the Voice Sense you can manage the programs that you want to display or not Following programs can be set in the Menu manager 1 Sense Dice Game 2 Sense Brain Game 3 Twitter 4 Google Talk 5 MSN Messenger To execute the Menu manager follow these steps below 1 Press U dots1 3 6 or Enter on the Utilities 2 Press the short cut key m dots 1 3 4 or Enter on the Menu manager 3 The dialog box of the Menu manager will be displayed The dialog box of the Menu manager consists of following items 1 The 5 lists of the Voice Sense program 2 Confirm button 3 Cancel button To navigate between each program you need to press Space 1 or Space 4 And pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift tab Space 1 2 to navigate between Confirm and Cancel button To hide unused program follow these steps below 1 When executing Menu manager the list of the Voice Sense program will be displayed 2 Pressing Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the program that you want to hide and press the Space to change to off 3 When checking all the programs as off you need to press Enter Or pressing Tab Space 4 5 to move to Confirm and press Enter 450 4 Setting is complete Press the Reset button which is located at the back of the Voice Sense 5 And when navigating between each program o
16. You can modify an appointment that you have scheduled First move to the appointment you want to modify in the find result list Press Enter m dots 1 3 4 Or open the menu by pressing Space m dots 152 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on modify schedule or press the shortcut key m dots 1 3 4 in the menu Or you can press its hot key Enter m dots 1 3 4 in the find result list If the appointment is a recurring schedule a prompt displaying recurrence appointment Open type will appear This is asking whether you want to modify the recurring schedule or the schedule for a specific day If you select this occurrence you will make changes for the appointment of the day but the recurring appointments on other days will not be changed If you select the series you will make changes for all the recurring appointments of the schedule If you select cancel modify schedule dialog box will not be opened and go back to the previous status You can select these values by pressing Space or Backspace Press Enter to open the modify schedule dialog box This dialog box contains the same controls as in the add schedule dialog box The only difference is that each field has the value entered previously You can make changes in these fields If you change a recurring schedule all the instances of the schedule will be changed according to the new values
17. add address Then press Enter Or press Enter i dots 2 4 which is the hot key in address manager 6 3 1 Adding an Address Add address is a dialog box that contains a list of 22 input fields the memo field a confirm button and a cancel button In the input fields you can enter the information corresponding to the 22 fields of a record Confirm is used to save the information entered and cancel is used to discard the entry You can move among the input fields memo confirm and cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Among the 22 input fields you can move from one field to the next by pressing the up arrow key Space 1 or 121 the down arrow key Space 4 If the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille you can use the cursor keys in SyncBraille to move from one field to the next Here you should type in the appropriate information for each field and press the down arrow key Space 4 to move to the next field You do not have to fill in all of the fields If you want to skip a field press the down arrow key Space 4 and the field will be left blank You will then be prompted for the next field When you have entered information in the desired fields you can save the information by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 repeatedly to move to the c
18. and press Enter Or you press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 without call up menu To use Last Message you should press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Space 4 repeatedly to move to Actions and press Enter Press Space 4 to move to Last Message and press Enter Or you press Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 without call up menu When executing Last Message you 407 can see the list of messages In this list you can move through the messages by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly If you press Enter on a message then the focus will move to the corresponding instant message dialog box Play keyboard sound You can select whether your message input is converted into the sound or not to use Play Keyboard Sound when you are writing your message to a person in the instant message dialog box In other words you can choose whether you will hear a person s message input while inputting your message or your message input continuously when a person send you a message You need to take the following steps for this function 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 to move to the Tools and press Enter 3 Press Space 4 to move to the Play Keyboard Sound and press Enter Or you can press Enter k dots 1 3 to move to the Play Keyboard Sound directly Then y
19. and the default is set to Letters The setting values are Letters dot patterns and off You can cycle through each of the options by pressing the Space key 45 For example when you select Letters the open o Enter o will output with open o Enter o And if you select dot patterns the open o Enter o will out put with open o Enter dots 1 3 5 And if you select off you can t hear the hot key information If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 24 Announce shortcut keys The announce shortcut keys option allows you to decide if the Voice Sense will say the shortcut key for a function The shortcut key is s dots 2 3 4 and the default is set to on For example if you hear file f pull down the shortcut key is the letter f If you prefer the Voice Sense only says file pull down you will want to turn the announce shortcut keys setting off To toggle announce shortcut keys b
20. cursor routing key at the position where you want to modify the displayed address that address will be modified where you modify it When Host registered host address 1 1 is displayed you can add it by pressing a dot 1 or pressing Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Add button and then press Enter You can check the registered host addresses by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 When you register a subject e mail address or host as spam e mail you may make a mistake while you are typing in a subject e mail address or host In this case you need to modify the subject while typing them in Please refer to the following correction methods 1 In order to delete the current letter press Space d dots 1 4 5 2 In order to delete the previous letter press Backspace 3 In order to delete the current line press BackSpace 1 4 Then Delete line yes will be displayed Press enter to delete the line Or if you do not want to delete the line press Space to toggle Yes to No and then press enter If you want to cancel setting spam at the Add dialog box press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Cancel button and press Enter Or just press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 214 8 5 3 2 Modifying Spam Registration In order to modify a Subject that has been registered do the following
21. function open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Space 4 repeatedly to move to the go to menu Press Enter on go to Then use Space 1 or Space 4 to move to go to previous heading and press Enter Or press u dots 1 3 6 in the submenu To activate this function without opening up the menu press Backspace b dots 1 2 while in a web page 11 4 5 Go to Next Heading If you activate the go to next heading function you can go forward to a heading from your current location To execute the go to next heading function open up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Space 4 repeatedly to move to the go to menu Press Enter on go to Then use Space 1 or Space 4 to move to go to next heading Then press Enter on go to next heading Or just press d dots 1 4 5 in the submenu You can also activate this function without opening up the menu by pressing Backspace f dots 1 2 4 while you are in a web page 11 4 6 Go to Previous Next Text This menu can be used to go to the next text or the previous text while you are reading the web page In order to execute the go to next text menu do the following 1 Call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 2 Move to go to by pressing Space 4 3 Press E
22. memo field You can type in multiple lines of text in the memo field When you want to start a new line of text you should press Enter When you are done entering information for a record you can press tab Space 1 2 until you reach the confirm button Then press Enter on confirm 6 3 2 Setting Add Address Fields Set address fields enables you to select one of the 22 fields to be shown when you enter contact information There are 22 fields ina record but you may not want to enter information in every one of the 22 fields You can use set address fields to select only the fields that you need To use this function press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to bring up the menu and then select set address field or press o dots 1 3 5 which is the shortcut and then press Enter Or you can press Enter o dots 1 3 5 in the add address dialog box On the right side of each field name use or unused is displayed The default value is set to use In order to toggle the value press Space After setting all the fields you want to change move to the confirm button or the cancel button by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 and then press Enter to save or cancel the changes Another way you can cancel the changes is by pressing Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dot
23. new folder and press Enter Or you can activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 You will then see an edit box that says new folder name Type in the new folder name using ASCII characters and then press Enter If the folder is created successfully you will hear xxx folder created where xxx is the name of the folder You will then be automatically returned to the list that you were in whether it was the remote or local folder list To cancel any changes that you made press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 and you will be returned to the previous list 318 13 2 3 5 Delete File Folder This function will allow you to delete files or folders in the remote or local folder list Note that if a folder contains folders you will not be able to delete the folder To activate this function perform the following steps 1 After you have connected to the FTP service navigate to the local or remote folder list and select the file s or folder s that you want to delete by pressing the Space on them The navigation keys are exactly the same as when using the file manager To reference these keys please refer to chapter 3 of this manual You can move to between remote folder list and local folder list by pressing Enter o dots 1 3 5 2 Once you have selected the file s or folder s press Space m dots 1 3 4 and then use Space 1
24. on delete Or press Backspace d dots 1 4 5 without calling the menu 3 Input the mark number which will be deleted in the edit box of enter mark name to delete and press Enter 4 If you input non existing mark number the edit box of enter mark name to delete will be displayed again after Mark x does not exist message 9 3 5 4 Mark Manager You can open mark manager dialog box to check mark information of the current audio file by pressing Backspace k dots 1 3 You can also open dialog box by using the menu Call up the menu by press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to mark And then press Enter on mark And move to mark manager and press Enter 13 13 The dialog box consists of mark list direction button delete button close button You can go to each control by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 There are all marks of the current file in the mark list with information of name of mark setting time of mark You can go to the other information in the list by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can delete a mark in the list by pressing Enter or Space d dots 1 4 5 after going to delete button by pressing tab Space 4 5 Also you can play the contents from the specific mark by pressing Enter on the mark name or by pressing Enter afte
25. or Space 4 to move to delete file folder and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Space d dots 1 4 5 3 If the file s or folder s is are deleted successfully you will hear delete completed 13 2 3 6 Information This function will allow you to check information regarding files or folders that are located in the remote or local folder list You can activate this function by performing the following steps 1 After you have connected to the FTP service navigate to the local or remote folder list and select the file or folder that you want to know information about The navigation keys are exactly the same as when using the file manager To reference these keys please refer to chapter 3 in this manual 2 Then press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu and then use Space 1 or Space 4 to move to information and 319 press Enter Or you can activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Enter i dots 2 4 3 After you have activated the function you will see the information dialog box which consists of type size date attribute Close You can move between these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 If you select multiple files the information function will display the number of selected files and size 3 t
26. recall items dialog box The only difference is that this dialog box always displays variable names and values regardless of the value of detail display option After you select all of the variables to be used in the calculation you can press tab Space 4 5 to move to the result list The result list displays the sum average variance and standard deviation of selected variables You can move between these items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If you want to copy some results in the list to the clipboard first press Space on the items to be copied and then press Enter i dots 2 4 However copy to clipboard in the menu cannot be used Only this hotkey will work Once they are copied to the clipboard they can be pasted in the word processor or other programs To close the dialog box press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or press Enter on the close button To get the statistics about another set of variables after reading the result press shift tab Space 1 2 to go back to the variable list Then press Space e dots 1 5 to cancel all the selections Now select all the variables to be calculated 423 in the same way as you did before and press tab Space dots 4 5 to read the result 17 1 3 Sine Functions The sine functions menu will be activated when you press Enter on sine functions or press s dots 2 3 4 in the menu You
27. 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 It shows Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 8 Move to list by pressing tab Space 4 5 Then Subject Registered word 1 xx will be displayed 9 Press Space 4 or Space 1 to move to the word to be modified 10 Press m dots 1 3 4 on the word to be modified Or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Modify button and press enter 11 Then the modify dialog box will be opened and Subject modify selected word will be displayed 12 If you type in a new word directly the displayed word will be erased and the new word will be displayed If you want to modify a part of the displayed word press the cursor routing key at the position where you want to modify the word and type in the letters that you want to modify 13 Press enter after you type in the new word Or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button and then press enter 14 Then Successfully modified spam data will be announced and you will be returned to the list If there
28. 13 2 4 ActiveSync Service This service works the same way as when you connect the Voice Sense to a computer via a USB cable and use ActiveSync If the connection succeeds when activating it by pressing Enter on ActiveSync you will hear the sound that ActiveSync makes when there is a successful connection Just as with all of the Bluetooth services the remote Bluetooth device may need to authorize the Voice Sense You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Service list Just like using ActiveSync via USB you can copy and paste files from the Voice Sense from the remote Bluetooth device to the Voice Sense and visa versa If you want to disconnect the service you can press Enter d dots 1 4 5 while in the Bluetooth Manager and the Voice Sense will say service disconnected and you will be returned to the Bluetooth Service list You will no longer see the word connected after ActiveSync in the Bluetooth Service list You cannot use ActiveSync via USB and Bluetooth at the same time If the remote Bluetooth device is connected via USB and using ActiveSync you must disconnect the remote Bluetooth device in order to use the ActiveSync service via Bluetooth 13 2 5 Serial Port 320 If you connect this service you should not connect the other services The Serial Port service will allow you to use your Voice Sense as a wireless Braille keyboard via Bluetooth In order to use the Voice Sense as a wireless keyboard
29. 21 4 Address Manager 21 4 1 Move keys for moving from field to field in the record or in the menu 495 Move to the previous field or menu item UP Arrow Move to the next field or menu item Down Arrow Move to the first field or menu item Home Move to the last field or menu item End 21 4 2 Move Keys for Moving from Record to Record Move to the previous record Up Arrow Move to the next record Down Arrow Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to next same field different record Left arrow key Move to previous same field different record Right arrow key 21 4 3 Hot Keys for the Commands Add address Ctrl n Search address Ctrl f Modify address Ctrl m Delete address DEL Select all Ctrl a Save as a file Alt s Print address Ctrl p Backup address list Ctrl u Restore address list Ctrl r Backup option Ctrl e Setting add Searching address fields Ctrl o 21 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Tab tab 496 Shift tab Shift tab Cancel ESC Exit Alt f4 21 5 Schedule Manager 21 5 1 Hot keys for the commands Move to the next field Tab Move to the previous field Shift tab Search address Ctrl s Add schedule Ctrl n Modify schedule Ctrl m Delete schedule DEL Alarm option Ctrl o Save schedule as file
30. 4 or move to the Personal Information on the sub menu of File and then press Enter The followings are the information you can check in Personal Information dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Name 2 ID 3 Homepage 4 About me 368 5 Follow count 6 Follower count 7 Edit 8 Close Personal Information dialog box can edit name homepage a self introduction The followings are way to modify personal information 1 After executing Personal Information dialog box move to the Edit button by pressing Tab 2 Press Enter and then control box appears It contains Name EB Homepage CEB About me EB Save BT Close BT 3 Type the desired information on Name EB Homepage CEB About me EB Type Homepage information using computer Braille 4 Press Save button and then a Refreshing user information message is displayed It tries to refresh information 5 If the refreshing is successful Save complete message will be displayed and you will go to the status right before pressing Edit button 16 2 9 2 Save Current Timeline Save Current Timeline is a function to save all current timeline lists as text file In order to call up Save Current Timeline dialog box press Space s dots 2 3 4 on the Tweet Window or press Enter o
31. Backspace q dots 1 2 3 4 5 Delete Contact d Space d dots 1 4 5 Block Contact b Backspace b dots 1 2 Manage Block List m Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Contact Information i Enter i dots 2 4 Manage Contact List p Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Option s Menu Commands My Status Options u Backspace u dots 1 3 6 Action Options a Backspace a dot 1 Alert Options 0 Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Path Options p Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 Chat Window Menus File f Menu Commands Save Conversation e Space e dots 1 5 Close Chat z Space z dots 1 3 5 6 484 Edit e Menu Commands Cut x Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Copy c Enter c dots 1 4 Delete d Space d dots 1 4 5 Paste v Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Start Selection b Enter b dots 1 2 Select All a Enter a dot 1 Find f Enter f dots 1 2 4 Find Again g Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Action a Menu Commands Start Chat s Enter s dots 2 3 4 Start Voice Chat v Enter h dots1 2 5 Stop Voice Chat v Space e dots 1 5 Send File f Enter f dots 1 2 4 View Contact List r Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Manage Chat m Enter m dots 1 3 4 Move to Previous Chat p Space p dots 1 2 3 4 Move to Next Chat n Space n dots 1 3 4 5 The move keys in Google Talk Move to the previous Contents Space 1 Move to the next Contents Space 4 Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Space 1 2 6 Move to the next
32. Forward or Backward by current status If you choose Forward the searching executes from current status to the top of the chat And if you choose Backward the searching executes from current status to the end of the chat You can change the prompt button pressing Space or Backspace key 3 Confirm This is a button using this button you can execute Find 4 Cancel This is a button using this button you can exit Find dialog box and the chat window that right before calling Find menu will be displayed The Following is how to find the message in chat window 1 Press Space f dots 1 2 4 Edit to type Text to find box will appear 2 Type the desired letter word and sentence press Enter 3 If you press Enter the searching executes toward the end of chat targeting Text to find You can change the direction of searching by pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 after then you move to Search direction box Also you can search toward the top of chat by pressing space key After then the input is changed to Forward 390 16 3 6 4 Export Contact List Export Contact list is a function to save Contact list which you registered as CSV file In order to call up the Export Contact list dialog box press Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 on the Contact list or press Enter on the Export Contact list menu after entering sub menu of File by calling up the
33. Space 1 or down arrow key Space 4 to select a desired file format You can find and open a desired file from the file list without typing in the file name directly in the file name box Press tab Space 4 5 several times to move to the file list and then select a desired file You can also move to the file list by pressing shift tab Space 1 2 when you are at the file 78 name dialog box The files in the file list have the file format that was selected in file format You can select a file that you want by using the up and down arrow keys and you can open the file by pressing Enter If you select a folder and press Enter you will see the list of files in that folder If you want to access a file that is on a compact flash card or USB memory stick you can access the file in the open dialog box by first moving to the file list by pressing shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Then press Backspace until you hear the USB stick memory or the compact flash card Then press Enter to open the memory The Voice Sense will choose the Braille mode depending upon the file type For example if you press Enter to select a file that has the extensions hbl or brl or if you type in a file name with those extensions and press Enter the Voice Sense will open the selected file in Grade 2 Braille You will not be abl
34. You can move between these fields by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can access the confirm and cancel buttons by pressing tab Space dots 4 5 or shift tab Space dots 1 2 7 10 1 Alarm Duration With this option you can change the duration of the alarm sound You can set this option to a value that is between 5 and 600 seconds The default value is set to 30 seconds You should enter the number in computer Braille or regular grade 1 Braille without a number sign Press Enter to save the changes and exit from the dialog box If you want to set the alarm repeat interval in the next field you should press Space 4 to move to it 7 10 2 Alarm Repeat Interval Time When the alarm goes off if you do not stop it by pressing Backspace Enter the Voice Sense will keep giving you a notice about the appointment after a specified time interval The alarm repeat interval option allows you to change this interval You can set the value anywhere from 1 to 60 minutes and the default value is set to 5 minutes When you want to change the value type in a number between 1 and 60 in computer Braille or regular grade 1 Braille You can type these numbers without a number sign After entering the 157 number press Enter to save the changes and exit from the dialog box Or if you press tab Space 4 5 the Voice Sense will move to the repeat edit b
35. and so on 3 When you have read through all of the information you can press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Close button and then press Enter Or you can just press Space e dots 1 5 Then the information dialog box will be closed and you will be placed in the contact list box You can change your status by doing the following 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu Press Enter on File Move to Set My Status by pressing Space 4 and press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 2 Then the Set My Status dialog box will appear and the Status combo box will have focus Move to the status item that you want by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 3 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then your online status will be changed and you will be placed in the contact list box 16 4 2 4 Additional Features 1 Sign out When you are logged in and you want to log in to another account you will need to log out first and then log in to the other account Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Enter on File Press Space 4 repeatedly to move to Sign Out and press Enter Then you are logged out and the Sign In dialog box will appear again In the E mail address and Password edit box the email address and
36. button You can navigate through each of these items by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 You can access recall items by pressing r dots 1 2 3 5 in the Memory Functions menu Otherwise you can access the dialog box by pressing Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 in the calculation line The item list displays an item name the result value and you can move in the item name list by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can insert the item s result into your calculation if you press Enter on the item name You can also copy each item in the item list Press the Space key to select an item in the item list Then press Enter i dots 2 4 to copy the selected items to the clipboard The display detail shows the item name and its result with the default set to no If you want to review the detailed information press Space to switch to yes Then it will say item name the formula its result value in speech Delete is used to get rid of your registered item If you want to delete an item first you should select the item that you want to be deleted and then 421 press Enter on delete You can find the deleted item in item list by pressing tab Space 4 5 Or you can press Space d dots 1 4 5 on what you want to delete in the item name list If you want to delete all of the items you c
37. file menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or by pressing F2 Then a dialog box pops up so that you can open a file The open dialog box is a tool that helps you find documents that you want to edit and read It consists of the file list which shows the list of files or folders file name to type in a file name directly type which changes the file format when opening a document a confirm button for confirming the selection and a cancel button for canceling the selection In order to move between these controls press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 If the open dialog box is executed file name is displayed first If file name is displayed then type in a file name that you want to open and press Enter The file name should be typed in ASCII Braille The Voice Sense will look for that file in the flashdisk My documents folder If there are files that you used recently you can scroll through them by pressing Space 4 The file names that were opened recently are displayed one by one by pressing Space 4 If the file that you want to open is selected press Enter to open it In order to move to the previous file name in the list press Space 1 In order to open a file with a different file format press tab Space 4 5 to move to the file format selection and then press the up arrow key
38. from the main menu 2 Press X or move to sense dice game by pressing dot 4 with space and then press Enter to start game 15 1 1 2 How it works You can hear opening sound when you start game and dice s list will show up You can select the number of dices up to 3 1 Press enter on the number of dices by pressing space dot 1 or space dot 4 to select that you want to play 2 It will announce the number of dices that you selected with message and sound 3 When you press enter you can hear a rolling sound of dices and it displays the result 4 Press space bar to play another game after the message Press space key to go on follows 5 Press space z to exit the game It will go back to Extras menu 15 1 1 3 Changing the number of dices You can change the number of dices while playing game 341 1 Press space e or F4 when the message Press space key to go on announces 2 And select the number of dices that you want to play when the list displays Press enter on the list that you want to change playing 15 1 1 4 Exit Press space z to exit the game It will go back to Extras menu 15 1 2 Sense Brain Game There are 4 games in Sense brain game You can play everywhere every time It will help train your brain Have fun and be smarter 15 2 2 1 Execute 1 Sense brain game is in Extras menu To enter Extras menu press enter on Extras menu or press C 2 To start S
39. menu which is the shortcut While editing a document press Enter a dot 1 to activate this function 5 2 10 Insert from File This command will insert another file in the current document that is being edited If you want to run this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on the edit menu Move to insert from file by pressing Space 4 repeatedly Then press Enter on insert from file or just press I dots 2 4 in the edit menu While 89 editing a document pressing Enter I dots 2 4 will activate this function When you use this option an insert dialog box will appear just like the open dialogue box Select a file that you want to insert in to the current document and press Enter on the file Then the selected file will be inserted at the beginning of the paragraph with your cursor When you execute insert from file the text inserted from the file will be converted to the file format of the current document Although the saved file that you pasted was in a different formatted document the same file format will be kept as the current document For example if you insert sample txt in sample hbl and save it the saved file will be sample hbl Note that if you are going to insert a Braille file in a text file the Braille document will be translated back into a text document You can read it in Braille but on
40. on Cancel button Or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 regardless of location 11 7 Read Page On the web page there are links controls and other various elements as well as text In order to read web pages properly the Web Browser should classify each element and notify the user with its information When reading a web page by moving with Space 4 or Space 1 one element will be displayed on one line The links and controls will be displayed with their respective symbols for the user to distinguish each element There is a more detailed explanation of this feature within this section 11 7 1 Moving Between Controls 279 A control is a link an edit box a radio button or a combo box These same controls are found in Windows on a personal computer Web pages also use various kinds of controls for user input Each control has different purposes Therefore the user has to know exactly what type of control is being used For example in an edit box the user enters a text string In a combo box and list box the user should select one of the items listed in the combo box or list box The Voice Sense Web Browser uses symbols to identify what type of control is being used In order to move from one control to another without reading the text in between controls the Voice Sense provides the following move to control methods 1 Move to the previous control Shift tab Space 1 2 This command move
41. on delete mark If you activate the delete mark function an edit box will appear asking enter mark name to delete Make certain that you want to delete the mark that you have entered If you type in a mark in this edit box the mark name will be deleted without pressing Enter 12 5 Heading When in the heading menu you can move in a document by your text heading or you can search a heading while the DAISY Player is playing You can open the heading menu by pressing Space m dots1 3 4 or F2 and then press h dots 1 3 5 Then you can see the sub menu previous heading next heading scan heading read heading first heading last heading find heading and find again You can move between the sub menu items with Space 1 or Space 4 33 ee 33 66 12 5 1 Move by Heading While playing a DAISY file you can move heading by heading without using the heading menu You can move to the next previous first 300 ot 33 ht and last heading by pressing Space 5 Space 2 Space 2 3 and Space 5 6 respectively Also you can move to the previous or next heading without calling up the menu using audio buttons on the front panel Before you use this feature you have to set the audio mode button on the front panel to daisy mode In order to move to previous or next heading press previou
42. press Space on the record to be printed If you want to select all records in Address manager press Enter a dot 1 or select Select All from the menu and press Enter After selecting the records that you want to print press Space m dots 1 3 4 to bring up the menu and then select Print Address Then press Enter or press Space p dots 1 2 3 4 which is the hot key 6 6 6 Saving Addresses to a File You can save selected records to a file Regarding how to select records you can find a detailed explanation in section 5 6 4 To save selected records in a document file format press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu select save addresses as file and then press Enter Or you can press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 which is the hot key after selecting the desired records If you execute the save addresses as file command the file save dialog box will be displayed and you will be asked to enter the file name and select a file format After you type in the file name and select one of the available file formats you should press Enter on confirm which will save the selected record s to a file This dialog box is the same as the save as dialog box in the word processor except that here when you are saving addresses to a file the default file name is not displayed unlike the dialog box in the word processor You
43. select one out of these two file formats If you select then all types of files will be shown 11 6 Options Using the Options menu you can set the type that is gets the web page and change default download folder Also you can clear cookie in the Options menu In order to execute the Options menu 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Space 4 4 Press Enter Or you can press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 while the Web browser is executing 11 6 1 The Structure and Movement When you execute the Options menu the below components consist of the structure 1 User agent list 2 Show visited links 3 Default download folder 276 4 Clear cookie 5 Confirm button 6 Cancel button By pressing Space 1 or Space 4 you can move to option items User agent Show visited links Default download folder and Clear cookies And by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 you can move among controls 11 6 2 Set User Agent 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Space 4 4 Press Enter Or you can press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 while the Web browser is executing 5 It will find
44. tab Space 4 5 instead of Enter 7 4 6 Location In the Location field you can type appointed location If you press Enter after typing in the location the record will be saved leaving the memo field empty and the alarm time field set to its default value time of appointment If you want to move to the next field press tab Space 4 5 instead of Enter 7 4 7 Memo In the Memo field you can enter detailed information about an appointment Here you can type in more than one line You can use most of the editing commands that are used in the word processor Press Enter to enter information on a new line You can leave this 145 field blank if you want to After you finish writing the information you can press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field 7 4 8 Alarm Time The alarm time function allows you to set the time when you will be notified about an appointment The alarm is set relative to the appointment time For example you may want the alarm to sound 30 minutes before your appointment so that you are not late The default value for this field is set to time of appointment This means that the alarm will sound at the same time as you have set for your appointment You can set the time in the same way as when you set the appointment time The time can be set anywhere from one minute to forty seven hours To set th
45. while you are in the menu to get to backup database Or you can press Enter u dots 1 3 6 to activate this function without calling up the menu 338 If you already have a backup file you will hear the message backup changes Yes If you have made any changes to your database file press Enter to create a new backup file If you want to keep the previous backup file press Space locate no and press Enter on it When you make a backup file in your database manager you will always have a new backup file with the extension SDF The name of backup file is UserDatabase sdf 14 7 Restore Database If you want to restore the database file after a cold reset press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and use the up and down arrow keys to find restore database Then press Enter on restore database Or you can press r dots 1 2 3 5 while you are in the menu to find restore database You can also press Enter o dots 1 3 5 to activate this function without calling up the menu If you activate the restore database function and you already have an database file you will hear the message database file already exists restore Yes If you press Enter the backup database file will be restored to the current database file If you want to cancel you press Space and press Enter 14 8 Hot Keys for Database Mana
46. 31 32 33 34 35 36 Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control in the dialog box Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move to the previous character Left arrow keys or Space 3 Move to the next character Right arrow keys or Space 6 Move to the previous line item Up arrow key or Space 1 Move to the next line item Down arrow key or Space 4 Move to the beginning of line item Home key Space 1 3 Move to the end of line item End key Space 4 6 Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Page up space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Page down space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 Capital sign Space u dots 1 3 6 Read the current item again Space r dots 1 2 3 5 Say current time Space t dots 2 3 4 5 Display power status Space 1 6 Call up the Global options Space o dots 1 3 5 Online help Space h dots 1 2 5 Checking your version Space v dots 1 2 3 6 only in the Voice Sense program menu Display network status Space n dots 1 3 4 5 in the Voice Sense program menu Increase the voice volume BackSpace F4 Decrease the voice volume BackSpace F 1 Increase the voice rate Space F4 Decrease the voice rate S
47. 91 5 2 14 Check Spellling cccccccecceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeees 91 5 3 GO TO MO ns rea secede ecvede ee te ceed 96 xi po 8d Bal Ke PE E PE E eee errr eere errr eon 96 5 3 2 Find AGAIN eiiie eian tered gatch aaeain eaaa 98 dd REPAGO ieee ee a e eaa aa Ns 98 5 3 4 Go to Location hte o spe eseeeassies veitemeneteeceecccsdainaartaaees 99 5 3 5 Go to Previous Page ccccccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeees 101 5 3 6 Go to Next Page sissies vannrnne sires 101 53T Set Mark ae eo a PE Oe a or ee eee eee eee 102 5 3 8 GO to Mark ee eee vase EEE ligne oly 102 5 3 9 Go to Previous Document ee eeeeeeeteeteeeeteees 103 5 3 10 Go to Next Document errer rerreeeee 103 5 4 Read Men oeciiisctcccseccitc ec sscceeeee vay ddd ences aeoea raai didadada anke nEY 103 5 4 1 Read Selected Text cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeees 104 5 4 2 Read Beginning of Selected Text cceeeeeeeees 104 5 4 3 Read from beginning to CUISOF cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 5 4 4 Read from Cursor to End cccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 105 DAD AUTO Serole shih E deaa 105 5 4 6 Read Current Sentence seese r rererere 106 5 4 7 Read Current Line c cece eeeeeeeee rere r renr r rrrrreeeee ree 107 5 4 8 Read Current Word 0000 cccciceeee cette eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees 107 5 4 9 Read Current Character eener 107 5 4 10
48. After the synchronizing it shows synchronized time in Time edit combo box Also when you press Tab Space 4 5 it shows synchronized date in Data edit combo box After you have completed the necessary information you can press Enter on confirm by moving with tab Space 4 5 and then you will return to set time and date Or you can press Enter when you have completed entering all of the information because the default is set to confirm 17 3 Display Time and Date You can check the current date and time here To activate this function press Space 4 or Space 1 in the utilities menu and then press Enter on display Time and Date Or you can activate this function by pressing d in the menu Anywhere in the Voice Sense you can press Space t dots 2 3 4 5 to check the time If you press Space t dots 2 3 4 5 the Voice Sense will say the time Then if you press tab Space 4 5 the Voice Sense will say today s date 17 4 Wake up alarm If you have set up the wake up alarm function an alarm will sound on the Voice Sense at the specified time every day If you want to open wake up alarm go to the program menu move to utilities and then press Enter Then use the Space 1 or Space 4 to find wake up alarm and then press Enter on wake up alarm If this is the first time y
49. Also only users who exchange message can see Direct Message Other users can t see their Direct Message 12 Timeline This appears tweets which your follows posted in the newest registration order 347 16 2 2 Launch Twitter In order to use Twitter program you need a Twitter account Visit Twitter web site and create Twitter account If you have a Twitter account you can use Twitter program after login If you want to use Twitter the Voice Sense needs to be connected to Internet 16 2 2 1 Sign In If you launch Twitter Sign In dialog box appears You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 Sign In dialog box consists of as follows 1 ID As a computer edit box you should type a Twitter account Id 2 Password As a computer edit box type Twitter password 3 Automatically set the time from the Internet As a check box It can set whether Voice Sense Time is equivalent to Internet Time Server or not The default is Select 4 Remember me As a check box you can choose whether you save ID or not The default is Uncheck 5 Save password As a check box you can choose whether you save password or not The default is Uncheck 6 Auto Sign In As a check box you can choose whether you automatically sign in Twitter The default is Un
50. Down arrow key Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Fn Up arrow key button Move to the next 32 item of the Contents Fn Down arrow key button 510 Move to the first item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 21 14 3 MSN messenger 1 Sign in dialog box Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab Check or uncheck a check box Space 2 The contact list box Move to the previous item Up arrow key Move to the next item Down arrow key Move between online and offline groups Ctrl Down arrow key Open the menu Alt Signout Ctrl n View chat Ctrl r My status Ctrl m Exit Alt F4 Add contact Ctrl a Delete contact Ctrl d Contact information Ctrl v Send instant message Ctrl s Last message Alt r Play keyboard sound Ctrl k Message sound notification while in current window Ctrl Shift s Message sound notification while messenger is in the background Alt m Nickname Ctrl p Save account Ctrl o Confirm the Received Message Ctrl 3 Instant message dialog box Move to the next control Tab 511 Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move between the instant message dialog box and the contact listbox Page up Page down Save as Alt s Print Ctrl p Close ESC Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Del Paste Ctrl v Select all Ctrl a Start selection Ctrl b or F2 Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Invitation Ctrl i
51. Enter key to run the program that you want after focusing on your selection The combination of the F2 and F3 keys can switch between all of the running programs immediately without opening the Task ID It functions the same way as the alt tab keys on your PC If you are running three programs and you are in the second program pressing the F2 and F3 keys at the same time will move you to the third program If you press F2 F3 again you will be on the first program In the above case pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 will close the current running program and move you to the previous program However if there is only one program running pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 will close the program and move you to the Voice Sense program menu Note that Space z dots 1 3 5 6 is different from the escape key which does not close programs 25 2 10 Switching Audio mode The audio buttons on the front panel will work for different function according to the location of Audio mode switch If you push the audio mode switch to the left side the Voice Sense will say radio mode and the audio buttons will work for the FM radio program If you set the audio mode switch to the center the Voice Sense will say daisy mode and the audio buttons will work for the Daisy program If you push the audio mode switch to the right side the Voice Sense will say media mode and t
52. Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox 0 000 000 eeaeee 473 20 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail cick 1 9 eee eee een ee EE ee a oer rer ere ee me oe 473 20 7 Media Player czvcsccsnscceccecccnssdandsnaceacbetanascddennadaacccsduetoeendeasscaas 473 20 7 1 Hot keys for command 0ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 474 20 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab 475 20 7 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab cece 476 20 8 FM radi so i nerisvaddanutosunpounaentanbansseucehinacdcascsedaeetees 477 20 9 Web Browser si ccccccecccccee ie eas siete os ssscotas Naeata iit 477 xxviii 20 9 1 Hot keys for the command 00ccccceeeeteeeeeeeeees 477 20 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser 478 20 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pagge ee 479 20 10 DalSy Player ssisiccttesstassecvand ddeantrncnbons nanpas 479 20 11 Bluetooth Manager cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeaees 481 20 12 Database Managet cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeenees 481 20 13 EXE AS oe o ride e a ataenda 482 20 13 11 Gale cis ara r E E L E 482 20 14 Social networking sssssssssnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 482 20 14 11 Twitteb e a iaa ae e aa EAE 482 20 14 2 Google Talk ih ocisiiisscionnutoniatatevnsusiuneomauns 484 20 14 3 MSN messenger ccc cceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeee
53. If you press Enter after selecting yes the record will be deleted and if you select no the deletion will be canceled If you want to search for records in another table press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 to open the table manager dialog box and press Enter on the name of the table that you want to activate If you want to change the content of a record select the record by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly And press Enter m dots 1 3 4 at any field in the record Then the same dialog box as the add record dialog box will be opened To change the content of some fields move to the fields by pressing tab Space 4 5 type the 336 new content of the fields and press Enter To save the modified content of a record press Enter after typing the contents of all the fields that you want to change Or you can move to the confirm button by pressing tab Space 4 5 repeatedly and press Enter If you want to cancel modifying the record press tab Space 4 5 once more to move to the cancel button and press Enter 14 4 List of Records Found The list of records found will appear when the search records was performed successfully While you are using the add record or search records dialog box if you want to go to the list of records found press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu and pre
54. If you want to change the download path 1 When you download an attached file if you press enter while Attachments will be saved to flashdisk download Do you want to change this location Yes is displayed 2 Press Enter 3 Then no items will be displayed when the flashdisk download folder is empty But if the folder has a lower level folder folder name 1 yy will be displayed When Save attachment path is executed the Voice Sense will only show the folder So if there is no folder in the download folder it will show no items 178 Move to the desired folder by pressing move keys below Move to the upper level folder Backspace Move to the previous item Space 1 Move to the next item Space 4 4 When you encounter the desired folder press Space to select it and then press enter If a folder is selected will be displayed in front of the selected folder In this case if you select a folder and press enter the attached file will be downloaded into the selected folder and return to the inbox 8 2 2 7 Reading HTML type of e mail If you received the html type of e mail follow these below steps 1 You can open it with the Web browser regardless of anywhere of received e mail by pressing Backspace o dots 1 3 5 2 Or after calling menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 move to Message and then press enter You
55. Media Player after setting a bookmark the Voice Sense asks if you want to save the bookmark If you select yes the Voice Sense will save the bookmark at your current position and play from the bookmark position the next time that you execute the Media Player If you select no the Voice Sense will save the bookmark that is already set If you select erase the Voice Sense will delete the bookmark that is already set 9 3 4 2 Delete Bookmark If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it will delete the bookmark that was created before To execute this function 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to Position by pressing Space 4 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Move to delete bookmark by pressing Space 4 and press Enter 4 Or you can press Enter d dots 1 4 5 when playing a file or when a file is paused If you execute this function in a file that does not have a bookmark the Voice Sense will display There is no bookmark in selected file 9 3 4 3 Jump to Bookmark If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it will find a bookmark that has already been created To execute this function 237 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to Position by pressing Space 4 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Move to
56. Press Enter on the Tools or press T dots 2 3 4 5 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 Press Space 4 or Space 1 to move to the desired service in the service list 7 If the desired service is displayed press Enter Or Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Information and then press enter 8 The Information dialog box will be opened and Account name Registered account name will be displayed Ex account name Voice Sense 9 Press Space 4 or tab Space 4 5 and check the registered information for each item Pressing enter on the Close will return you to the service list You can check all registered information of e mail service The move keys are listed below to move among the items in the dialog box 169 Move to the previous item Space 1 Move to the next item Space 4 Move to the first item Space 1 3 or Space 1 2 3 Move to the last item Space 4 6 or Space 4 5 6 Move to the previous control Space 1 2 Move to the next control Space 4 5 If the information displayed exceeds 32 Braille cells the remaining parts can be checked by pressing the down scroll button 8 1 2 3 Modifying registered service list The following is the method to modify the registered service information 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 move to
57. Space 1 or Space 4 By adding the word as explained above if there are any e mail messages that include the words you entered in the subject of the message the Voice Sense will download those e mails from the e mail server but will delete them automatically So those e mails will not be in the inbox You can also avoid receiving e mail messages from a specific sender or host by registering it The following are the steps to register a sender s e mail address 211 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 It shows Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 8 Press Space 4 when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed Then Type E mail address string 2 3 will be displayed 9 Press a dot 1 or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Add button and press enter 10 Then the Add dialog box will be opened and E mail address string e mail address will be displayed The e mail address is the sender s e mail address that was focused 11 Press Enter on E mail address sting e mail address Or press Tab Space 4
58. Space 4 until you hear Bluetooth Manager or press the Space until you get to Bluetooth Manager When you hear Bluetooth Manager press Enter to activate it Or you can press l dots 1 2 3 to open the Bluetooth Manager from the program menu without having to press Enter on it 13 1 Bluetooth Device List After the Bluetooth Manager has been activated it will begin scanning for other Bluetooth devices that are in range and for the services available from the other Bluetooth devices For example if 306 you have a computer with Bluetooth enabled nearby then the Voice Sense will attempt to find it It may take a while to find all of the Bluetooth devices in range so expect to wait about 30 to 40 seconds for this process to complete You will hear Scanning for devices Please wait message and beep sound when this process begins And when the Bluetooth device is detected the Voice Sense announces find Bluetooth device name Until the end of scanning all devices any keys on the Voice Sense will not work and you cannot stop scanning the device You have to wait until the completion of the scanning devices If Bluetooth option in Option menu set to off or if the Voice Sense does not recognize it the Voice Sense will say the message Bluetooth not activated Then the Voice Sense will automatically exit the Bluetooth Manager Once the Voice Sense has found other Bluetoot
59. Space i dots 2 4 Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Links list Backspace i dots 2 4 Set current as your home page Enter s dots 2 3 4 Add to favorites Backspace a dot 1 Favorites list Enter I dots 1 2 3 Option settings Backspace o dots 1 3 5 20 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser Turn up the volume Space up arrow key 478 Turn down the volume Space down arrow key Play Play button of the front panel Stop Stop button of the front panel 20 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages Move to the previous control Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Select the next item in the combo box list box BackSpace Space 4 Select the previous item in the combo box list box BackSpace Space 1 Move to the previous form Space 1 2 3 4 6 Move to the next form Space 1 3 4 5 6 Move to the previous table Space 3 4 5 6 Move to the next table Space 1 4 5 6 Move to the previous cell Space 2 3 Move to the next cell Space 5 6 Move to the upper cell Space 3 5 Move to the lower cell Space 2 6 Read current cell Space 2 3 5 6 Move to the previous cell of the upper level table BackSpace 2 3 Move to the next cell of the upper level table BackSpace 5 6 Move to the upper cell of the upper level table BackSpace 3 5 Move to the lower cell of the upper level table BackSpace 2 6 Check the current position Space 1 5 6 Move to the previ
60. Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 3 4 Q Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 3 4 5 R Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 3 5 S Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 2 3 4 T Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 2 3 4 5 U Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 6 V Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 3 6 W Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 2 4 5 6 X Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 4 6 Y Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 4 5 6 Z Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 5 6 left bracket Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 2 4 6 back slash Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 5 6 right bracket Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 4 5 6 carat Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 4 5 underscore Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 4 5 6 grave accent dots 4 a dot 1 b dots 1 2 c dots 1 4 d dots 1 4 5 21 e dots 1 5 f dots 1 2 4 g dots 1 2 4 5 h dots 1 2 5 i dots 2 4 j dots 2 4 5 k dots 1 3 I dots 1 2 3 m dots 1 3 4 n dots 1 3 4 5 o dots 1 3 5 p dots 1 2 3 4 q dots 1 2 3 4 5 r dots 1 2 3 5 s dots 2 3 4 t dots 2 3 4 5 u dots 1 3 6 v dots 1 2 3 6 w dots 2 4 5 6 x dots 1 3 4 6 y dots 1 3 4 5 6 z dots 1 3 5 6 left brace dots 2 4 6 vertical bar dots 1 2 5 6 right brace dots 1 2 4 5 6 tilde dots 4 5 2 7 2 Input Search for Control character Control character is a code in a character set which does not in itself represent a written symbol in computing For example all entries in the ASCII table below code 32 such as Form Feed FF TAB and Carriage Return CR In the Voice
61. Switch to previous program Alt Shift Tab Switch to next program Alt Tab Exit Alt F4 Escape ESC Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab Move to the previous control in the dialog box Shift tab Move to the previous character Left arrow key Move to the next character Right arrow key Move to the previous line item Up arrow key Move to the next line item Down arrow key Move to the beginning of line item Home key Move to the end of line item End key Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl home Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl end Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Page up Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Page down Read the current item again Ctrl shift r Say current time Ctrl shift t Display power status Ctrl shift b Call up the Global options F10 Online help F1 Check your version Ctrl shift v only in the Voice Sense program menu 491 Display network status Ctrl shift n in the Voice Sense program menu Voice volume up F6 Voice volume down Shift F6 Voice rate up F7 Voice rate down Shift F7 Voice pitch up F8 Voice pitch down Shift F8 Voice on off F5 21 2 File Manager 21 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list Move to previous item Up Arrow key Move to next item Down Arrow key Move to the beginning of the list Ctrl home Move to the
62. Take stage 1 For instance it will say 3 numbers one by one Memorize these numbers When it says Type the answer write the numbers in reverse order and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Answering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If your score is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your ID Write your name and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press space e or space z to skip it Afterwards it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 6 Chase a criminal 343 When the game is started you can hear a sound of footsteps A thief hid in a 10 story building A police will say on which floor the thief hided After a while the thief will run away to the up and down stairs It will say Up and down repeatedly Listen carefully and you need to find on which floor the thief finally hided When it will say Type the answer write the number of floor the thief hided and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Answering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If your s
63. The setting values are Phonetic Character Word and Sentence To set previous text index follow these steps 1 Press dots 1 2 Every time you press the dots 1 2 Voice Sense toggles between Sentence Word Character or Phonetic 297 2 Choose the setting value you want To set next text index follow these steps 1 Press dots 4 5 Every time you press dots 4 5 Voice Sense toggles between Phonetic Character Word and Sentence 2 Choose the setting value you want When you set the value to move by the setting value follow these steps 1 Move to previous text Press dots 2 3 6 If you set Sentence it will move to previous position by sentence 2 Move to next text Press dots 3 5 6 If you set Sentence it will move to next position by sentence 12 4 Mark When you are in the mark menu you can put in a mark or jump to a mark while you are playing a file You can open the mark menu by pressing Space m dots1 3 4 or F2 and then m dots 1 3 4 When you are in the mark menu you will find the following sub menus previous mark next mark set mark move to mark and delete mark You can move between the sub menus with Space 1 or Space 4 12 4 1 Previous Mark The previous mark function will allow you to move to a location
64. Tools 3 Press Enter on the Tools or press T dots 2 3 4 5 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 Press Space 4 or Space 1 to move to the desired service in the service list 7 When the desired service is displayed press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Modify and then press Enter Or just press m dots 1 3 4 8 It shows Account name In this case it is a modification so the Voice Sense will show you the current information For example Account name Voice Sense 9 The Modify dialog box will be opened and Account name Registered account name will be displayed Ex Account name Voice Sense You can type in here that you want to modify 10 Press Space 4 move to Display name You can type in here that you want to modify 170 11 Press Space 4 move to Logon username You can type in here that you want to modify 12 Press Space 4 move to Password Using computer Braille you can type in here that you want to modify 13 Press Space 4 move to E mail address Using computer Braille you can type in here that you want to modify 14 Press Space 4 move to Incoming POP3 server Using computer Braille you can type in here that you want to modify 15 Press Space 4 move to Outgoing smtp server Using computer B
65. Windows CE Blue Tooth Serial When you press the down arrow key a second time you might hear COM 6 Incoming WindowsCE Tab to the OK button and press Enter You have now setup the Voice Sense and the computer However you must properly setup Window Eyes in order to use the Voice Sense as a Bluetooth Braille keyboard 13 2 5 3 Setting up Window Eyes oN Press ctrl backslash to open the Window Eyes Control Panel Press alt f to open the File menu Press the up arrow or down arrow to move to Select Braille Display and press Enter Or just press B to open the Select Braille Display dialog without using the Arrow Keys Press the down arrow or the letter b until you hear Voice Sense Press tab to get to the COM port list box 323 6 Select the COM port that was given as the outgoing COM port when you setup the computer to interact with the Voice Sense via Bluetooth T Press Enter Now that you have set up Window Eyes you need to finish the setup on the Voice Sense 13 2 5 4 Setting up the Voice Sense Press f1 to get to the Program menu Press Space 1 or Space 4 to get to the Utilities menu or just press the letter u dots 1 3 6 Press Enter Press Space 1 or Space 4 to get to Terminal for Screen Reader and press enter 5 Press Space 1 or Space 4 to get to Bluetooth Serial Port and p
66. Without calling up the menu you can move to this stage directly by pressing Space s dots 2 3 4 8 Press Enter on the File name subject of e mail under reading txt Or press tab Space 4 5 move to the Confirm and press Enter You can rename the file The method is the same as Save as in Word processor 9 You will return to where you call the menu automatically if the e mail is saved The text file will be saved in flashdisk My Documents with the file name subject of e mail under reading txt You cannot change the file format You can read the saved text file in the word processor In order to cancel Save As Text press Tab Space 4 5 on the Confirm move to Cancel And press Enter Or just press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 195 Chi Oe Ie 8 3 5 Printing E Mail Messages You may want to print an email that you received or sent in using Bluetooth printer In order to print do the following 1 Connect the Voice Sense to the Bluetooth printer 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 It shows File 4 Press Enter on the File 5 Press Space 4 move to Print E mail 6 Press Enter on the Print E mil 7 Without calling up the menu press Space p dots 1 2 3 4 move to this stage directly 8 Then the selected e mail will be pr
67. You can use navigation keys to move around the selected items to make sure they are selected You can cancel selections or reselect canceled items by pressing the Space on the item When the select all command is given the Voice Sense will say the number of selected files 4 1 3 Cancel Exit Key Cancel Space e dots 1 5 or F4 This command will cancel a function just like the esc key cancels functions on a personal computer Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 This will cancel or stop a selected function or program This is similar to the way alt F4 closes a program on a personal computer 4 2 Using File Manager Features in the File List When you open the file manager you will see the list of disks that you can access You can choose a disk from the list and then press Enter to get into the selected disk The Voice Sense will say you the list of folders and files on that disk If the SyncBraille that is a Braille display device is connected to the Voice Sense the folder name will be displayed in the double quotation mark in Braille and the file name will be displayed with the file extension in Braille 56 The items on the list will be followed by numbers such as 1 5 or 2 5 The numbers after the names of the items indicate where an item is on the list and how many items are on the list For example database 1 5 means that this is the first folder on a list that has
68. after the menu name If a menu contains a dialog box will be displayed after the name of the menu and it will be spoken as common dialog Before going in to more detail about the word processor it is also important to note that while you are anywhere in a document you can find out your location by pressing Space 1 5 6 Also if you are editing a document and turn the Voice Sense off while you are editing a document the Voice Sense will say the status when you turn the Voice Sense back on In the next few sections the features of the word processor will be explained in more detail We will also explain the functions of each of the menu items available in the word processor 76 5 1 File Menu The file menu contains the menus that will allow you to create new documents open documents that were saved to a disk save any documents that were edited It also contains various environment setting menus In order to select the file menu press the Space m dots 1 3 4 and press f dots 1 2 4 Or press Enter on file 5 1 1 New The new command creates a new document that can be edited By default the name of the new document is noname brl The extension brl is the extension given to documents that are created in Braille on the Voice Sense It is the same file name that is named automatically when the word processor opens In order to create a new document select new o
69. and increase the rate by one unit you will go to level 1 Also if you are at level 1 and decrease the rate by one unit you will go to level 12 If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 14 Voice Pitch You can control the voice pitch of the Voice Sense The shortcut key is t dots 1 2 3 4 5 The available options are 1 through 10 with the default set to 6 At level 10 the voice pitch will be the highest and at 40 level 1 the voice pitch will be the lowest The Space will increase the voice pitch and the Backspace will decrease the voice pitch by one level Just as with the voice volume and voice speed if you are at level 10 and you increase the voice pitch by one level you will go to level 1 And if you are at level 1 and decrease the voice pitch by one level you will go to level 10 When you are not in the option menu you can increase the pitch by pressing Enter and F4 or you can decrease it by pressing Enter and F1 If you have changed t
70. combo box You can switch between automatic and manual by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If you select manual you will need to enter your IP address subnet mask gateway IP address and DNS IP address by yourself You can move between these computer edit boxes by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next control 2 Network name SSID computer edit box The edit box is empty and you can type in network name you prefer 3 Network mode combo box Here you can select between infrastructure and 802 11 ad hoc mode by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 4 Network authentication mode combo box Here you can select between open shared wpa psk and wpa2 psk by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Data encryption combo box Here you can select the data encryption method by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you select open or shared in network authentication mode you can choose between disable and wep And if you select wpa psk or wpa2 pks in network authentication mode either AES or TKIP can be selected in the Data encryption combo box 6 The key is provided automatically check box If the access point does not provide a key for users automatically uncheck this check box by pressing Space The default is that the che
71. connection the default connection that will be the connection that is used to connect to the Internet first In add you can manage the connect names in the list It has three controls edit field a confirm button and a cancel button You can move between the three controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The edit field contains the following connect name ID and password You can move between the controls by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 When in the connect name control type in the server host name In ID and password you can type in what you want in ASCII After completed filling in the appropriate information press Enter or press Enter on confirm after pressing tab Space 4 5 moving To cancel everything that has been typed in to the edit field go to cancel and press Enter In modify you can modify a connect name If you want to modify a connection in the connect list select the connect name you want to modify in the list Then press Enter on modify Or after you have 446 selected the connect name press Enter m dots 1 3 4 Modify contains the same items as add and the text is typed in the same way Using delete you can delete selected connect names If you want to delete a connect name in the connect list select the connect name you want to delete in
72. dialog box is opened file name will be focused Type in a file name and press Enter or press shift tab Space 1 2 to move to the file list Select the desired file name and press Enter The default folder is flashdisk download and it can be changed by the same method as explained in the file manager There are three types of files in file type htm html Default is and it means that all types of files will be shown in the file list At the file type press Space 1 or Space 4 to select the file type In order to check the current path press Space 3 4 You can use this command in the following dialog boxes save as add to favorite and the favorite list 11 1 3 Save As In order to execute save as call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on file Move to save as by pressing Space 4 and press Enter or press Space s dots 2 3 4 while the Web Browser is activated When you press Enter on save as the save as dialog box will appear Here you can type in a new file name and press Enter to save the file as a new file Save as will give you the opportunity to save html files with different file names This is similar to save as in the word processor In this dialog box there are file nam
73. dots 1 2 3 4 Chat Window Menus File f Menu Commands Save Conversation e Space e dots 1 5 Close Chat z Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Edit e Menu Commands Cut x Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Copy c Enter c dots 1 4 Delete d Space d dots 1 4 5 Paste v Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Start Selection b Enter b dots 1 2 Select All a Enter a dot 1 Find f Enter f dots 1 2 4 Find Again g Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Action a Menu Commands Start Chat s Enter s dots 2 3 4 Start Voice Chat v Enter h dots1 2 5 Stop Voice Chat v Space e dots 1 5 Send File f Enter f dots 1 2 4 View Contact List r Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 415 Manage Chat m Enter m dots 1 3 4 Move to Previous Chat p Space p dots 1 2 3 4 Move to Next Chat n Space n dots 1 3 4 5 The move keys in Google Talk Move to the previous Contents Space 1 Move to the next Contents Space 4 Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Space 1 2 6 Move to the next 32 item of the Contents Space 3 4 5 Move to the first item of the Contents Space 1 2 3 Move to the last item of the Contents Space 4 5 6 16 5 3 MSN messenger 1 Log in dialog box Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Check or uncheck a check box Space 2 The contact list box Move to the previous item Space 1 or up scroll button Move to the next item Space 4 or
74. dots 1 3 4 and move to the Read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to Read Current Word by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or you can press w dots 2 4 5 6 in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Space 2 5 to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 4 9 Read Current Character This function will tell you information about your current character To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to the Read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to Read Current Character by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or you can press c dots 1 4 in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Space 3 6 to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 4 10 Read Status 107 This function will tell you information about your current file If you activate this function the Voice Sense will tell you the filename edit mode insert or overwrite and file protection write or read only To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to the read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to read status by pressing Space 4 and then
75. dots 1 3 4 5 to activate the new document option You can also move to the next menu item by pressing Space 4 or down arrow key You can move to the previous menu item by pressing Space 1 or up arrow key When you want to move to the first item of the menu you can press Space 1 2 3 If you would like to move to the last item of the menu you can press Space 4 5 6 The corresponding menu name will be spoken through the TTS text to speech engine If you want to listen to the name of the menu again press Space r dots 1 2 3 5 Once you move to a menu item that you want to execute press Enter in order to execute the menu By pressing Enter you will move to the sub menu If there is no submenu the Voice Sense will execute the command from the menu This process is called menu selection You may also move to any menu or execute any menu by pressing an initial spelling of the menu Sometimes if a menu is executed by pressing Enter the lower level menu is displayed In this case if you use with SyncBrille the right direction arrow sign gt is displayed after the name of the corresponding menu on the Braille display 10 When this happens the Voice Sense will say pull down Or if a menu is executed by pressing Enter the dialog box is displayed In this case if you use with SyncBraille the ellipsis sign will be displayed after the name
76. dots 1 4 Hold resume hole Previous button Next button Playback setting dialog box Enter s dots 2 3 4 Record setting dialog box Backspace s dots 2 3 4 7 Hot keys for toggling options Toggle display time between elapsed time and remaining time t dots 2 3 4 5 Toggle repeat between yes and no r dots 1 2 3 5 Toggle shuffle between on and off s dots 2 3 4 251 10 FM radio In order to use FM radio program in the Voice Sense please connect the headphone to the headphone jack of the Voice Sense The headphone connected to the Voice Sense will work as a FM radio antenna In the program menu please press arrow keys to move to the FM radio and press Enter or just press r dots 1 2 3 5 in order to execute FM radio program Once the FM radio program is executed your Voice Sense will announce the FM radio frequency If you had executed the FM radio program the Voice Sense will tune to the frequency that you listened to and announce the frequency For your reference the frequency range of the Voice Sense is from 87 5MHz to 108MHz 10 1 Listening to radio via internal speakers When you execute FM radio program after connecting the headphone to the headphone jack sound from the FM radio will output through the headphone If you want to listen to the FM radio through not only the headphone but also internal speakers please set as follows 1 P
77. field is displayed If you want to use this date you can press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field If you want to enter a new date you should type month day year in this order After you have changed the date you can press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after entering the date you will get the message no subject and the focus will move to the subject field 144 7 4 4 End time End time is the fourth field in the add schedule dialog box Here you can set the time when the appointment ends By default the same time as the time you set in the start time field is displayed If you want to change the time type the time as you would in the start time After setting the time press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after entering the time you will get the message no subject and then the focus moves to the subject field 7 4 5 Subject Subject is the fifth field where you can type in the subject of an appointment If you do not enter anything in this field you will not be able to save the record If you press Enter after typing in the subject the record will be saved leaving the location and memo field empty and the alarm time field set to its default value time of appointment If you want to move to the next field press
78. is set to 5 and the volume level in the Media Player is set to its maximum 10 the actual volume is 5 If the volume level in the Media Player is set to 5 the actual volume level is 2 5 9 3 2 9 Speed Up and Slow down You can use these controls to adjust the audio playback speed The speed level ranges from 1 to 10 You can also adjust the speed level by pressing dot 3 4 5 or dot 1 2 6 in the Media Player dialog box Dot 3 4 5 can increase the audio playback speed and dot 1 2 6 can decrease the audio playback speed 232 9 3 2 10 Pause This item is for pausing playback while you are playing a file If you use this command again the Voice Sense will start playing again from the position where it stopped playing You can also do this by pressing Space in the Media Player dialog box 9 3 2 11 Stop This is used to stop playing the file that is currently being played You can also do this by pressing Backspace in the Media Player dialog box 9 3 3 Record This menu item is used to open the record dialog box To open the record dialog box first press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to bring up the Media Player menu Press Space 4 twice to move to record r and then press Enter or you can press r dots 1 2 3 5 Then the Voice Sense will display the record dialog box You can also open this dialog box by press
79. menu consists of as follows 1 Previous Frequency Next Frequency Auto Scan Backward 4 Auto Scan Forward Go to Frequency To move to the list press Space 1 or Space 4 To execute press the Enter Without calling the menu if you press dot 2 your Voice Sense will search the next frequency If you press dot 5 your Voice Sense will search the previous frequency If you press dot 6 the frequency will 253 increase by 0 1MHz If you press dot 3 the frequency will decrease by 0 1MHz You can input the frequency directly by pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 If you press Space f dots 1 2 4 then the dialog box will be opened You can input the frequency in numbers and press Enter to move to that frequency Besides using the Braille keys on the top panel you can use audio buttons on the front panel In order to use the audio buttons on the front panel the audio mode switch should be moved to FM that is the left side of the switch After setting the audio mode switch pressing previous button will search the previous frequency and pressing next button will search the next frequency 10 3 Registration of the channel and move among channels During listening to the FM radio you can add the frequency which you are listening to Please do as follows 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu and press Enter at presets 2 An
80. mm format two digits for the hour and two digits for the minute For example use 10 05 to enter 5 minutes past 10 You can use a dash or slash to separate the hour field and minute field but not a colon You can enter a date in mm dd yyyy format which uses two digits for the month two digits for the day and four digits for the year as in 09 01 2004 to enter September 01 2004 Again you can use a Space dash or slash to separate the month day and year To set the date and time with shortcut keys you can use the following commands 1 Date setting keys Move to the next day Space 6 Move to the previous day Space 3 Move to the next week Space 5 Move to the previous week Space 2 Move to the next month Space 4 Move to the previous month Space 1 Move to the next year Space 5 6 Move to the previous year Space 2 3 2 Time setting keys Move to 1 hour after Space 4 Move to 1 hour before Space 1 Move to 10 minutes after Space 5 Move to 10 minutes before Space 2 142 Move to 1 minute after Space 6 Move to 1 minute before Space 3 7 4 Adding a Schedule To add a new appointment press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to bring up the menu Select add schedule and press Enter or press Enter dots 2 4 in the search schedule dialog box The add schedule dialog box has a set of input fields a confirm button and a cancel button The i
81. on the edit menu Press Space 4 until check spelling is heard Or press k dots 1 3 in order to move to check spelling directly 5 Press Enter on the check spelling Or you can call up the check spelling menu by pressing Enter k dots 1 3 while you are editing a document AOON If check spelling is executed a dialog box with the following items will be displayed Range combo box Custom dictionary dialog c Options dialog o Begin button b Cancel button You can move from one item to the next by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The following is a detailed explanation for each item The range combo box is used to designate the range that is to be spell checked 1 Whole document check throughout the entire current document 2 Chapter check the current chapter where the cursor is located 3 Paragraph check the current paragraph where the cursor is located 4 From cursor to bottom check from the cursor position to the end of the document 5 Current word check just the word where the cursor is located You can move from one item to the next by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 92 When you press Enter on the custom dictionary dialog the following items will be displayed 1 List it shows the words that are registered in the custom dictionary Example Brai
82. open file a dialog box will open just like the file list in the file manager You can navigate through 226 the file list just like you do in the file list in the file manager The audio files that can be played in the Media Player are files that have the extensions ac3 asf asx m3u mp2 mp3 ogg pls wav wax wma and wmv If you select all the files you want to play and press Enter the Voice Sense will register the files in the play list and start playing the first file You can select more than one file in the open file dialog box by pressing Space on the file you want to play and then move to another file to be played and press Space Once you finish selecting all the files you want press Enter When you open the open file dialog box files in the default folder will be displayed The default folder is set to flashdisk media You can also open the file open dialog box by pressing Enter o dots 1 3 5 in the Media Player dialog box 9 3 1 2 Open Folder This open folder menu item is used to select all of the audio files in the selected folders to the play list and play them one after another If you press Enter on open folder in file menu or press Enter f dots 1 2 4 in the Media Player dialog box the open folder dialog box will be opened The open folder dialog box is almost the same as
83. or F3 F4 Save as Space s dots 2 3 4 Print Space p dots 1 2 3 4 Close Space e dots 1 5 Cut Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Delete Enter d dots 1 4 5 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Select all Enter a dot 1 486 Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Invitation Enter i dots 2 4 20 15 Utilities 20 15 1 Calculator Calculator initialize Backspace c dots 1 4 Delete numbers or operators Backspace General function Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Plus Dots 3 4 6 Minus Dots 3 6 Division Dots 3 4 Multiplication Dots 1 6 Percent Dots 1 4 6 Power BackSpace 4 5 Square Root Enter q dots 1 2 3 4 5 Decimal Point Dots 4 6 Left Parenthesis Dots 1 2 3 5 6 Right Parenthesis Dots 2 3 4 5 6 Pl Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Exp Enter e dots 1 5 Recall Items Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Delete all save items Enter d dots 1 4 5 Save Items Backspace s dots 2 3 4 Trigonometric Function Enter s dots 2 3 4 Sine Enter s dots 2 3 4 s dots 2 3 4 Arc Sine Enter s dots 2 3 4 a dot 1 Hyperbolic Sine Enter s dots 2 3 4 h dots 1 2 5 Cosine Enter i dots 2 4 i dots 2 4 487 Arc Cosine Enter c dots 1 4 a dot 1 Hyperbolic Cosine Enter c dots 1 4 h dots 1 2 5 Tangent Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 t dots 2 3 4 5 Arc Tangent Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 a dot 1 Hyperbolic Tangent Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 h dots
84. or as a different file type If you want to execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 and then press Enter when the file menu is displayed Move to save as by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Another way is to press Space s dots 2 3 4 which executes the save as command in the word processor If you execute save as the save as dialog box is displayed This dialog box is almost the same as the open dialog box It consists of file list file name type representing the file format a confirm button and a cancel button If the dialog box is opened file name is displayed You can move from one tab to the other tab by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 33 ec If you execute save as when you are editing a document that you opened the displayed file name file format and the folder are the same as those of the file that you opened When executing Save as Pdf and Epub the formatting will not be kept and will be saved as txt format However if you created a new document by executing the word processor or by executing new and you execute save or save as the displayed default file name is noname brl and the file path is flashdisk My Documents If you want to make a new file name type in the new file You cannot use the followi
85. press Enter on the service Once you have pressed Enter on the service you will hear connecting service Then you will hear pin code You must use ASCII characters when you type in this edit box This edit box will only appear when you have pressed enter on a service that not say connected after the service name You can exit the edit box or cancel any text you have typed in by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Service List If you have typed in a pin code and have pressed Enter you will hear please wait for authentication If the remote device is setup correctly and has not been set up to allow this device to always connect then the remote device will ask for a pin code If the remote Bluetooth device pin code matches the pin code that was typed in the Voice Sense then the service will authenticate If this occurs you will hear pin code authentication passed Then while the service connects you will hear please wait for access permission If the remote Bluetooth device does not give access permission then you will hear connection failed and you will be returned to the Bluetooth Services List If the remote Bluetooth device gives you access permission then the Voice Sense will say connection succeeded If the connection succeeds then you will hear connected after the services that have successfully connected Some
86. reason The following describes how to send e mail In Outbox 1 2 3 Press Shift Tab Space 1 2 move to Mailbox Execute E mail program 4 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Outbox It shows mail list in Inbox 5 Press Enter 6 It shows mail list in Outbox 7 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to the mail that you want to send 187 When you want to send all the emails in the list Press Enter a dot 1 When you want to send an email by selection an item by item in the list Press Space When you want to send an email by selection continuously in the list Press Enter b dots 1 2 It shows Start selection Move to the mail that you want to send For example when you send 5 mail in 10 mail lists press Enter b dots 1 2 from the first list of mail And press Space 4 move to the 5 mail 8 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 9 Press Enter on the File menu 10 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Send menu 11 Press Enter on the Send menu 12 It will execute sending mail Without calling the menu press Enter s dots 2 3 4 on the mail that you want to send of mail lists of the Outbox After sending the mail of the Outbox there is no the mail in Outbox The mail will move to Sent item Then
87. space to see next record To go back to View ranking menu press enter 15 2 Hot Keys in Extras 1 Game Skip record space e space z 345 16 Social Networking A social networking service is an online service platform or site that focuses on building and reflecting of social networks or social relations among people who share interests and or activities To execute the Social networking service follow these steps 1 The Voice Sense needs to be connected to the internet using Setup internet of the Utilities 2 Press the short cut key c dots 1 4 form the program menu Or using the navigation key to move to the social networking and press Enter 16 1 The component of the Social networking service Social networking consists of following services 1 Twitter t 2 Google talk g 3 Msn messenger n Each account should be created through the web before using the service in the Voice Sense To navigate between each program you need to press Space 1 or Space 4 Executing each service press Enter on the program or shortcut key 16 2 Twitter Twitter is one of the social networking services that allow users to communicate with other users in real time Using Twitter you can post and read other mentions Also you can send and receive mention or message conveniently and search tweets quickly after adding to favorite with Add to Favorite function 346
88. the search schedule dialog box will be opened You can also open this dialog box when you are in the add schedule dialog box by pressing Enter s dots 2 3 4 Or you can open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and press Enter on search schedule There are two methods to search for the schedule searching with subject and searching with date With the searching with subject you can find schedule with the keywords in the subject field With the searching with date you can find schedules with the specified date In order to toggle the searching mode press Space m dots 1 3 4 150 or F2 to call up the menu and move to toggle search mode and press Enter Or you can execute it by pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 without calling up the menu Every time you press Enter f dots 1 2 4 the Voice Sense will say search mode Date or search mode Subject and the searching mode will be toggled The latest searching mode will be saved when you will exit the Schedule Manager So if you execute the Schedule Manager and search any schedule the latest searching mode will be displayed 7 5 1 Searching with date It searches the schedule with the date If it is executed the Voice Sense will say find date current date If you just press Enter here the appointments occurring today will be searched for If you want to search for anoth
89. the Voice Sense will return to inbox 8 2 3 7 Setting Default E mail account You can set default e mail account when you registered two or more e mail accounts in Voice Sense The following describes how to set default e mail account 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu in mailboxes except Outbox 3 Press Space 4 move to Tools 4 Press Enter on the Tools menu or press T dots 2 3 4 5 5 It shows the Accounts manager 6 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 188 7 It shows Account name lists 8 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to the e mail account that you want to set the default account 9 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Add 10 Press Enter on the Add or press A dot 1 11 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Advanced 12 Press Enter on the Advanced 13 It shows the Use secure POP3 POP SSL 14 Press Space 4 move to Use as default send from account 15 By pressing Space you can change SCHB to UCHB 16 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter 17 It will return to the Advanced 18 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter 19 It will move to account name list With Successfully modified service message It shows
90. to receive file and question to choose Accept or Reject will appear If you choose Accept request will be accepted automatically If you choose Reject the request will be rejected automatically You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace Incoming voice chat request You can setup how to act when other user request voice chat You can choose one of the 3 items such as Alerts accept and reject If you choose Alerts you will be notified of requesting voice chat and question to choose accept or reject will appear If you choose accept the voice chat request will be accepted automatically If you choose reject the voice chat request will be rejected automatically You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace 396 Auto reply to incoming chat request You can setup whether you send auto reply message or not when other user request chat You can choose between Yes and No If you select Yes you will send auto reply message always when you are requested chat If you select No you will not send auto reply message when you are requested chat You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace 2 Auto reply message It is edit box You can type message when using auto reply function 3 Show me as Away when I m inactive for When there is no input during the setting time your status will be displayed as Idle You can enter time by the minu
91. 1 2 5 Logarithm Function Enter I dots 1 2 3 Natural Logarithm Enter l dots 1 2 3 e dots 1 5 Common Logarithm Enter I dots 1 2 3 n dots 1 3 4 5 Copy to Clipboard Enter c dots 1 4 Option Setting Enter o dots 1 3 5 20 15 2 Setting time and date Move to the next day Space 6 Move to the previous day Space 3 Move to the next week Space 5 Move to the previous week Space 2 Move to the next month Space 4 Move to the previous month Space 1 Move to the next year Space 5 6 Move to the previous year Space 2 3 Move to 1 hour after Space 4 Move to 1 hour before Space 1 Move to 10 minutes after Space 5 Move to 10 minutes before Space 2 Move to 1 minute after Space 6 Move to 1 minute before Space 3 Switch between A M and P M Space x dots 1 3 4 6 20 15 3 Checking Date and Time Checking date and time Space t dots 2 3 4 5 488 20 15 4 Calendar Move to the previous item Tab Space 4 5 Move to the next item Shift tab Space 1 2 Move to the next day Space 6 Move to the previous day Space 3 Move to the next week Space 5 Move to the previous week Space 2 Move to the next month Space 4 Move to the previous month Space 1 Move to the next year Space 5 6 Move to the previous year Space 2 3 20 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary Move to the previous control Tab Space 4 5 Move to the next control Shift tab Space 1 2 Move to the previous item in entry Space 1 Move to the next item in e
92. 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu It shows the File 3 Press Space 4 move to the Message 4 Press Enter on the Message 5 It shows the Reply 6 Press Space 4 move to Reply To All 7 Press Enter on the Reply To All You can activate the Reply To All function without calling up the menu by pressing Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 8 It shows To all email addresses of the original sender and the original recipients 9 Then you can use the same steps to send a message as you would when using the Reply function 193 8 3 3 Forwarding a Received E Mail Message Forwarding means that you will send an e mail that you received to another person You can also add or edit the message and subject You can also attach a file to this e mail Let s explain how to use Forward with an example Let s suppose there is an e mail message that you received as follows Sender s e mail address hims hims inc com Subject of the e mail Welcome to HIMS You can forward this e mail to the others using the following method 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu in the Subject Date or Message 2 It shows the File 3 Press Space 4 move to the Message 4 Press Enter on the Message 5 It shows the Reply 6 Press Space 4 move to Forward
93. 1 3 5 6 17 8 2 LAN Setup If you are going to set up a LAN you should first connect a LAN cable to the Voice Sense In this setup you can decide whether you will use the automatic or manual setup to setup your IP configuration If you want to set it up automatically press Enter on setup IP Automatic Then it will be set up automatically For the automatic setup your host server should provide DHCP service Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol If you want to set up your IP configuration manually move to manual by pressing Space 1 from the setup IP Automatic and 443 press Enter Then you will find the following IP subnet mask gateway and primary DNS These settings require specific information Please contact your Internet service provider for the right information To type in the information you should use computer Braille and after typing in the information you can move to the next item by pressing Space 4 Finally after completing the primary DNS press Enter Then you will see the message setting completed You will be returned to setup internet with your information saved You can then use e mail msn messenger or the web browser 17 8 3 Modem amp Bluetooth DUN setup If you are going to set up the Voice Sense to connect to the Internet via a modem you should first put in a CF type modem card into the CF slot and conne
94. 32 item of the Contents Space 3 4 5 Move to the first item of the Contents Space 1 2 3 Move to the last item of the Contents Space 4 5 6 20 14 3 MSN messenger 4 Sign in dialog box Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Check or uncheck a check box Space 485 5 The contact list box Move to the previous item Space 1 or up scroll button Move to the next item Space 4 or down scroll button Move between online and offline groups Space 5 6 Open the menu Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Sign out Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 View chat Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 My status Enter m dots 1 3 4 Close Enter z dots 1 3 5 6 Add contact Enter a dot 1 Delete contact Enter d dots 1 4 5 Contact information Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Send instant message Enter s dots 2 3 4 Last message Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Play keyboard sound Enter k dots 1 3 Message sound notification while in current window Backspace s dots 2 3 4 Message sound notification while messenger is in the background Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Nickname Enter p dots 1 3 4 Save account Enter o dots 1 3 5 Confirm the received message Enter Dots 1 2 3 6 Instant message dialog box Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control Shift Tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move between the instant message dialog box and the contact list box Space 1 2 6 or Space 3 4 5 F1 F2
95. 4 and then press Enter While editing a document press Enter l dots 1 2 3 to activate this function If go to location is executed the word processor says move to page 99 number If you type in a number here the Voice Sense will take you to the page number that corresponds with the number you have just typed in You can also type the letter f dots 1 2 4 before the number This will tell the Voice Sense that you are looking for a page number and not a paragraph or line number Type in the number of the page you want to move to without the plus sign or minus sign and then press Enter The word processor will jump from start of the document to the specific page at once If you want to move forward from your current location put the plus sign in front of the number and letter For example if you want to move forward five pages you would type f5 If you want to move backward from your current location put the minus sign in front of the number and letter If you want to move to the previous page type f and if you want to move to the next page type f If the page number you type in is not valid the Voice Sense will say move range error You can also use this function to move to a specific paragraph First select go to location in the go to menu or just press Enter dots 1 2 3 Then the Voice Sense will say move to page number Before you
96. 4 or space When multiple files or folder are selected you won t be able to see this attribute 5 Confirm In order to change the attribute press Enter when confirm is displayed 6 Cancel In order to cancel the change press Enter while cancel is displayed 4 3 Using the Address Window 69 This window provides you with the ability to type in the file name you want to open Also this window provides you with the opportunity for you to type in the path name you want to go to This window contains the history list you can use for opening a file or for moving to a directory The history list contains file names and directory paths you have used recently 4 3 1 Editing When you are in a file or folder list you can press tab Space 4 5 to get into the address window The Voice Sense will show you the current path including the current disk name such as flashdisk download When you edit the path you need to use the cursor routing keys to move the cursor to the place where you can type in the text The cursor stays at the end of the path name when you first go into the address window The address window is only valid when you are in a file or folder list When you are in the disk list the address window is not available 4 3 2 Type in Path File Name When you relocate the place that you want to edit the Voice Sense will insert the text from the location where the cursor is If you kno
97. 4 5 move to Default download folder 6 It will find Flashdisk list e When you change the different folder in Flashdisk Using the Space select the folder that you want e When you change the different folder of External memory Using the Backspace move to disk Move to folder that you want to change and select it using Space 7 Press Enter 8 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm button 9 Press Enter If you want to cancel the change press Enter on Cancel button Or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 regardless of location 11 6 5 Clear cookies Cookie contains information which can be read in web application whenever user visits the web site You can clear cookie in Options menu in Voice Sense 278 To clear cookie follow these steps 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Space 4 4 Press Enter Or you can press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 while the Web browser is executing 5 Pressing Tab Space 4 5 move to Clear cookies 6 Press Enter on Clear cookies 7 It will announce Successfully cleared cookies and clear cookies Without calling menu pressing Enter d dots 1 4 5 it will clear cookie in web page If you want to cancel to clear cookies press Enter
98. 5 Layout menu Braille document layout Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 Print document layout BackSpace t dots 2 3 4 5 Braille paragraph layout BackSpace 1 2 4 6 Print paragraph layout BackSpace 2 3 4 6 6 Miscellaneous hot keys Move to previous character left arrow key Space 3 Move to next character right arrow key Space 6 Move to previous word Space 2 Move to next word Space 5 Move to the beginning of the line Home Space 1 3 Move to the end of the line End Space 4 6 118 Move to previous line Up arrow key Space 1 Move to next line Down arrow key Space 4 Move to previous paragraph Space 2 3 Move to next paragraph Space 5 6 Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Move to the end of the document Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 Move to previous sentence Space 2 3 5 Move to next sentence Space 2 5 6 Read current paragraph Space 2 3 5 6 Read current line Space 1 4 Read current sentence Space 1 4 5 6 Read current word Space 2 5 Read current character Space 3 6 Delete current paragraph BackSpace 2 3 5 6 Delete current line BackSpace 1 4 Delete current word BackSpace 2 5 Delete current character Space d dots 1 4 5 Confirm current cursor position Space 1 5 6 Set view format character Space 1 4 6 Set reading unit Space 2 4 6 Set read only Space 3 4 6 119 6 Address Manager 6 1 What is the Address Manager The address manager is a program that you can use to
99. 5 6 Then the messenger program will close If you have successfully logged in and checked Remember me and Save password check boxes you can log in by just pressing Enter when you are at the email edit box the next time you want to log in When the Voice Sense is not connected to the Internet if you execute the MSN messenger and try to log in the Voice Sense will announce Connection failed Display Network Status and return to the log in dialog box 16 4 2 Using a Contact List If you have successfully logged in a list box containing your contact list will appear In this list the contact information for those who are online and for those who are offline will be grouped together You can move through the entire list by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly When this list box appears the number of people who are online will be displayed first Then the list of people who are online will be shown in the format current status nickname xx yy in Braille and nickname current status xx yy in speech Where yy is the number of people who are online or offline and xx is the order of the current item in the online or offline group In Braille the current status online is displayed as nln and offline as fln In speech they are announced as online and offline respectively When the status is idle it is displayed as idl in
100. 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace The Following is how to save conversation 1 When Chat window is activated Press Space s dots 2 3 4 Edit to type file name box will appear 2 Type the desired file name and press Enter 3 If you don t change folder conversation will be saved in the flash disk My Documents folder This folder is the default folder 16 3 6 2 Manage Chat Manage Chat supports a function to view information of chat window opened and to move directly to the selected case of opening 2 chat windows you can switch to other chat window using this function and check status sending receiving of file In order to call up Manage Chat press Enter m dots 1 3 4 on the contact list or press Enter on the Manage Chat after entering sub menu of Action menu by calling up menu Manage Chat consists of 5 controls 1 Chat list List control 2 Status of sending File Status control 3 Move to the chat Button Control 4 Close chat Button Control 5 Cancel Button Control The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Manage Chat dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 388 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Chat list This is a list and arranges chat window opened currently You can select chat window using Sp
101. 8 3 1 Deleting E mail oieiiicee cosasssatacsacuiescidesnccateanwurcextessesndeiaasauns 189 8 3 2 Reply And Reply All to a Received E Mail 192 8 3 3 Forwarding a Received E Mail Message 194 8 3 4 Saving a Received E mail as Document 195 8 3 5 Printing E Mail Messages ccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 196 8 4 Additional features of E maill cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 196 xvi oP 00 el Rope on ae eRe eer eee eer eer etter ee caer oe Pee erreeer rere 196 8 4 2 Find PAGAN 52622dinsic ccesesecdsedassecereads sepnd iddshedidensndlecaoeMiaaterehane 198 8 4 3 Move to Next Unread Message ccceeceeeeeeeeees 198 8 4 4 Copy or Move to mailbox ccc ccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 199 8 5 Use the Tools Menu ccccceeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeas 204 8 5 1 S6t Pathe a a A avait 204 8 5 2 Set Options iaei aae a eatin E E iaaa 208 8 5 3 Spam Settings sj ssiicciiccaiecerine as eeu onninn debates 209 8 6 Hot Keys for E Mail cecccccsseve scents ave censneiiicnsianastancact ace mcaixtendes 217 8 6 1 Hot Keys That Are Used in the Inbox 08 217 8 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox 000 000 eeaeee 218 8 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mail Messages or Writing an E mail Message iver sacar sot Waccec clans Sas hocecen tucnas ctdanre
102. Alt s Backup schedule list Ctrl u Restore schedule list Ctrl r Backup option Ctrl e Switch searching mode Ctrl F2 21 5 2 Movement Keys for the Search Result List 1 Move from an appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous appointment in the same day Up Arrow Move to the next appointment in the same day Down Arrow Move to the first appointment in the same day Home Move to the last appointment in the same day End 2 Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments registered Move to the previous schedule Ctrl Left Arrow Move to the next schedule Ctrl Right Arrow Move to the first schedule Ctrl Home Move to the last schedule Ctrl End 497 21 6 E mail 21 6 1 Hot keys for reading e mails Call Accounts manager Ctrl m Check for new mail Alt m Write new message Ctrl n Reply Ctrl r Reply all Alt r Forward Ctrl f Call up set path Ctrl p Call up set option Ctrl o Call up set spam Ctrl e Find Ctrl shift f Find again f3 Move to mailbox Alt x Copy to mailbox Alt c Add a sender to the address list Ctrl i This is valid only at the from item Delete received e mail Del It is valid only at the Subject and date item Save the received e mail as text file Alt s Print the received e mail Alt p Move to unread message Ctrl u It is valid only at the Subject and date item Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e m
103. Change my status Ctrl t Line break in the message box Ctrl Enter 21 15 Utilities 21 15 1 Calculator Calculator initialize Alt c Delete numbers or operators Backspace General function Ctrl g Plus Minus Division Multiplication Percent Power Alt shift 6 Square Root Ctrl q Decimal Point Left Parenthesis 512 Right Parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exp Ctrl e Recall Items Alt r Delete all saved items Ctrl d Save Items Alt s Trigonometric Function Ctrl s Sine Ctrl s s Arc Sine Ctrl s a Hyperbolic Sine Ctrl s h Cosine Ctrl c c Arc Cosine Ctrl c a Hyperbolic Cosine Ctrl c h Tangent Ctrl t t Arc Tangent Ctrl t a Hyperbolic Tangent Ctrl t h Logarithm Function Ctrl Natural Logarithm Ctrl l e Common Logarithm Ctrl l n Copy to Clipboard Ctrl I Option Setting Ctrl o Statistics function Alt t 21 15 2 Setting the Date and Time Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Up arrow 513 Move to the next year Ctrl down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl up arrow Move to 1 hour after Down arrow Move to 1 hour before Up arrow Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl right arrow Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl left arrow Move to 1 minute after Right arrow Move to 1 minute before Left ar
104. Delete play list during stop DEL Record Ctrl r Play Enter Stop Backspace Pause Continue recording Space Configuration dialog box Alt c Set bookmark Ctrl m Delete bookmark Ctrl d Jump to bookmark Ctrl j Go to position Ctrl g Playback setting dialog box Ctrl p Record setting dialog box Alt r 21 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab Move to the next information Down arrow Move to the previous information Up arrow Pause Play when it is pause state Space Start playing Enter Stop playing Backspace Play the next file Alt Right arrow Play the previous file Alt Left arrow 500 Play the last file Ctrl end key Play the first file Ctrl home key Play the fifth file after the current file Alt Down arrow Play the fifth file before the current file Alt Up arrow Move to backward by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Move to forward by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Change time index Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Speed up Shift Left arrow Slow down Shift Right arrow Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to play list tab Tab Shift tab Exit media player Alt F4 21 7 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Move to the next file Down arrow Move to the previous file Up arrow Move to the last file END key Move to the first file HOME key Select resume current file while playing it is used as plays pause Space Start
105. Detaled ecuiscccs seca eedeeiccteteseceecoccceeeees 33 Bele Braille CURSOR iinan i a i Di caeen 33 3 2 2 Eight Dot Mode iisienicsstieiarisesicnnedaae ern aeateiaabamtons 34 3 2 3 View Input the Grade of Braille cccecceeeeeees 34 3 2 4 Braille Qod sineat nE EE Enae 35 3 2 5 Message Display Time 0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 36 3 2 0 VOICE n i E E E es tects E ah ee E 36 3 2 7 Punctuation Level ccc ieccicclecs isa eveuceenei Aad eeaeaee ss 37 3 2 8 Keyboard Echo ss ciosssntnssaiccatiaryiessatsanenewinined aeaadadennn 38 3 2 9 Capitalization alert 0 ceccccccseeeeesaeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeees 38 yii 3 2 10 NUMIDORS cn i ccdenseer ee te eae ethane 39 3 2 11 Abbreviation i iccccaes deri cectvedoauudutvedetevadaeactecddsssuldeaveaducteced state 39 3 2 12 OIC ON ONIN n roe Ad lea 39 3 2 15 Voice Rate ieme cccotassatatanesssbisens rT aa e eatre eh 40 3 2 T4 Voice Pite hie E eE RR 40 3 2 15 Scroll Voice nn a aah hh ho 41 3 2 16 Print Paper Size ii cceie eased Ue stata sts deel iA cethsadaddagete tends 42 3 2 17 A dio alerts E waren A atone 42 3 2 18 Play Power On Off Sound cccceeeeceeeeentteeeeeeeees 43 3 2 19 Use of Arrow keyS cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeesaaaeneeeeeees 43 3 2 20 Skip Empty Lines sco cscceeeeccteeeiteetceeanieiacen 44 3 2 21 Control Information 000aa eeaeee 44 3 2 22 Hide DASSWOIGS eee coo eas so oe esd ensuets AeA
106. Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 3 Select file and press Enter using hot key for Start selection When you send one file focus on file which you want and press Enter Select item by item Space Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Select all Enter a dot 1 4 Control to display Sending File Information appears It is a list located on the next control of Received message on the chat window It is displayed like Send Pending acceptance XX File file name XX represents the number of files which request to send 5 If other user accepts sending file sending will starts Once sending starts progress rate and file name is displayed on the Sending receiving file information list 6 If sending file is completed you will return to the Sending Receiving File Information list It is displayed like Send complete XX File file name If you want to cancel in the middle of sending move to the desired file on the Sending Receiving File Information list and press Space e dots 1 5 or F4 key Then file transmission is canceled and Sending File Information list is displayed like Send Me canceled XX file name If contact wants to cancel receiving files in the middle of sending Sending File Information list is displayed like Send To canceled XX file name 16 3 5 2 Receive file 385 Receive File is a function to receive file from other contact to your Voice Sense It allows you to receive
107. Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Exponential function Enter e dots 1 5 If you want to enter in negative numbers you should type in minus dots 3 6 and the number together in parentheses For example you should type in minus 2 in the following manner 2 For the percent operation you can get the result when you put in the numbers first and the percent sign just after typing in the numbers Immediately after you have typed in the percent sign the number that you have typed in will be converted into a percent value For example 90 20 equals 90 18 You will see the 420 number 18 on pressing the sign since 18 is 20 of 90 So you get 108 for your answer 17 1 2 Memory Functions The Memory Functions will keep your resulting answers and calculations in the memory The Memory Functions menu has four submenu items recall item delete all saved items save item and statistics functions You can move between these items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly and then press Enter on the desired feature To access these menu items press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu and press Enter on Memory Functions Or you can press v dots 1 2 3 6 when you are in the menu 17 1 2 1 Recall Items Recall items is a dialog box that has the following items list delete display detail a confirm button and a cancel
108. Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 New folder Enter f dots 1 2 4 Delete file folder Space d dots 1 4 5 Information Enter i dots 2 4 326 14 Database Manager The database manager is a program that can be used to create a database in the form that you specify You can use the DataBase Manager to add records and search for data in your records A table contains at least one record and a record consists of at least one field You can specify attributes for each of the fields In other words a record is made up of a group of one or more fields When the database manager is started it will check whether or not a table has been registered or created already If no table has been registered yet a table manager dialog box will appear to help you to register a new table If there is at least one table already registered a search records dialog box will appear and the search edit box will be focused so that you can search for data records in the tables If you want to close the program while you are adding or searching a table press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Or you can use the menu Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu Move to exit by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly and press Enter Or you can type z dots 1 3 5 6 in the menu The major navigation keys that can be used in this program are as follows 1 Moving by controls Move to the previous control Shift Tab Sp
109. Move to 1 hour before Space 1 Move to 10 minutes after Space 5 Move to 10 minutes before Space 2 456 Move to 1 minute after Space 6 Move to 1 minute before Space 3 Switch Between a m and p m Space x dots 1 3 4 6 Checking date and time Space t dots 2 3 4 5 Calendar dots 1 2 3 Move items Move to the previous item Tab Space 4 5 Move to the next item Shift tab Space 1 2 Move key for date in calendar Move to the next day Space 6 Move to the previous day Space 3 Move to the next week Space 5 Move to the previous week Space 2 Move to the next month Space 4 Move to the previous month Space 1 Move to the next year Space 5 6 Move to the previous year Space 2 3 Pronunciation dictionary p dots 1 2 3 4 Move to the previous control Tab Space 4 5 Move to the next control Shift tab Space 1 2 Move to the previous item in entry Space 1 Move to the next item in entry Space 4 Add word Space dots 2 4 Modify word Space m dots 1 3 4 Delete word Space d dots 1 4 5 Stopwatch w dots 2 4 5 6 Stopwatch start pause restart Enter Stopwatch Clear Backspace Check the elapsed time space 457 Switch between stopwatch and count down timer Tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Count down timer pause or restart Enter Count down timer Clear Backspace Check remaining time space Exit stopwatch or count down timer Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Setup internet i dots 2 4 Display power st
110. Retweet it appears recommender Id RT writer Id Tweet as follows Bill RT robin Happy birthday The followings are movement keys used in Timeline Move to the next tweet Space 4 Move to the previous tweet Space 1 Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Space 1 23 Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Space 4 5 6 Move to the previous 32 list Space 1 2 6 Move to the next 32 list Space 3 4 5 350 2 Time list This is a list to display date and time of tweets focused Time list is displayed as below Friday January 1 2011 3 00 pm 3 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 tweets You can launch this function pressing hot key Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on this button 4 Refresh button This refreshes Timeline You can launch Refresh by pressing Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 or Enter key on the button 5 Tweet button Using this button you can write tweet You can launch the function by pressing Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 or Enter key on the button 6 Reply button you can write reply on the focused tweets You can launch the function pressing Enter y dots 1 3 4 5 6 or Enter key on the button 7 Remove button You can delete tweet that you posted You can launch the function pressing Space d dots 1 4 5 or Enter key on the button This button appears only when focus is on tweet which you posted If other s tweet is focused t
111. The combination of the F1 and F4 keys 15 will move you to the task ID like the task bar in a computer running Microsoft Windows If you press the F2 and F3 keys simultaneously you can switch between the different programs that are running just like pressing alt tab in your PC 2 4 The AC Power Supply and the Battery Pack for the Voice Sense It is very useful to know what the remaining battery power when the Voice Sense is being operated only on battery power If the remaining battery power is not sufficient the Voice Sense will indicate that the battery power is low In this case you need to check the remaining battery power especially when you are using the Voice Sense without plugging it into an AC power supply To check the battery power status press Space 1 6 You will find the following 2 items 1 Battery power level 2 Power source battery or AC supply The battery power level represents the percentage of the remaining battery power The power source indicates whether power is coming from the battery or the AC power supply If the battery power level drops under 15 percent the Voice Sense will display the battery status on the Braille display and it will announce through the speakers that the battery has less than 15 percent of its power left If the battery power level falls below five percent the Voice Sense will give you a warning indicating that your battery power level is
112. To access information about the Voice Sense section press F1 to go to the program menu and use Space 4 repeatedly until you find help Then press Enter on help Then press Enter on information about the Voice Sense If you want to save the information about the Voice Sense press Enter on Information about the Voice Sense of help and press tab Space 4 5 or F3 Voice Sense will display save button You press Enter on this button Then Voice Sense will display save completed and return to save button The saving file is named vs information txt And this file is stored in flashdisk 461 19 Using ActiveSync 19 1 What is ActiveSync ActiveSync is a program that allows mobile devices to connect to a personal computer This program enables file transfers from a personal computer to a mobile device and vise versa Also this program is able to synchronize the Voice Sense with Microsoft Outlook ActiveSync is not shipped with the Voice Sense If you would like to use ActiveSync you will have to download it from the Internet on to your personal computer 19 2 Connecting the Voice Sense to a PC Before connecting the Voice Sense to your personal computer for the first time make sure that the Voice Sense is turned off Once you have ActiveSync installed you will need to plug a USB cable in to the USB OTG port on the right side
113. To receive e mail you have to register e mail service preferentially In order to register e mail service follow these steps 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Move to Tools pressing Space 4 3 Press Enter on the Tools or press T dots 2 3 4 5 4 It shows Service Manger Press Enter 5 It shows Account name no items Without calling up the menu you can move to this menu by pressing Enter M dots 1 3 4 6 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Add 7 Press Enter on the Add or press A dot 1 8 Then the dialog box will be opened and Account name will be appeared Type in the Account name edit box with the Braille keys Ex Voice Sense 9 Press Space 4 move to Display name Type in the Display name edit box with Braille keys This name will be shown as sender s name to a receiver 10 Press Space 4 move to Logon username Type in the Logon username computer edit box using computer Braille Ex Sense or sense hims inc com 11 Press Space 4 move to Password Type in the password computer edit box using computer Braille 12 Press Space 4 move to E mail address Type in the E mail address computer edit box using computer Braille Ex sense hims inc com 13 Press Space 4 move to Incoming POP3 server Type in the Incomi
114. Voice Sense will display the set time field The value is set to the current time or the time specified previously Here you can directly type in the time or set the time using the shortcut keys as explained in section 6 3 After you set the time you should press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field While you are anywhere in the Voice Sense you can check the time by pressing Space t dots 2 3 4 5 to check the time 17 4 2 Alarm Sound You can select an alarm sound for the wake up alarm If you press tab Space 4 5 on set time you will hear the alarm sound that is currently set Press Space 1 or Space 4 to change the alarm sound and you will hear the different alarm sounds Select one of the three alarm sounds that are available If you have selected the sound that you want press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field 433 17 4 3 Term In this field you can set which day of the week the alarm will go off There are four options off once week days and every day Move between these options by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If term is set to off the alarm will not go off at the specified time at all If term is set to once the alarm will go off only once If term is set to week day the alarm will go off at the same time every weekday Monday through Friday If term is set to everyday
115. Word and translate it into Braille Using the E Mail Program you can send email messages to sighted individuals Using the Schedule Manager you can enter your appointments on the Voice Sense The Voice Sense will then alert you at the time of your appointments With the Address Manager you can input information about your contacts and the Voice Sense can retrieve the information for those contacts Using the Voice Sense Web Browser you can surf the Internet Using the Voice Sense Media Player you can listen to music or any other sounds that are recorded in mp3 wma or a wave file format On the Calculator you can calculate algebraic equations including scientific calculations You can copy any files from your personal computer to the Voice Sense and vice versa 10 You can copy move and delete files on the Voice Sense 11 You can adjust the volume the speed and the pitch of the speech You can change as many of these features as you want on the Voice Sense 12 You can use the Database Manager to create your own Database for keeping and storing important information 13 You can use MSN Messenger to communicate in real time with others who are running the MSN Messenger program 1 2 Hardware In order to get the most out of your Voice Sense you will want to become familiar with the Voice Sense by learning where the buttons and ports are located as well as the function of each of these bu
116. a dots 1 72 Using Add buttons control you can add shared folder list which is selected in the Remote folder list to the File manager network list In the Remote folder list enter key execute as Add button Cancel button cancels the Setup Network connection dialog box Also Using Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 cancel can be executed If Setup network connection dialog box is executed using hot key Backspace e dots 1 5 you will be focused on Computer name edit box After checking computer name which you want to search you should type computer name with or without signal and press Enter For example if the computer name which you want to search for is hims type nims or just hims and press Enter If the shared computer is searched login box will be displayed according to the shared computer setting If shared computer is Windows vista or Windows 7 you have to enter folder address as bellow Ex hims sharing hims music If you separately don t set up network user name and password in the computer searched type guest on the Login EB and press Enter If there are specific network user name and password you have to type correct user name and password If login information is correct you will locate on Remote folder list control and the shared folder list appears In the Remote folder
117. a lot of files at one time and exchange messages on the Chat dialog box in the middle of receiving files The following is how to receive files 1 If contact requests to send file XXX send to file message will be displayed Chat window will be activated and Receiving File Information list is focused on 2 Receiving File Information list shows Receiving Pending acceptance XX file name XX means the number of files which request to receive 3 If you want to accept file transmission press Enter key And Receiving File will start Once sending starts progress rate and file name is displayed on the receiving file information list 4 If Receiving File is completed you will return to the Receiving File Information list It is displayed like Receive complete XX File file name If you want to cancel in the middle of receiving move to the desired file on the Receiving File Information list and press Space e dots 1 5 or F4 key Then file transmission is canceled and Receiving File Information list is displayed like Receive Me canceled XX file name If contact wants to cancel sending files in the middle of receiving Receiving File Information list is displayed like Receive To canceled XX File name 16 3 6 Other functions Voice Sense Talk Program supports additional features such as Save conversation and Export Import Contact list and so on The following is a detailed e
118. and delete the messages in the history window To select a block of text move the cursor to the starting point and press Enter b dots 1 2 Then move to the end point of the text to be selected Press Enter c dots 1 4 to copy Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 to cut Then move the cursor to the place where you want to insert the copied text the input edit box or an edit box of another program and press Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 to paste the text If you press Enter a dot 1 you can select all the text in the current control You can perform these functions using the Edit menu 16 4 3 4 Searching Messages You can search the messages in the history window for text This is very useful especially when you have exchanged a lot of messages The Find dialog box is used for this and it works the same as the one in the Word processor Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Space 4 to move to Edit and press Enter Press Space 4 repeatedly to move to Find and press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Space f dots 1 2 4 Then the Find dialog box will appear and the Text to find edit box will be focused Type the string to look for and set the searching direction and then press Enter Then the focus will move to the message that contains the text If you want to find it again in the same direction p
119. and folders will be displayed in the specified order If you select name or extension the list will be sorted in ascending order and if you select size or date and time the list will be sorted in descending order By default files and folders in the file list will be sorted by name Once you have chosen how you want your file and folder lists sorted the option will be kept even after the file manager is closed so that files and folders can be sorted in the same order when the file manager is opened again later 7 4 2 14 Set File Info This item is used to set what kind of information will be displayed in the file list Press Space m dots 1 3 4 Then press Space 4 repeatedly until you reach set file info and then press Enter You can also access this feature by pressing Enter dots 1 2 3 in the file list or press I dots 1 2 3 when you are in the menu Then you can select the information to be displayed in a list containing name name size and name size date and time You can move between these items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If you press Enter after selecting the information to be said the file list will be updated and show all the information you specified By default only names are displayed in the file list If you have selected name size the name and size of files will be said But for folders
120. and receive voice message with registered contact in real time like using phone Voice chat is possible to converse with only one person Chat with off line user is impossible Also in the midst of voice chat you can send and receive message The following is the way to request voice chat 1 After you move to the user ID as you desire voice chat using Space 1 or Space 4 press Enter h dots 1 2 5 Or press Enter on the Start Voice Chat after entering sub menu of Action by calling up the menu 2 Then Chat window is open a Calling message is displayed and it requests voice chat to contact The Voice Chat starts immediately as soon as the Contact who received your request accepts it You can request voice chat on the Chat window as well as on the contact list In the midst of voice chat once you press Enter h dots 1 2 5 you can request voice chat to the contact chatting with you If you press Enter on Cancel Space e dots 1 5 or F4 while the calling message is displayed you return to the right before executes this function And the request voice chat is canceled When you are requested to start voice chat you can accept or 383 reject as follows 1 When you are requested to start voice chat calling from XXX Accept question button message is displayed XX means user ID requesting voice chat 2 If you press Enter you will accept voice chat But if you
121. back the words behind the cursor This is called the Insert mode because you are simply inserting text The second is to overwrite text at the cursor location This is called the Overwrite mode If you start the word processor or open a document the insert mode is the default This will write text while pushing back other words that are already in the document However you can overwrite text while erasing the old text by switching to overwrite mode You can switch to the overwrite mode by pressing Space l dots 2 4 In the overwrite mode you can change the old text into new text at the cursor location If you want to go back to insert mode you should press Space dots 2 4 again You can also access this function via the menu Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and go to edit using the arrow keys Space 1 and Space 4 Next press Enter on edit to enter in to the edit menu Then use the arrow keys to scroll to find toggle insert overwrite mode or you can just press m dots 1 3 4 while you are in the edit menu 5 2 14 Check Spelling This option is used to check spelling while you are editing a document In order to bring up check spelling option do the following 91 Call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Move to the edit menu by pressing Space 4 Press Enter
122. by a short pressing previous button or next button in the 295 front panel In order to move by phrase with previous or next button you must set the audio mode switch to daisy mode 12 3 3 Move by Page You can access this item in the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on document Then use Space 4 to move to previous page next page or go to page and press Enter You can move to the next or previous page without calling up the menu by pressing Space 3 4 5 or Space 1 2 6 during play or pause You can jump to whatever page you want to go to by pressing Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 If you activate go to page you will find an edit box asking move to page number Here you can type in the page number that you want to move to Press Enter and the Voice Sense will move you to that page 12 3 4 Move by Level You can access this function in the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on document Then use Space 4 to move to move up or move down and press Enter Or you can move up and down without calling up the menu by pressing dot 2 or dot 5 You can set the level by pressing dots 5 6 or dots 2 3 Namely if the level is set to 3 you can move through the level 1 2 and 3 and if the level is set to 1
123. can open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 Or you can activate the sine functions menu by pressing Enter s dots 2 3 4 in your calculation line The sine function list consists of sine arc sine and hyperbolic sine If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with Space 1 or Space 4 or if you press Enter on confirm on one of the functions while moving with tab Space 4 5 you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the sine functions Or you can insert one of the three sine functions by pressing the first letter of each in the list 17 1 4 Cosine Functions You can activate the cosine functions by pressing Enter on cosine function or if you press i dots 2 4 in the menu You can open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 Or in your calculation line you can open the cosine function by pressing Enter i dots 2 4 The cosine function list consists of cosine arc cosine and hyperbolic cosine If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with Space 1 or Space 4 or if you press Enter on confirm while moving with tab Space 4 5 you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the three cosine functions Or you can insert one of the three cosine functions by pressing the first le
124. change the setting value press Space Overwrite If you want to overwrite when existed record has same data select it Add If you want to add the data select it 7 It will return Search Address 0 135 8 Press Enter It shows data imported of CSV file with existing data of Address manager If you want to cancel this function press Tab Space 4 5 on Confirm Move to Confirm and press Enter Or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 6 7 2 Exporting CSV You can export data of Address Manger as CSV file using this function You can execute this function regardless of Add address or Search address 6 7 2 1 Executing the menu of the Export to CSV In order to execute the menu of the Export to CSV follow these steps 1 Press Enter on the Address manager Or press a dot 1 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Press Space 1 or Space 4 and move to Export to CSV 4 Press Enter Or press x dots 1 3 4 6 Without calling menu you can directly execute this function by pressing Backspace x Dots 1 3 4 6 6 7 2 2 Structure and Move of Export to CSV menu File name ECB Confirm Button Cancel Button File storage list WRN You can move between the controls by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab S
125. choose whether the Voice Sense will be used as a mass storage device mode or not when the Voice Sense is connected to the personal computer PC via USB The shortcut key for this option is d dots 1 4 5 with the default set to on The Space key toggles off on If you keep default setting PC recognizes the Voice Sense as the mass storage device mode automatically when connecting the Voice Sense to PC If you select off PC doesn t recognizes the Voice Sense In this case if you want to connect the PC to the Voice Sense you need to install and execute the Active Sync program in the PC You can download the Active Sync program from the Microsoft website for free 53 4 File Manager 4 1 Overview The functions and structures of the file manager on the Voice Sense are very similar to the file manager on a personal computer In order to run the file manager press f dots 1 2 4 or press Enter when you are on file manager in the program menu The file manager includes an address window and a file list When you open the file manager the disk name will appear The default disk name is flashdisk You can use the up and down arrow keys Space 1 or Space 4 to explore additional disks Press Enter on the disk you want to open The Voice Sense will say you the list of the files or folders on the disk you have opened When you pr
126. cursor eight dot mode view input grade Braille Code and message display time 2 Voice setting which includes voice punctuation level keyboard echo capitalization alert numbers abbreviation voice volume voice rate voice pitch and scroll voice 3 General setting which includes print paper size audio alerts play power on off sound arrow key mode skip empty lines control information hide passwords hot key information announce shortcut keys power saving mode power saving kick in check today s schedule one handed mode Automatic spell check default document mode type Automatically synchronize with time server progress indicator Bluetooth wireless LAN and mass storage device mode You can move between the five groups by pressing page down Space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 or page up Space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 When a group is opened a list of options will appear that can be changed for the particular setting that you are on A list of options under a group are referred to as a list You can move between items in the list by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can then change the setting for each option by pressing Space or Backspace on each option 32 3 2 Option Menu in Detail Now let s take a look at each function in the Global options in more detail and look at the specific steps on how to change the various settings It is very important to note that
127. d dots 1 4 5 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to the title list Space 1 2 5 6 Open DAISY file Enter o dots 1 3 5 Voice setting Enter s dots 2 3 4 Set DAISY play type Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Check the book info Enter i dots 2 4 305 13 Bluetooth Manager The Voice Sense is Bluetooth capable Bluetooth is the latest in wireless technology that allows for a Personal Area Network PAN Unlike a traditional Wireless Local Area Network WLAN these networks are limited to approximately 30 feet or less Bluetooth enables users to exchange various types of information In order to use Bluetooth with the Voice Sense you must change the Bluetooth option to on in the option menu Bluetooth on the Voice Sense allows you to transfer files from the Voice Sense to a computer use the Internet connection your computer is using or use the Voice Sense as a wireless Braille Keyboard To use the Voice Sense as a wireless Braille Keyboard you must be running the screen readers Window Eyes or Supernova Please note that Bluetooth is currently an evolving standard and you may experience different functionality depending on the operating system that you are using The Voice Sense uses the built in Bluetooth Manager program to allow the user to use the Bluetooth functionality in the Voice Sense You can access the Bluetooth Manager in several ways To access Bluetooth Manager from the Program menu you can either press Space 1 or
128. date based on current system 143 2 If you try to add schedule that has been performed the search mode in schedule manager the default of Start date is set to the date which has been searched by specific date Note Above 2 cases only apply if you search by date in schedule manager If you search by subject the default of Start date is set to the date based on current system 7 4 2 Start time Start time is the second field in the add schedule dialog box Here you can set the time when your appointment starts By default this field shows the current time which can be changed in the set time and date in the utilities program If you set the time format as 12 hour in this option the time will be displayed in am pm format Otherwise the time will be displayed in 24 hour format If you have set the time format to 12 hour you will want to press Space x dot 1 3 4 6 to change between am and pm After you have entered the time press the tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after entering this field you will get the message no subject and then the focus will move to the subject field 7 4 3 End date The End date is the third field in the add schedule dialog box and here you can set the date when the appointment ends By default the same date as the date you set in the start date
129. dead or if your unit reboots Now that you know what the Voice Sense is move on to the next section to learn more about the basic functions of the Voice Sense 2 Basic Functions of the Voice Sense 2 1 How to Use the Commands All of the commands that you will use on the Voice Sense are comprised of different combinations of the Braille keys In this user manual the sign is used to indicate key combinations For example Space z dots 1 3 5 6 indicates that the user should press the space bar and letter z dots 1 3 5 6 simultaneously and then release them at the same time You will also find expressions like Space 1 3 5 6 in this manual This means that the spacebar with dots 1 3 5 and 6 should be pressed and released simultaneously You can execute most commands by pressing the Enter button If you want to cancel the execution of any command and return to the previous status press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Space z dots 1 3 5 6 is a very important command to remember as it will allow you to back out of programs and menus when you may have pressed keys that you did not mean to press 2 1 1 Messages If you have setup an appointment in the Voice Sense Schedule Manager you will be notified of your appointments by the Voice Sense on the day of your appointment When you are notified of an appointment you can interact with the Schedule Manager as you normally would In order to exit fr
130. detail when you are using Voice Sense If you use the Virtual Cursor you can move by word or move by letter when you read list items status information or any message There are many display items that as no real cursors For example there is no real cursor in the file list of the File Manager program list in the Program 23 menu or power status information The Virtual Cursor is used to check any items that do not have real cursor by moving the virtual cursor by word or by letter How to use the Virtual Cursor is almost the same as how to use the real cursor when you move in the document Please note that the Virtual cursor is used in combination with F2 or F3 but the real cursor is used in combination with Space key Followings are the Virtual Cursor keys Move to previous word F2 dot 2 or F3 dot 2 Move to next word F2 dot 5 or F3 dot 5 Move to previous character F2 dot 3 or F3 dot 3 Move to next character F2 dot 6 or F3 dot 6 Read current word F2 dots 2 5 or F3 dots 2 5 Read current character F2 dots 3 6 or F3 dots 3 6 If you press F2 dots 3 6 or F3 dots 3 6 the Voice Sense will read current character And if you press this key again it will read phonetic sign of the character For example if you press F2 dots 3 6 on the alphabet A Voice Sense will read ei and if you press again it read alpha 2 9 Multi Tasking The Voice Sense can do more than one task at the same time which is called multi ta
131. document Once you have activated the go to previous page function the Voice Sense will go directly to the previous page 5 3 6 Go to Next Page 101 The go to next page command allows you to move to the page that is located after the page you are currently on To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to go to next page by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter Or you can press Space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 while you are in the document Once you have activated the go to next page function the Voice Sense will go directly to the next page 5 3 7 Set Mark The set mark command marks a position in the document that you want to use later To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to set mark by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or press m dots 1 3 4 in the go to menu which is the shortcut While editing a document press Enter m dots 1 3 4 to activate this command Move the cursor to the location that you want to mark and press Enter m dots 1 3 4 Then the Voice Sense will say Enter mark name To name the mark use the letters a through z For example if you put down the letter a do
132. dots 1 2 4 Information Enter i dots 2 4 467 20 3 Word Processor 20 3 1 Hot Keys for the Commands New document Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Open Enter o dots 1 3 5 Save Enter s dots 2 3 4 Save as Space s dots 2 3 4 Close current document Space q dots 1 2 3 4 5 Environment setting Enter e dots 1 5 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Add to the clipboard Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Clear clipboard Enter d dots 1 4 5 Delete Space d dots 1 4 5 Cut Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Insert from file Enter i dots 2 4 Insert date Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Insert time Backspace w Dots 2 4 5 6 Delete blank lines Backspace e dots 1 5 Select all Enter a dot 1 Change insert overwrite mode Space i dots 2 4 Check spelling Enter k dots 1 3 Check spelling of the current word Backspace k dots 1 3 Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Replace Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Go to location Enter dots 1 2 3 Go to previous page Space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 Go to next page Space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 Set Mark Enter m dots 1 3 4 Go to the mark Enter j dots 2 4 5 468 Go to previous document Tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Go to next document Shift tab Space 4 5 or F3 Read selected text Backspace b dots 1 2 Read beginning of selected text Enter u dots 1 3 6 Read from beginning to cursor Backspace
133. each paragraph can be set to a desired style Style includes font type font size and text shape for text You can select text title sub title abstract 1 and abstract 2 by pressing Space or Backspace The default fonts for each style are listed below Text Times New Roman Font size 11 Abstract1 Times New Roman Font size 11 Boldface Abstract2 Times New Roman Font size 14 Boldface Sub title Courier New Font size 16 Italic Boldface CEnter aligned Title Times New Roman Font size 20 Boldface CEnter aligned Confirm cancel In order to apply a setting press Enter on confirm In order to cancel a setting and move to edit mode press Enter on cancel You must press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to get to the confirm and cancel buttons 5 6 Keys for Text Scrolling and Deleting While reading a document you can use the following commands to read Braille or hear speech You can move character by character word by word or paragraph by paragraph The previous character Left arrow key Space 3 115 The next character Right arrow key Space 6 The previous word Space 2 The next word Space 5 The beginning of line Home key Space 1 3 The end of line End key Space 4 6 The previous line Up arrow key Space 1 The next line Down arrow key Space 4 The p
134. eee oleadusanueuss 45 3 2 23 Hot Key Information cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeees 45 3 2 24 Announce shortcut keys ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 3 2 25 Power Saving Mode ccccccececeeeceeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeees 46 3 2 26 Power Saving Kick IN ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeees 47 3 2 27 Check Today s Schedule cceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 48 3 2 28 One Handed Mode cccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 48 3 2 29 Automatic spell check ccccccccccccccseeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeees 49 3 2 30 Default Document 0 ccccceceeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 49 3 2 31 Automatically synchronize with time server 50 3 2 32 Progress INGICALON 2 ccs savedeseecetidsncsypeiidweewcs tun ialssacead desdeatatnn 50 3 2 33 BIUCTOOUN iaccct Maries a radia vivant nw teeet 51 3 2 34 Wireless LAN 0 eneee eee eeaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 52 3 2 35 Mass storage device mode cccceeecceeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 52 4 FILE MANAGER secaraa exis orca ded reece tartan rend 54 AT OVOIVIGW aeaniee aeai a o Se taiias 54 4 1 1 Navigating the File List ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 54 4 1 2 Item Folder or File Selection Key ccceee 55 4 1 3 Cancel Exit Key sii ccasciscaccrsecdateuvcnedivsccupvedseesvereuceeendteadexens 56 4 2 Using File Manager Features in the File List
135. email to remain on the e mail server 19 Press Space 4 to move to Save mail copies in sent mailbox When you send e mail you can set the Voice Sense to keep e mail message in sent mailbox or not Press Space to change Yes to No and press Enter 20 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Use signature The default value is No If you want to attach your signature in mail press Space to change Yes to No 21 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Signature 22 Press Enter on the Signature 23 It will be appeared Signature multi edit box You can type your signature in here that you want to use 24 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm 25 Press Enter on the Confirm 26 This will save the signature and you will be returned to the Signature button You can cancel by pressing enter on 168 Cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 after typing in a signature 27 Press tab Space 4 5 and press enter on Confirm If you execute like the above you can use signature when you send an email And also you can use different server when you send or receive emails 8 1 2 2 Checking registered service list The following is the method to check the registered service information 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 move to Tools 3
136. end of the list Ctrl end 21 2 2 Navigation Keys in the File List Fast move to folder list or move to file list Ctrl Down Arrow Move between file list and address window Tab shift tab Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace Fast move to the top level disk Shift Backspace 21 2 3 Item Folder or File Selection Keys Select item by item Space Continuous selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a 21 2 4 Hot Keys for the Commands 492 Open Ctrl o Open with Ctrl h Zip Ctrl z Unzip Ctrl u Send Ctrl s Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete DEL Rename F2 New document Ctrl n New folder Ctrl f File conversion Ctrl t Select all Ctrl a Sort files by Ctrl g Set file info Ctrl i Display only files of type Ctrl w Search file Ctrl f Information Alt Enter 21 3 Word Processor 21 3 1 Hot keys for the command New document Ctrl n Open Ctrl o Save Ctrl s Save as Alt s Close current document Ctrl F4 Print Ctrl p Settings Ctrl e Exit Alt f4 Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add to the clipboard Ctrl Ins 493 Clear clipboard Ctrl Del Delete Del Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete blank lines Alt e Select All Ctrl a Insert from file Ctrl i Insert date Ctrl w Change insert overwrite mode Insert Check spelling Ctrl k Check spelling of the current word Alt k Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Replac
137. files and folders in their original places while move removes original files and folders from their original places In the file manager you can use the copy function as follows First you have to select the files and folders you would like to copy Second you need to call up the menu and choose copy from the list to copy selected files and folders If you want to move files and folders you can choose cut from the menu When the copy or cut command is executed the Voice Sense will return to the file list Third you need to go into the destination folder and call up the menu and choose paste Press Enter on paste and your selected files and folders will be copied or moved If the destination folder is the same folder where the selected files are the Voice Sense will attach copy1 to your original file names for copied files If the same files are copied into the same folder once again the Voice Sense will attach copy2 to the original file names for the second copied files If your destination folder has the same name as the file you are copying the Voice Sense will say file xxx already exists Overwrite Yes Press Enter if you want to replace the file However if you do 60 not want to overwrite the file select no and press Enter When no is selected the paste function will be canceled Example Copying sample txt fro
138. following method 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the E mail menu in the Inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Set Path 6 Press Enter on Set Path 7 It shows Save attachments path flashdisk download You can move to this stage by pressing Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 without calling the menu 205 8 Press Enter on Save attachments path flashdisk download or press m dots 1 3 4 Or press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Modify button and then press Enter 9 It shows download folder xx yy Move to the desired folder by pressing move keys below Move to the upper level folder Backspace Move to the previous item Space 1 Move to the next item Space 4 10 When you encounter the desired folder press Space to select it and then press Enter If a folder is selected will be displayed in front of the selected folder If you press Enter to set the path the Voice Sense shows the changed path If you changed the path to the My Documents folder that is one of the lower level folders located in flashdisk Save attachments path flashdisk My Documents would be displayed 8 5 1 2 Set the Send Attachments Path Send attachments path is the path where the files to be at
139. for use with the Voice Sense The utilities menu has the following items To 1 Calculator where you can do simple math equations as well as scientific calculations 2 Set time and date where you can set the Voice Sense internal clock Display time and date where you can check the date and time Wake up call where you can set the alarm Calendar where you can check the calendar Pronunciation Dictionary where you can set the pronunciation that you want to hear 7 Stopwatch where you can set stopwatch 8 Setup internet where you can adjust your internet settings 9 Display network status where you can Display network status 10 Display power status where you can display power status 11 Backup Restore personalized settings where you can backup restore the personalized settings for each program in the Voice Sense all at once 12 Menu manager 13 Format where you can format the flashdisk SD card and USB memory 14 Set Sleep Timer 15 Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware where you can upgrade firmware 3 4 5 6 No Ne N access the menu items 1 Press Space 1 or Space 4 in the program menu 2 Press Enter on the Utilities menu Or you can press u dots 1 3 6 in the program menu to open the utilities menu 3 The Utilities menu has several submenus under each of the menu items 418 The following sections will discuss ea
140. formatted files or not You can navigate through the list with Space 1 or Space 4 You can open a disk containing DAISY formatted files by pressing Enter on the name of the disk After opening the disk you will find all of the folders that are on the disk and any DAISY file titles that are on the disk that you have opened Once you find a DAISY file that you want to open press Space to select it Then press Enter to play the file If you have DAISY files in a folder on a disk you can go in to the folder by pressing Enter on the folder Make sure that you do not press Space on the folder You will find all of the folders on the disk and you can navigate through the disk by using the same navigation keys that are used in the file manager Then you can go to the folder that has the DAISY files that you want to read or listen to Press Space to select the folder and press Enter to play the DAISY file If you only have one DAISY file it will automatically start playing after showing the title You can play the DAISY file by pressing Enter on the selected file after navigating the file list with Space 1 or Space 4 If you replay a file that you have listened to before you can start listening to the file at the location where you stopped earlier While playing Text Daisy with voice off Read from cursor to end won t work To stop playing a file press Space z dots 1
141. hold down F4 while turning on 20 2 File Manager 20 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list Move to previous item Up arrow key Space 1 or up arrow key Move to next item Down arrow key Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the beginning of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Move to the end of the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 20 2 2 Navigation Keys for the File List Fast move to folder list or move to file list Space 5 6 466 Move between file list and address window Tab Space 4 5 or F3 shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace Fast move to the top level disk Space 1 2 5 6 20 2 3 Item folder or File Selection Key Select item by item Space Continuous selection Enter b dots 1 2 Select all Enter a dot 1 20 2 4 Hot Keys for the Commands Open Enter o dots 1 3 5 Open with Enter e dots 1 5 Zip Enter z dots 1 3 5 6 Unzip Enter u dots 1 3 6 Send Enter s dots 2 3 4 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Cut Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Delete Enter d dots 1 4 5 Rename Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 New document Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 New folder Enter f dots 1 2 4 File conversion Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Select all Enter a dot 1 Sort files by Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Set file info Enter l dots 1 2 3 Display only files of type Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Search file Space f
142. in the current instant message dialog box Now you are able to have a conversation with more than one person in one dialog box 16 4 3 2 Saving and Printing Your Messages You can save or print the messages that are shown in the history window If you want to save the messages press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Enter on File Move to Save As and press Enter Or instead of using the menu you can just press Space s dots 2 3 4 Then the save dialog box will appear and the File name edit box will be focused This dialog box has the same controls and you can use it in the same way as the Save As dialog box in Word processor If you want to print the messages first press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Then press Enter on File Move to Print by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and press Enter Or instead of using 411 the menu you can just press Space p dots 1 2 3 4 Then the Print dialog box will be displayed This dialog box is the same as the Print dialog box in the Word processor The messages can be printed or embossed in Braille 16 4 3 3 Copying and Pasting Instant Messages You can copy paste and delete the messages in the history window or input edit box as you can do in the Word processor However since the history window is read only you cannot paste cut
143. item allows you to rescan for other Bluetooth devices To activate this item press Space m dots 1 3 4 for F2 and then press Enter on scan device You can also access this option by pressing r dots 1 2 3 5 while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or you can activate it directly without calling up the menu by pressing Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 You can access the next item in the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and then Space 1 or Space 4 until you get to device name and press Enter You can also press n dots 1 3 4 5 while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu to activate device name This item allows you to give the Voice Sense a specific name The default name for the Bluetooth device name is VoiceSense You can activate this item by pressing Enter on it or you can access it without calling up the menu by pressing Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 After you activate this item you will find a computer edit box that contains your current device name To modify the name type the new name and then press Enter Once you have entered the new name you should close all programs and reset the Voice Sense by pressing the reset button with your finger on the rear panel To cancel your changes press Space e dots 1 5 or F4 You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Device List The next item in the Bluetooth Device List menu is th
144. jump to bookmark by pressing Space 4 and press Enter 4 Or you can press Enter j dots 2 4 5 when playing a file or when a file is paused If you execute this function in a file that does not have a bookmark the Voice Sense will display There is no bookmark in selected file 9 3 4 4 Go to Time If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it will move to a time that you specify and begin playing the file To execute this function 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to Position by pressing Space 4 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Move to go to position by pressing Space 4 and press Enter 4 Or you can press Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 when playing a file or when a file is paused 5 The Voice Sense will display go to position 0 minute 6 Type in time that you want to go and press Enter If you want to jump to more than an hour you can use Space or characters to distinguish minute from hour For example if you wish to type 1 hour and 20 minutes type the 1 Space or 20 sequentially Also you can input 80 minutes by just typing 80 If there is no t Space or the input value is dealt with the minute If you type in a longer time than the total playback time the Voice Sense will display invalid time and play fr
145. key Backspace e dots 1 5 Or by calling up menu and moving to sub menu of Follow you can launch Followers Followers dialog box consists of 5 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Followers As a list it lists your followers 2 About me As a status box it displays self introduction of focused user 3 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 followers This function is launched when you press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on this button 4 Follow User As a button you can follow focused user 5 Close As a button you can close Followers dialog box and return to previous status Also you can launch Close with F4 or Space e dots 1 5 16 2 7 Use Direct Message Direct Message allows you to send and receive Direct Message with just one person Only users who exchange message can see Direct Message Other users can t see their Direct Message Also you can only send a Direct Message to follower 361 16 2 7 1 Send Direct Message Send Direct Message is a function to send Direct Message DM to one of the followers In order to call up Send Direct Message dialog box press Enter s dots 2 3 4 or launch Send Direct Message menu located on sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Send
146. list all folder lists shared with connected computer appear Move to the desired folder list and press Enter Shared folder route add to the file manager network list You can add more than 1 folder route in Remote folder list If you want add more than 1 folder to the folder list you can select list by pressing space and press Enter Within the list searched Space key can cancel or select the focused list In case of adding shared folder you don t need to search the folder again if you want to connect to the same network You can enter network disk in file manager and check and access to the list If remote folder name exceed 11 characters Voice Sense can t recognize the folder If file list does not appear cancel the sharing of folder or file And check the item that is displayed as 73 use simple file sharing execute application to all folders If the setting is completed share the corresponded items again 4 4 2 Remove Remote folder registered There are 2 way to remove remote folder registered on File Manager s network list One is remove this remote folder on network function and the other is using Setup Network connection dialog box Remove this remote folder on network First execute file manager and enter disk list Move to the remote folder list which you want to remove and then Press Backspace d dots 1 4 5 After that Remote folder registered can be removed easily A
147. menu Export Contact list consists of 4 controls 1 2 3 4 File name Combo Edit control Confirm Button control Cancel Button control File list List control x SS NS N The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Export Contact list dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 File name It is a combo edit box You can type in the file name to be saved in this edit box 2 Confirm It is a button You can execute Export Contact list 3 Cancel It is a button You can exit Export Contact list dialog box and return to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 4 File list It is a list You can set path to save Contact list The followings are move keys used in file list Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 391 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace The following is how to export contact list 1 Press Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 on the contact list 2 Type the desired file name and press Enter 3 If you don t change the folder contact list will be saved in
148. menu by pressing Space 4 and press Enter Go to go to previous page by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter Or you can press Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 or Backspace with the left arrow key Space 3 This command does not work on the first page in the Voice Sense because there is no previous page when you first open the Web Browser 11 4 3 Go to Next Page When you have opened multiple web pages you can go back and forth from the current page to the previous page or to the next page For example when you first open the Web Browser you connect to your home page Then you connect to the web site of Yahoo and next you connect to the Lycos web site In this case the next page from the Yahoo web site is the Lycos web site In order to move to the next page press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and then go to the go to menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Go to the go to next page by pressing Space 4 and press Enter or you can press Backspace n dots 1 3 4 5 or Backspace with the right arrow key Space 6 This command does not work on the last page because there is no page after the last page 268 11 4 4 Go to Previous Heading If you activate the go to previous heading function you can go toa heading that is located before your current location To execute the go to previous heading
149. of a Flashdisk Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to CSV file and press Enter on the CSV file If CSV file is inside of an external memory Press Backspace move to disk list Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to CSV file and press Enter on the CSV file If you want to cancel this function press Tab Space 4 5 on Confirm Move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 6 7 1 4 Adding the CSV file in data of Address Manager Once you import the CSV file Last name unused 1 xx will be displayed Structure is like below 1 23 filed list of Search address Add address 1 unused 2 Field name list of CSV file 2 Allow fields in first record 3 Confirm 4 Cancel By pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 you can move to 23 list of Search address Add address Allow fields in first record SCHB Confirm button Cancel Button By pressing Space 1 or Space 4 you can move to Unused and Field name list of CSV file In order to add the CSV file in data of Address Manager follow these steps 134 1 In list of Last name unused 1 xx press Space 1 or Space 4 Move to field of CSV file that you want to import in the Last name field For example there are 5 fields like Name Company name title Company a
150. open the file manager You will be taken to flashdisk by default However if you have a CF memory card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to those disks by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Please refer to chapter 3 in this manual regarding navigation keys in the file manager 4 After entering a disk open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 Then move to paste with Space 1 or Space 4 and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 While 315 pasting you will hear a sound that indicates that the Voice Sense is working If the file is larger than 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear the sound and not the progress meter 5 When the file has been pasted successfully you will see the message xxx file pasted where xxx is the name of the file If the file is not pasted successfully you will hear xxx file not pasted After the file is pasted successfully you will also hear paste completed and you will be returned to the local folder list 13 2 3 2 Send To This function will allow you to send files from the local folder list to the remote folder list It is only available in the local folder list This is very similar to the copy and paste function The difference is that
151. or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to go to previous document by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter Or you can press shift tab space 1 2 while you are editing a document to go to the previous document 5 3 10 Go to Next Document If you have multiple documents open you can go directly to the next document that is open To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to go to next document by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter Or you can press tab Space 4 5 while you are editing a document to go to the next document 5 4 Read Menu The read menu reads the document in voice and in Braille when the user has opted to use read in voice and Braille In order to call up the 103 read menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press r dots 1 2 3 5 The submenus of the read menu are read selected text read beginning of selected text read from beginning to cursor read from cursor to end auto scroll and read status 33 ec 5 4 1 Read Selected Text The read selected text command allows you to have the Voice Sense read text that you have in a selection To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4
152. panel of the Voice Sense Then plug the other end of the USB cable in to a USB port on your personal computer Now turn on the Voice Sense You will hear several sounds First on the Voice Sense you will hear chimes Then you will hear a ding dong sound on your computer which lets you know the computer is connected properly to the Voice Sense You will again hear chimes on the Voice Sense and then on your computer 19 3 Setting up the Voice Sense in the ActiveSync Program After you have turned on the Voice Sense and you have heard all of the sounds a screen will come up on your computer that has the heading Set Up a Partnership You have a yes option and a no option on this screen If you select yes on this screen the next time you connect the Voice Sense to your computer you will be able to have it synchronize with Microsoft Outlook automatically If you select 462 no the Set Up a Partnership screen will come up every time you connect the Voice Sense to your computer If you want to be able to synchronize the Voice Sense with Microsoft Outlook select yes and then press the next button Then you will be asked to select a name that you want to call the mobile device You can only use the following characters _ A Z or 0 9 You cannot use spaces Once you have entered an appropriate name press next Then a list of functions will appear on your computer Each functio
153. password used in the previous login will be 406 displayed by default To log in to another account you first need to delete the log in information from the first account and type the log in information of the other account Save account If you did not check the Remember me and Save password check boxes in the Sign In dialog box later you may want to save the account information once you are logged in You can use the Save Account option for this It is exactly the same as checking the two check boxes in the login dialog box To use Save Account you should press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Space 4 repeatedly to move to Tools and press Enter Press Space 4 to move to Save account and press Enter Then you will hear Save account Yes In here you press Enter and then you will be placed back in the contact list box View chat and last message When you are having a conversation with more than one person simultaneously you can view a list of messages that you have received previously You can use the Last Message option or when using View Chat go back to the instant message dialog box which you have used recently in the current instant message dialog box To use View Chat you should press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu and press Enter on File menu Press Space 4 to move to View Chat
154. please reference the following sections Note that following explanation is how to use the serial port when the Window Eyes is installed as a screen reader program in PC If you are using Supernova as a screen reader please contact HIMS by e mail The e mail id of HIMS is hims hims inc com 13 2 5 1 Setting up the Voice Sense to Work as a Bluetooth Braille Keyboard The following steps will walk you through setting up the Voice Sense to work as a Bluetooth Braille keyboard These instructions assume that you already have Bluetooth installed on your computer The following instructions assume that you are running Window Eyes 5 5 or greater and at least Windows XP Service Pack 2 Before starting make sure that your Voice Sense is turned on Although it may not be necessary you should close all applications that are running on the Voice Sense and be in the Program menu for best performance If you have more than one Voice Sense make sure that only the Voice Sense that you want to configure is turned on 13 2 5 2 Setting up the Computer 1 Navigate to the Bluetooth icon in the System Tray You may do this in Windows XP by pressing windows key b and then use the Right or Left Arrow Keys until you reach the Bluetooth icon Then press the context menu key Note that if you don t have the Bluetooth icon in the System Tray you may have to change the settings for the Bluetooth icon to appear Go to the Windows Control Panel Blue
155. power switch And to turn off this mode i e to return on two handed mode hold down F4 while turn on the power switch Also by using the Option menu you can turn on or off this mode When one handed mode turned on the input methods are as follows 1 To type a character you press the dots in any combination or order And when you have pressed all dots press Space For example if you want to type the h you press dot 1 and dot 2 separately or together and then press dot 5 And finally you press Space 2 To press a command that includes Space you press Space both before and after the other keys For example if you want to press Space o dots 1 3 5 you press Space and then press dot 1 dot 3 and dot 5 separately or together in any order Then press Space again 3 To press a command that includes Backspace or Enter you press Backspace or Enter before the other keys And then press other keys Finally you press Space For example if you want to press Enter dots 1 2 3 you press Enter and then press dots 1 2 3 And press Space 4 To press Space Backspace and Enter you press this key combination twice For example if you want to press Space to make a space between words you press Space twice The operation of the arrow keys function keys audio buttons remain
156. press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Or you can press g dots 1 2 4 5 in the menu In the go to menu you will find the following submenus find find again replace go to location go to previous page go to next page set mark go to mark go to previous document and go to next document 33 ee 33 ec 33 ee 5 3 1 Find The find function allows you to search for text in a document Once the text is found you will be taken to that position in your document To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 and press Enter on go to Then select find You will be able to navigate the go to menu with Space 1 or Space 4 Otherwise you can press f dots 1 2 4 in the go to menu which is the shortcut While editing a document pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 will activate the find command If find is executed the dialog box is displayed This dialog box consists of text to find search direction match case a confirm button and a cancel button You can move from one field to the next field by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 ht 1 Text to find The first field in fi
157. press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 22 Hide passwords When you enter the password in computer edit box you can select display mode either dots 1 6 or the letter exactly that you write The short cut key is p dots 1 2 3 4 and the default is set to On When you enter the password it will be heard the letter exactly that you write By pressing Space you can change set to Off When you type the irs password it will be heard You have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 23 Hot Key Information As described before hot keys are keystrokes that can take you directly to an item such as a menu or a particular item in a list You can choose the speech output method of hot key The short cut key is h dots 1 2 5
158. press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 If you open these dialog boxes while you are entering a record you will be asked if you want to save the record Select yes or no by pressing Space or Backspace and press Enter If you select yes the record will be saved and if you select no it will not be saved and open the specified dialog box If you select cancel the dialog box will not be opened 14 3 Search Records After you have added your records if you want to search for information that is in your records you can use the search records dialog box To open the search records dialog box press Space m dots 1 3 4 and press Enter on search records Or instead of using the menu just press Enter s dots 2 3 4 Then the search records dialog box will be opened and the first field of the table will be focused Here you can type the text that you want to search for If you want to search for records using content from more than one field press tab Space 4 5 to move to another field Type the text to search for and press Enter Then the list of records found will be opened and the search result will be shown in the list of records found Being able to search in more than one field can be useful if you are searching for those who have the same first and last name In the list of records found each record will be shown in the fo
159. pressing Space 4 5 or Space 1 2 repeatedly and then press Enter If you want to cancel the changes and exit from this dialog box press enter on the cancel button or press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 9 3 6 3 Record Settings Dialog Box If you press enter on record settings in the settings menu or press Backspace s dots 2 3 4 in the media player dialog box the Voice Sense will display the record settings dialog box which contains recording type sample rate option bits per channel option record mode option set folder confirm button and a cancel button You can move between controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 And you can move between options by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 The recoding type allows you to set the default file type of recording file Its default value is set to mp3 You can select between wav and mp3 the value by pressing Space 246 The three options are used to control the quality of recorded sound Higher values in sample rate and bits per channel means a better quality of recorded sound as well as a larger file size of recorded files In other words if you want to record high quality sound the total time the Voice Sense can record will be shortened On the other hand if you set the low
160. pressing tab Space 4 5 The default backup mode is set to prompt backup changes when exiting 6 6 Commands in the Found Records 6 6 1 Find again If you want to search for another name press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The prompt last name will be displayed Now you can type in the new text that you want to look for 128 Just as in a new search you can start the search by pressing Enter Even if you have canceled a search you can go back to the search address dialog box by pressing tab Space 4 5 6 6 2 Opening a home page If a record has a homepage address or an email address you can open the homepage or send an email Move to home page home e mail or company e mail by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Then press Enter on home page home e mail or company e mail If you press Enter on a home page the Voice Sense will automatically connect to the web browser program If you press Enter on an home e mail or company e mail the Voice Sense will bring up the email program so that you can send an email to the email address that you have selected Before you use this command please make sure that you are connected to the internet 6 6 3 Editing Addresses In order to edit a field that is in a record find the desired address by using the search address
161. rare occasions you might see differences in the translated text 5 2 11 Insert Date To insert the date into your document press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Move to insert date by pressing Space 4 repeatedly Then press Enter on insert date or press w dots 2 4 5 6 which is the shortcut in the edit menu Then you can insert the current date and time where the cursor is located in your document If you want to insert part of the current date and time you can modify what you want to change after completing the insert date command When you are editing a document you should press Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 to activate this command 5 2 12 Insert Time 90 To use this function press space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Move to insert time by pressing space 4 repeatedly Then press enter on insert time or press t dots 2 3 4 5 which is the short cut in the edit menu Then you can insert the current time where the cursor is located While you are editing a document press Backspace w dots 2 4 5 6 to activate this function 5 2 13 Changing Between Insert and Overwrite Mode There are two ways of editing documents in the Voice Sense The first is to insert your text which will push
162. search direction will remain until the Web Browser is closed unless you choose the other direction 11 4 10 Find Again The find again function searches the text again in the direction that you have selected In order to enter into find again press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and go to the go to menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to find again by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Or you can press Enter f dots 1 2 4 which is the hot key for find again while the Web Browser is running Find again finds the text that you have entered in find There is no edit box in find again 11 4 11 Links list This function will list all the links in the current page If you want to activate it press Space m dots 1 3 4 and press Enter on links 272 list in go to menu Or without calling up the menu press Backspace i dots 2 4 Then you will see links list dialog box In the dialog box you can find the following controls links list focus link button activate link button and cancel button You can move control by control by pressing Space 4 5 or Space 1 2 In the links list you can move by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you want to move to the selected page in links list press Enter on the link of focus in links list Or move t
163. selecting files Ctrl b Start playing the selected files Enter Stop playing Backspace Delete the selected files in the play list DEL Play the next file Alt Right arrow Play the previous file Alt Left arrow Play the last file Ctrl end key Play the first file Ctrl home key Play the fifth file after the current file Alt Down arrow Play the fifth file before the current file Alt Up arrow Move to backward by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow 501 Move to forward by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Change time index Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Speed up Shift Left arrow Slow down Shift right arrow Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to playback information tab Tab shift tab Exit media player Alt f4 21 8 FM radio Call up the sets dialog box Ctrl e Call up the menu Alt Internal speakers on off Ctrl shift x Move to next frequency Right arrow key Move to previous frequency Left arrow key Auto previous frequency Ctrl Left arrow Auto next frequency Ctrl right arrow Go to frequency Ctrl f Move to previous channel a Move to next channel Registry channel Ctrl s Delete the channel DEL Call up the record dialog box Ctrl r Record start pause Space Record stop Backspace Mute on off Space Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Recoding settings Alt r 502 21 9 Web Browser 21 9 1 Hot keys
164. set to Omm In order to change the setting you will need to type in the value Move to the next setting by pressing the down arrow key or press Space 4 2 Set right margin This sets the right margin for ink printing The default value is set to Omm In order to change the setting you will need to type in the value Move to the next setting by pressing the down arrow key or press Space 4 3 Indent first line This sets the indentation of the first line The first line will be indented by the value that you select and the other lines will not be indented This setting is valid for the paragraphs that follow unless the setting is changed The default value is set to 0 In order to change the setting you should type in the number of characters Press the down arrow key or press Space 4 in order to move to the next setting 4 Indent all lines except the first line 114 All the lines in the paragraph except the first line are indented if this is set This setting will be valid for the following paragraphs unless the setting is changed The default value is set to 0 In order to change the setting you should type in the number of characters Alignment This sets the alignment type The default type is set to left justified The other options are centered and right justified Press Space in order to change the setting Setting style When printing a document through an ink printer the style of
165. should refer to section 4 1 4 to learn about the dialog box save as in the word processor 131 6 7 Importing and Exporting CSV CSV is the acronym for Comma Separated Value The CSV file is used for the digital storage of data structured in a table of lists form where each associated item member in a group is in association with others also separated by the commas of its set It will Import from CSV file from contacts of MS outlook or contacts of some cell phones In Address Manager of Voice Sense 1 Import from CSV allows you to import the data of CSV file in Address Manager 2 Export to CSV allows you to export the data of address manager as CSV file 6 7 1 Importing CSV You can import the data of CSV file in Address Manger using this function You can execute this function regardless of Add address or Search address 6 7 1 1 Executing the menu of the Import from CSV In order to execute Import from CSV follow these steps 1 Press Enter on the Address Manager Or Press a Dot 1 in program list 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Press Space 4 move to Import from CSV and press Enter Or press c dots 1 4 Without calling up menu you can move to this menu by pressing Backspace i dots 2 4 132 6 7 1 2 The Structures of the Import from CSV menu 1 File name
166. size will not be said If you have set the set file info option it will be kept even after closing the file manager and the same information will be said when the file manager is started again 66 4 2 15 Display Only Files of Type This is used to specify what type of files will be displayed in the file list Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to bring up the menu Then press Space 4 repeatedly until you reach display only files of type and press Enter You can also access this feature by pressing Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 in the file list or press w in the menu Then you can select one of the following items all files Sense word files MS word files text files Braille files html files url files media files and wave files You can move between these items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If you press Enter after selecting the file type you want only the files of the specified type will be displayed in the file list Folders will be displayed for whatever type you have specified By default all files are displayed in the file list This option setting is not kept after closing the file manager so all the files will be displayed after starting the file manager again ot 33 ec ot 4 2 16 Zip With this item you can compress files and folders into a zip file Compressing a file makes the total file size sma
167. tab Space 4 5 to move to the Close button and press Enter Or you can just press Space e dots 1 5 Then the dialog box will be closed and the contact list box will appear again 16 4 2 3 Changing Your Nickname Status and Viewing Your Information You can change your nickname as follows 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu Press Space 4 repeatedly to move to Tools and press Enter Press Enter on Nickname Or instead of using the menu just press Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 2 Then the Change Nickname dialog box will appear and the Nickname edit box will be focused Type the nickname you like You can use alphabets numbers and other symbols in the nickname 3 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then your nickname will be changed and you will be placed back in the contact list box To view your nickname or email address you can use my status as follows 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Enter on File Then move to My Status by pressing 405 Space 4 and then press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Enter m dots 1 3 4 2 Then the dialog box will appear and your nickname will be displayed Press tab Space 4 5 to move to your email address and tab Space 4 5 again to move to Status
168. table press Space 4 to move to the starting line of the lower level table Moving by cell is only valid in the table If this command is executed outside of the table a warning sound will be played 1 Move to the previous table Space 3 4 5 6 It moves to the starting position of the previous table If there are no previous tables the warning sound will be played 2 Move to the next table Space 1 4 5 6 It moves to the starting position of the next table If there are no more tables the warning sound will be played 3 Move to the previous cell Space 2 3 It moves to the previous cell If the current cell is the first cell it will move to the starting line of the table If this command is pressed on the starting line of the table the warning sound will be played 4 Move to next cell Space 5 6 It moves to the next cell If the current cell is the last cell it moves to the end line of the table If it is pressed on the end line of the table the warning sound will be played 5 Move to upper cell Space 3 5 It moves to the cell in the previous row within the same column If the current cell is on the first row the warning sound will be played 6 Move to lower cell Space 2 6 It moves to the cell in the next line within the same column If the 283 current cell is on the last row the warning sound will be played 7 Current cell Space 2 3 5 6 It announces and displays the content of the current cell again 8 Move t
169. that you want to delete by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 Then press Space 5 Once you finish selecting all of the e mail you want to delete press Space d dots 1 4 5 6 It shows Delete xx mail Yes Xx is the total number of deleting e mail 7 Press Enter If you want to cancel this function press Space to change No on the Delete xx message Yes Press Enter Or you can cancel it by pressing Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 190 8 3 1 3 Deleting E Mail by Making a Selection If you want to delete multiple e mails by designating a selection you can delete them as follows 1 Press Enter a dot 1 on the Subject or Date control 2 Then all of the e mail will be selected 3 It shows in front of all of the e mail on the Braille display 4 Press Space d dots 1 4 5 5 It shows the Delete xx message Yes Xx is the total number of deleting e mail 6 Press Enter 7 All of the selected e mail will be deleted If you want to delete the successive e mail you can delete them using the following steps 1 Press Enter b dots 1 2 on the first e mail where you want to start the selection 2 Press Space 4 to move to the last e mail that you want to delete 3 Press Space d dots 1 4 5 4 It will Delete xx message Yes Xx is the total number of delet
170. the open file dialog box The difference is that only folder names and not file names will be displayed in the folder open dialog box When you open the open folder dialog box the default folder name will be displayed The default folder is set to flashdisk Press Enter to display all of the folders in flashdisk and press Space 1 or Space 4 to move between the folder names If you want to move into the folder that you are currently pointed at and list all the files in it press Enter on the folder name Press Backspace if you want to go up to the parent folder If you want to select a folder press Space on the folder name You can select more than one folder Once you have selected all of the folders you want press Enter Then the Voice Sense will add all of the audio files with the extensions wav mp3 and wma from the selected folders to the play list and start playing the first file 227 9 3 1 3 Add File The add file menu item is used to add audio files to the play list If you press Enter on add file in the file menu or press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 in the Media Player dialog box the same dialog box that is used for open file will be displayed If you select all of the files that you want and press Enter as in the open file dialog box then the Voice Sense will add the selected files to
171. the alarm will go off at the specified time 7 days a week even on weekends When you have selected the option you like press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field 17 4 4 Ringing Duration This option sets the amount of time that the alarm will sound The options are 1 minute 2 minutes or 3 minutes Move between these options by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you set the ringing duration to 1 minute the alarm will sound for one minute and then the alarm will be silent To stop the alarm press Backspace Enter 17 4 5 Repeat Interval This option sets the amount of time that will be between the times that the alarm sounds For example after the alarm has stopped sounding it will ring again in 3 minutes if you set the repeat interval to three minutes The available settings are 1 3 5 10 15 or 20 minutes Move between these options by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 17 4 6 Wakeup Call Times This option allows you to decide how many times the alarm will sound The available settings are anywhere from 1 to 10 times For 434 example if the alarm is not turned off by pressing Backspace Enter it will repeat according to the number of times that you set for this option Move between these options by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 17 4 7 Confirm Cancel If you press Enter on the confirm button the changed options will be saved and the dialog box wil
172. the items with tab Space 4 5 and shift tab Space 1 2 In the general function list you can navigate the operators using Space 1 or Space 4 Or in the list you can press the first letter of the operator that you want to go to In the calculator you can open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 419 4 or F2 and press Enter on general functions Or you can press g dots 1 2 4 5 in the menu to access general functions After starting the calculation O will be displayed in computer Braille On the calculation line you can access the general functions by pressing Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 If the dialog box pops up first you will be placed on the general function list Once in the list you can select what you want and press Enter on it to run the operator since the default is set to the confirm button in the dialog In the dialog box you can cancel the operator selection by pressing Enter on cancel Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 You can use hot keys of the operators for convenient access The hot keys of the operators are as follows Plus dots 3 4 6 Minus dots 3 6 Division dots 3 4 Multiplication dots 1 6 Percent dots 1 4 6 Power BackSpace 4 5 Square Root Enter q dots 1 2 3 4 5 Decimal point dots 4 6 Left parenthesis dots 1 2 3 5 6 Right parenthesis dots 2 3 4 5 6 Pl
173. the list and then press Enter on delete Or after you have selected the connect name press Space d dots 1 4 5 If you want to exit the ADSL setup press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or press Enter on close 17 9 Display Network Status Using this program you can check if the Voice Sense is currently connected to the Internet This program provides you with the information about the current connection type the current IP of the unit subnet mask gateway and mac address To run this program press Enter on Display Network Status or press n dots 1 3 4 5 in the utilities menu If you start the program a list of information about the connection type and address will be displayed If you press tab Space 4 5 the Voice Sense will display a renew button If you press tab Space 4 5 again exit will be displayed If you press shift tab Space 1 2 the Voice Sense will move between these elements in the opposite direction The first item in the information list status shows if the Voice Sense is currently connected to the Internet online offline and what the current connection type is LAN Modem ADSL or Wireless LAN The next item is the current IP address followed by subnet mask and then gateway and finally mac address You can move between these items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If the Voice Sense is not cu
174. the method to delete the registered service information 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 move to Tools 3 Press Enter on the Tools or press T dots 2 3 4 5 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 Press Space 4 or Space 1 to move to the desired service in the service list 7 When the desired service is displayed press Space d dots 1 4 5 or D dots 1 4 5 Or press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Delete and then press Enter 8 Then Are you sure you want to delete the Registered account name service Yes will be displayed 9 Press enter in order to delete it 10 The Voice Sense will delete it show Successfully deleted and return to the service list If you want to cancel the deletion press Space when Are you sure you want to delete the Registered account name account Yes is displayed in order to change Yes to No and then press enter Or just press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 8 2 Receiving and Sending E mail 8 2 1 Receiving E mail 172 The Voice Sense is capable of receiving plain text email and html email messages You can receive e mail messages by doing the following 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 move to Messa
175. the next record by pressing Space 4 If you want to move to the previous record you need to press Space 1 For moving each field and record in the search result list you can use the following keys Following are the move keys in the search result list Move to a previous field in a record Space 2 124 Move to the next field in a record Space 5 Move to the first field in a record Space 1 3 Move to the last field in a record Space 4 6 Move to the previous record Space 1 Move to the next record Space 4 Move to the first record Space 1 2 3 Move to the last record Space 4 5 6 Move to previous same field different record Space 3 Move to next same field different record Space 6 You can also search records using not only name field but also the other fields If you want to find records with a company name press Space 4 repeatedly until company name is heard Then type the company name and press Enter The first record that has the company name will be displayed When you enter text to be searched for you do not have to type the entire content of a field For example if you want to find a record about Edward type in ed in the search name field Then all the records whose name field contains ed will be found 6 4 2 Setting Searching Address Fields This option enables you to select the fields that you want to search Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to br
176. the play list However the Voice Sense will not start playing these files If you want to start playing the files in the play list press the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense Or you can press Enter on play in the play menu 9 3 1 4 Add Folder The add folder menu item is used to add all of the audio files in a selected folder to the play list If you press Enter on add folder in the file menu or press BackSpace f dots 1 2 4 in the Media Player dialog box the same dialog box that is used for open folder will be displayed If you select all of the folders and press Enter the Voice Sense will add all of the audio files in the selected folders to the play list However it will not start playing any files You can start playing the files in the play list by pressing the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense or press Enter on play in the play menu 9 3 1 5 Save play list The save playlist menu item is used to save the play list to a disk drive If you want to use this function you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the file menu and execute the save playlist command by pressing Enter on it or you can press s dots 2 3 4 Otherwise you can press Enter i dots 2 4 in the Media Player dialog box 228 If you activate the Media player program a
177. the received email message You can get to this stage by pressing Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 9 Press Shift Tab Space 1 2 to move to Subject BCC CC and To 10 At Subject it shows Subject Re Welcome to HIMS And at To it shows To hims hims inc com 11 Press Tab Space 4 5 to move to Message body 12 Type in the Message body that you want to add or edit 13 Press Enter s Dots 2 3 4 to send the e mail 192 When you reply the e mail after you press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 you can add recipient or attach file as well as write an e mail If you want to add another e mail recipient press the cursor routing key that is located at the position where you want to add the recipient and type in the new e mail address Use computer Braille when typing in this information You can also save the e mail that you are writing as a reply It will be saved in the Outbox You can reply to an email by using Reply To All as well as Reply Pressing Reply will send en e mail to only the original sender Pressing Reply To All will send an email back to the original sender as well as all other recipients to the original email However Reply To All will not send an email to you even though you were a recipient of the original email To activate the Reply To All function 1 2 Press Space m dots
178. the upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow Move to the lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow Read current cell Ctrl shift F Move to the previous cell of the upper level table Ctri Left arrow Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow Check the current position Ctrl shift s Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Read the current line Ctrl shift r 504 21 10 Daisy Player Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Home or ctrl home Move to the last phrase End Increase the speed Shift Left arrow Decrease the speed Shift Right arrow Increase the volume Shift Up arrow Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow Move to the next phrase Right arrow key Move to the previous phrase Left arrow key Move to the next fifty phrase Ctrl Up arrow Move to the previous fifty phrase Ctrl Down arrow Move to the next page Page down key Move to the previous page Page up key Go to the page Ctrl g Move to the upper level Alt Left arrow Move to the down level Alt Right arrow Move to the next level at the preset level Alt Up arrow Move to the previous level at the preset level Alt Down arrow Move to the next heading Ctrl F6 Move to the previous heading Ctrl F5 Move to the first heading Ctrl F7 Move to the last heading Ctrl F8 Check the curren
179. there are duplicate shortcut keys therefore pressing a shortcut key will move the focus to the next setting that has a matching shortcut key and pressing the same shortcut key will move the focus to the next setting that has the same shortcut key If there are no more settings that have the same shortcut key the Voice Sense will wrap around and move to the first match Pressing Space 1 or Space 4 moves the focus to the previous setting or the next setting Pressing page up Space 1 2 6 or page down Space 3 4 5 will move the focus to the beginning of the previous group of settings or to the beginning of the next group of settings 3 2 1 Braille Cursor Note This function appears when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille SyncBraille is sold separately You can choose how you want the Braille cursor to show up on the Braille display The shortcut key is c dots 1 4 By default the cursor is set to always up If you do not want the cursor set to always up you can press the Space key to turn the cursor blinking and one more press the Space key to turn the cursor off If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab
180. throughout the spell check range Add to custom dictionary a if you press Enter on this button the word that is currently focused is added to your custom dictionary Modify once c focus on the modified word and select the desired word on the recommendation word list and then press Enter Then the currently focused word that is on your document will be replaced by the recommended word Modify all m focus on the modified word and select the desired word on the recommendation word list and then press Enter The same words with the same spelling will be replaced by the new word throughout the document Cancel if you press Enter on the cancel button the spell check will be ended You can move from one item to the next by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 When the spell check has completed the Voice Sense will say 00 words checked 00 misspellings found 00 words corrected Also simply you can check spelling of the current word by pressing Backspace k dots 1 3 when you enter or meet the misspelled word If you press Backspace k dots 1 3 you will hear the list of recommended word You move to word that you want by using the 95 Space 1 or Space 4 And press Enter so misspelled word will be changed to the correct one 5 3 Go to Menu If you want to open the go to menu in the word processor
181. title when you move to previous next track or transfer to next track automatically If this is set to on you can hear the track title The default value is set to off namely you can t hear the track title when move to previous next track You can change the on or off by pressing Space The Store position of file if longer than option allows you to set the last position of audio file which have playing time more than you designated The default is set to off and it means the last position will not be saved You can set the value to 5 10 30 60 minutes If you set the value to 30 minutes when you move to another audio file 243 or you exit the Media program you can save the last position of currently playing audio file if the audio has playing time over 30 minutes Sometimes when you don t want to save the position of music but want to save the position of audio books this option is very useful Once the last position is saved from that time you can play the audio from the last position To save the changed settings and exit press Enter after you change an option or move to the confirm button by pressing Space 4 5 repeatedly If you want to cancel the changes you made and exit this dialog box press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 You can also press Enter on the cancel button to close the dialog box without changing any options The options set i
182. to Specific Heading Enter h dots 1 2 5 Set mark at current position Enter m dots 1 3 4 Move to the next mark Space 6 Move to the previous mark Space 3 Delete mark Space d dots 1 4 5 480 20 11 Bluetooth Manager Scanning Bluetooth device Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Connecting device enter on the device name Connecting service enter on the service name Disconnect service Enter d dots 1 4 5 Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace Remove device setting in Bluetooth device list Space d dots 1 4 5 1 FTP service Open local folder Enter o dots 1 3 5 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Send to Enter s dots 2 3 4 Retrieve file Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 New folder Enter f dots 1 2 4 Delete file folder Space d dots 1 4 5 Information Enter i dots 2 4 20 12 Database Manager Add record Enter i dots 2 4 Search records Enter s dots 2 3 4 Table manager Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 List of records found Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Setting backup option Enter e dots 1 5 Backup database Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore database Enter o dots 1 3 5 1 Move by controls Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control Shift Tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 2 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the previous list item Space 1 or up arrow key 481 3 Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the n
183. to move to the previous item and press down arrow key or Space 4 to move to the next item Or just press an alphabet that follows the menu names This is a shortcut key Or you can execute the menu item without calling up the menu by pressing hotkey Shortcut keys are the alphabets in the parentheses that follow the menu names And hotkeys are the combination of a couple of keys like Enter Space or Backspace These are displayed after the shortcut keys For example if you are in the word processor and press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on file 9 you will hear new n pull down Enter n The word new represents the function The letter n dots 1 3 4 5 is the letter that you would press while you are in the file menu in order to move directly to new Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 is what you would press to access the function new from anywhere in the word processor The n is the shortcut key and Enter n is the hotkey It is important to note that not all hotkeys work from anywhere in the Voice Sense some commands will only work while you are in a specific program For example if you want to activate the new document option in the word processor You cannot press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 in the program menu to activate this option You must be in the word processor program in order for Enter n
184. type in the number of the paragraph that you want to go to type p dots 1 2 3 4 and then type the number of the paragraph that you want to go to By typing in the letter p dots 1 2 3 4 the Voice Sense will know that you are looking for a paragraph and not a page or line If you want to move forward from your current location put the plus sign in front of the number and letter If you want to move backward from your current location put the minus sign in front of the number and letter For example if you want to move backward two paragraphs you would type p2 If you want to move to the previous paragraph type p and if you want to move to the next paragraph type p If the paragraph number you type in is not valid the Voice Sense will say move range error You can also use this function to move to a specific line First select go to location in the go to menu or just press Enter dots 1 2 3 Then the Voice Sense will say move to page number Before 100 you type in the number of the line that you want to go to type I dots 1 2 3 and then type the number of the line that you want to go to By typing in the letter I dots 1 2 3 the Voice Sense will know that you are looking for a line and not a page or paragraph If you want to move forward from your current location put the plus sign in front of the number and letter If you want to move backward f
185. want to reject voice chat change the button to Reject using Space key and press Enter After rejecting you will go to the Contact list In the midst of voice chat you can exchange messages on the Chat window 16 3 5 Send Receive a file Google Talk program of Voice Sense supports a function to receive and send file With this function you can send your files to other person and save files from other person in Voice Sense 16 3 5 1 Send file Send File is a function to send your files to other contact It allows you to send a lot of files at one time and exchange messages on the Chat dialog box in the middle of sending files The following is how to send files 1 Move to the user ID as you desire send file using Space 1 or Space 4 and press Enter And then Chat window appears Or press Enter on the Send file menu located on sub menu of Action by calling up the menu Press hot key Enter f dots 1 2 4 Or call up the menu enter sub menu of Action and press Enter on the Send File You can see File list to select 2 Using following move key move to the file which you want to send Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 384 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file
186. was made in Voice Sense or a PC To activate the unzip function use the following steps 1 After selecting a zip file open the menu with Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on unzip Or press u dots 1 3 6 in the menu You can also activate this function without opening up the menu by pressing Enter u dots 1 3 6 after selecting a zip file Then unzip folder name default folder name will hear The default folder name is the compressed file name For example if you unzip a file called test zip you will hear unzip folder name test Then press Enter or move to confirm by pressing tab Space 4 5 and then press Enter on confirm Then the Voice Sense will unzip the files to the default folder If you want to change the default folder name you can type in a new name If you want to cancel press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 You can also move to the cancel button by pressing tab Space 4 5 Then press Enter on cancel 4 2 18 Information The Voice Sense can provide information about files and folders The information feature in the file manager provides you with information 68 about the file type file size the date and time of the file or folder s creation and file attribute Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu Press the
187. while you are reading a document If this option is set to line Space 1 moves line by line If this option is set to paragraph Space 1 moves paragraph by paragraph In order to toggle between line and paragraph press Space 3 Read only yes no If this option is set to yes the document cannot be modified This setting is used in order to protect the document from any unintentional modifications If you want to change it to no press Space 4 Note that when you choose to select compressed on the option for reading with the Braille display you set read only to yes When you are reading a document pressing a cursor routing key will show a word or character corresponding to the operation of the cursor routing key This will be displayed at a very left of the 32 cell Braille display 5 Reading mode original compressed This option sets the reading mode Reading mode original will show the document in its original format 6 If the Reading mode is set to compressed The Voice Sense will continue displaying contents even if there exists a carriage return p In order to toggle between original and compressed press Space 7 Auto scroll speed 1 35 This option sets the duration of displaying one line while you are scrolling in a document Twenty 84 is the fastest scrolling speed Pressing Space makes the nu
188. will not work Find again is used to find the text that you have previously found in the current document 5 3 3 Replace To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to replace by pressing Space 4 to move to replace r and press Enter or press r dots 1 2 3 5 in the go to menu which is the shortcut While editing a document pressing Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 will activate this function Replace also has a dialog box that consists of the following fields text to find replace with search direction match case replace confirm and cancel You can move between the fields by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 ot The following is a description of each function 1 Text to find You can type in the text that you want to be replaced in this field 2 Replace with You can type in new text that will replace the text that is found 98 After you type in text to find and replace with the Voice Sense will find the text and replace it in the direction that you have specified If you want to change the direction press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field 3 Search direction The search direction has the same function as the search direction
189. you want to view using Space 1 or Space 4 and the press Enter I dots 2 4 Or call up the menu and enter sub menu of Contact and press Enter on Contact Information menu Contact Information dialog box consists of 2 controls 1 Contact Information Status bar Control 2 Close Button Control Here you will get a detailed explanation of Contact Information dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Contact Information As a Status bar this shows information respectively You can move to each item using Space 1 or Space 4 Contact Information contains information as follows 2 Display name It displays on line ID set on the My Status Options 3 E mail It displays E mail account 4 Chat It displays whether chat is possible or not as Enable or Disable 5 File sharing It displays whether it is able to send receive file or not as Enable or Disable 6 Voice Chat It displays whether voice chatting is possible or not as Enable or Disable 7 Status contact It displays current contact relation status such as acceptance or standby 8 Close As a button once you execute this function it will close the View Contact Information dialog box and you will go to the contact list the status right before calling up 379 the menu 16 3 2 6 Manage Block List When
190. you are in the word processor pressing space1 5 6 will give you your current location 22 6 No Internet Connection 1 If you are using a LAN make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected 2 If you are using a modem make sure that the phone line is connected to the modem 3 If you are using a DSL connection make sure that that the Ethernet cable is connected 22 7 Email 1 If you are having trouble downloading email please contact your Internet service provider to make sure that you have the correct POP3 and SMTP settings 22 8 The Voice Sense Does Not Respond 1 If the Voice Sense does not respond to keystrokes or commands it may be necessary to reset the unit To reset the Voice Sense press the reset button or press 1 2 3 4 5 6 F2 F3 Do NOT hold the reset button for more than 5 seconds 517 23 Accessories For information on available accessories for the Voice Sense please contact HIMS You can contact HIMS at sales hims inc com Or you can contact HIMS Inc by phone at 888 520 4467 You can also visit HIMS on the web at www hims inc com 518 24 Obtaining Support If you are having any problems with your Voice Sense please contact the Hims inc If you require further assistance please contact us at support hims inc com Or you can contact HIMS by phone at 512 837 2000 519
191. you finish entering the text press tab Space 4 5 in order to move to the next item List box combo box In order to change a selection in the combo box press BackSpace Space 4 or BackSpace Space 1 You can move to the next item by pressing Space 4 Also it will renew a page automatically when you change combo box in combo box Radio button check box In order to select or cancel the selection press Enter Button If you press Enter on a button you will move to the referenced page 11 7 2 Moving to a Form A form is a page that has all of the controls except the link control The edit windows buttons and combo boxes are included in a form When you navigate some web pages if there are many links it would be very cumbersome to navigate to a form because you would have 281 to push too many tab or shift tab keys to get to a form In this case you can use the moving to the form function 1 Move to the previous form Space 1 2 3 4 6 You can move to the previous form by pressing this key If there are no previous forms the Voice Sense will play the warning sound 2 Move to the next form Space 1 3 4 5 6 You can move to the next form by pressing this key If there are no more forms The Voice Sense will play the warning sound If there are no forms on a web page the Voice Sense will say no control 11 7 3 Table At the beginning position o
192. 1 2 6 Power For Power press BACKSPACE with dots 4 5 For example to calculate 2 to the power of 10 you would press 2 10 The answer will be given as 1024 7 Calculating Square Root To perform the Square root function you can press Enter with dots 1 2 3 4 5 For example to calculate the square root of 16 you press Enter with dots 1 2 3 4 5 16 Y Then press enter Your answer will be given as 4 8 Exponential For Exponential you can press Enter with dots 1 5 For example to calculate the Exponential of 2 you would press Enter with dots 1 5 then 2 followed by the and Enter That is exp 2 which gives the result 7 3890561 428 9 Trigonometric Functions Sine Functions For Sine press Enter with dots 2 3 4 and then s This is shown as sin For Arc Sine press Enter with dots 2 3 4 then a This is displayed as asin For Hyperbolic sine press Enter with dots 2 3 4 then h This is displayed as sinh In order to calculate the sine of a 30 degree angle you would type the following Enter with dots 2 3 4 then s 30 and then Press Enter and your answer is displayed as 0 5 Cosine Functions For Cosine you would press enter with dots 2 4 and then you would press i This is displayed as cos For Arc cosine press Enter with dots 2 4 then a
193. 1 2 3 Move to the end of a list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 POON ae The following keystrokes are valid only when you are on a file list Fast move to folder list or move to file list Space 5 6 Move between file list and address window Tab Space 4 5 or F3 shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Enter into a selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace Fast move to the top level disk Space 1 2 5 6 Move to the previous 32 item group Page up space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 7 Move to the next 32 item group Page down space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 8 Find and move to the file or folder in the file list by pressing the first character of the folder or file names You must use ASCII characters N oo 4 1 2 Item Folder or File Selection Key 1 Select item by item Space Select one or more item s while moving in a list If item is select the Voice Sense will say select If you pressing Space again on the selected file it will cancel the 55 kI selection If you use with SyncBraille is displayed in front of the selected item in Braille SyncBraille is sold separately 2 Continuous selection Enter b dots 1 2 This will select all of the items from the point where this command is executed to the item where navigation key is moved to 3 Select all Enter a dot 1 This selects all the items including files and folders in the current path
194. 2 4 5 Set mark Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Move to mark Backspace j dots 2 4 5 Move to previous mark Backspace dot 3 Move to next mark Backspace dot 6 Delete mark Backspace d dots 1 4 5 Mark manager Backspace k dots 1 3 Configuration dialog box Backspace c dots 1 4 Playback setting dialog box Enter s dots 2 3 4 Record setting dialog box Backspace s dots 2 3 4 Effect setting dialog box Enter e dots 1 5 20 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab Move to the next information Space 4 Move to the previous information Space 1 Pause when it is play state and play when it is pause state Space Start playing Enter Stop playing Backspace Play the next file Dot 6 Play the previous file Dot 3 Play the last file Dots 4 6 Play the first file Dots 1 3 Play the fifth file after the current file Dots 5 6 Play the fifth file before the current file Dots 2 3 Volume up Space up arrow key Volume down Space down arrow key Speed up Dots 3 4 5 Slow down Dots 1 2 6 Change time index dot 2 or dot 5 475 Move to next position by time index and play dot 4 Move to previous position by time index and play dot 1 Open menu Space m dots 1 3 4 Open help Space h dots 1 2 5 Move to play list tab Space 4 5 Space 1 2 Exit media player Space z dots 1 3 5 6 20 7 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Move to the next file Space 4 Move to the previous file Space 1 Move to the last f
195. 2 5 Delete To delete text that has been selected press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Move to delete by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and then press Enter on delete or press d dots 1 4 5 as a shortcut in the edit menu to delete the selected text When you are editing a document you can press Space d dots 1 4 5 to delete text that you have selected 5 2 6 Delete Blank Lines In order to delete blank lines you must select the area of the document where you want the blank lines to be deleted from Once this has been done press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Then use the arrow keys Space 1 or Space 4 and press Enter on delete blank lines or press I dots 1 2 3 as a shortcut while in the edit menu If you want to delete an empty line while you are editing a document press BackSpace e dots 1 5 which is the hot key for delete blank lines 5 2 7 Add to Clipboard When you have selected the text you want to select in your document you should press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Move to add to clipboard by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or press p dots 1 2 3 4 Whil
196. 3 4 or launch Sent Direct Message menu located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Sent Direct Message dialog box contains 3 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Sent Direct Message As a list it indicates Direct Message which sended in the newest registration order Direct Message is displayed as Sender Id Message 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 messages Press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on this button 3 Close As a button you can close Sent Direct Message dialog box and go back to the status right before calling up the function Or you can use F4 or space e dots 1 5 16 2 8 Use Search function Twitter program allows you to search registered users and words contained in tweets with Search function Also it provides Save Search function in order to save words used frequently 16 2 8 1 Global Search Global Search launches search for entered word among all Twitter Timelines and shows the result Also you can follow user with Global Search function In order to call up the Global Search dialog box you have to press Space f dots 1 2 4 or launch Global Search menu in sub menu of Search after calling up the menu You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3
197. 3 4 5 after calling up the menu The hot key for this option in the file manager is Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 When the new document function is activated the Voice Sense will say file format text txt You can create two types of documents which are text file and Braille file When the Voice Sense say file format text txt you can use the down arrow Space 4 to select the Braille brl file format When you press Enter on either text txt or Braille brl the Voice Sense will ask new document name New documento txt or New document0 brl New document0 xxx is the default file name based upon the file type you have chosen The number after the new document will increase by one whenever you create a new document You can also type in the document name 62 you prefer Then the new document you named will be created lt gt characters cannot be used when creating a file name 4 2 9 New Folder You can create a new sub folder under the current folder by using this option You need to call up the menu in the file manager by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and select new folder from the menu list by using the down arrow Space 4 Press Enter on new folder to activate this function The Voice Sense will ask new folder name and wait for your response Enter your preferable new folder name in ASC
198. 3 5 6 which will 289 move you to the prompt box Once there you can select yes or no with Space or Backspace When you want to exit from the DAISY Player press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 which will move you to the prompt box Once in the prompt box you can select yes or no with Space or Backspace You can open the DAISY Player menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 when you are in the DAISY Player In the menu you will find file document mark and heading You can move between these menu items with Space 1 or Space 4 and press Enter when you want to activate the selected menu item You can also play the DAISY contents using the audio buttons on the front panel In order to use the audio buttons to control the DAISY player the audio mode switch that was explained in the Section 2 11 Switching audio mode should be set to DAISY mode that is the center of the audio mode switch Once the audio mode is set to DAISY mode you can play the DAISY contents by pressing play button on the front panel Also you can pause the DAISY player by pressing play button on the front panel when playing the DAISY contents How to use the audio buttons to control the DAISY player is explained in the following sections 12 1 Components of the DAISY Player While playing the Daisy you will find four controls components 1 headi
199. 38 7 SCHEDULE MANAGER siceviisvcccsscessicen a arenas cece 141 CA OVERVIEW sister eae ee 141 7 2 Starting Schedule Manager ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 141 7 3 Setting time and date sisi sseses acces sececcnnssnsnetissncsdecccudenanectecse 141 7 4 Adding a Schedule ccccceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeses 143 T A T Start ee eee a e Sr err Re T 143 T 4 2 Start RING sat ogdecccee eden ee ons naa AA hee cee ces ET EE 144 xiv 7 4 3 End Cate Lact ac aceaene i ute ant Mla nnen nnne 144 EAE NG TUNG eeaeee a i eaa 145 TA 5 SUBJECT sae tes 145 TAG Locati M eeto rnte nee e aE R EESTE RO Ri 145 TAT MEMO E E E EEEE AA EEES 145 7 4 8 Alarm TiM inn a oho 146 7 4 9 Setting a recurring Schedule ccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 146 7 4 10 Confirme E cere EAA EE 150 TATT CINCO hrer E a 150 7 5 Search Schedule viconnneenieune ne 150 7 5 1 Searching with date 00000nnnneaaaaaneneaenan nenen nnr er nenne rrenen 151 7 5 2 Searching with Subject cccccccecesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 152 7 6 Modify Schedule wsssscscceisciciisiestecesiias sronnsieneeeeieciareeeanneeaianes 152 7 7 Deleting a Schedule asassssssssnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm 153 7 8 Saving Appointments as a File ccccssseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 154 7 9 Backing Up and Restoring Your Appointments 154 7 9 1 Backup Schedule cccccsssecccces
200. 4 5 If you want to change a setting or check your settings again press Space 1 to move to the previous fields 8 Confirm Cancel In order to apply a setting press Enter when confirm is displayed If you do not want to change the setting you will need to press Enter when cancel is displayed 5 5 2 Print Document Layout This option will allow you to set the layout of the document for printing on an ink printer Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu while you are editing a document and select layout or press I dots 1 2 3 which is the shortcut and then select print document layout Or press Backspace t dots 2 3 4 5 which is the hot key for print document layout The settings in this menu are applied to all the paragraphs in the selected document You can navigate the menu items with Space 1 or Space 4 and you can move to 110 confirm or cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 or F3 You can skip an item by pressing Space 4 if you do not want to change the default setting The following is a detailed explanation of each setting 1 Set top margin This sets the top margin for ink printing The top margin is the distance from the top of the paper to the first line of the printed paragraph The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting
201. 5 to move to the Confirm and then press Enter 12 Then Successfully added spam data will be announced and E mail address string Registered e mail address 1 1 will be displayed If you set it once the e mails with the e mail ids will be downloaded from the e mail server but the Voice Sense will delete those e mails automatically So those e mails will not be found in the inbox You can add an additional e mail address by modifying the e mail address that you have typed in If you type in a new e mail address at E mail address string e mail address the displayed e mail address will be erased and the new e mail address will be displayed But if you press the cursor routing key at the position where you want to modify the displayed address that address will be modified as you type in the modifications 212 When E mail address string registered e mail address 1 1 is displayed you can add it by pressing a dot 1 or pressing Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Add and press Enter You can check the registered e mail addresses by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you want to register a specific host as a spam sender do the following 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press
202. 52 10 1 Listening to radio via internal Speakers cscseeeeseees 252 10 2 Frequency control wzcicscceics cccdanccciecuea veda soosnkusteedeneVevsscccocseedsat 253 10 3 Registration of the channel and move among channels 254 10 4 Recording FM radio sound ccccccceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeees 256 10 4 1 Changing record folder cccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 257 10 5 Additional features cccecccccceeeeeeeee sense eeeeseeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeeeeeeees 258 10 6 Hot Keys in the FM radio cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeees 259 11 WEB BROWSER scsscicdeceseecedsdcce decree ses ceecrsrecr a eeeaectacedecddcectees 260 VED File sitia a ESEE aariaa 260 111 1 Open URG r a a a EE unanes 260 11 12 OPEM eere a ee R TTE aE Ea REE Roia 261 VAS Save AS h E A EE 262 11 1 4 Page Information 0 ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeeeeeenaes 263 TA AiO Exit a a e a eO EE a a 263 Lu rA SGT Co EA E E E AAST 264 11 2 1 Read from Beginning to Cursor ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee 264 11 2 2 Read from Cursor to End 264 11 2 3 Auto Scrolls cee esrendeceeste tatece 265 1T 3 Edita i e aa renie iaa ea eaaa aaia 265 11 3 1 Start SSIS CU OM 6c rors doe des as satente ude iit eee teem Qatece 265 11 3 2 COPY src e e E R a 266 11 3 3 Add to clipboard 0000nn000nnnnonnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsennnnsennensene 266 11 34 Copy URL aaeeea rana a EEE EOE 266 11 3 5 C0py LINK ssie aE 267 ITAG
203. After you set the searching direction press Enter to start the replacement of text or press tab Space 4 5 to set the match case or replace 4 Match case This field display only when you execute the replace command in text file This field does not display in Braille file The default value is no If you want to change the value press Space Pressing Space will toggle between no and yes 5 Replace You may want to replace only one piece of text Or you may want to replace all the texts that coincides with the text that you typed in the text to find field You can set it in the replace field There are two choices once and all You can toggle between the two choices by pressing Space 6 Confirm and Cancel Pressing Enter on confirm will start finding and replacing text If there is no text that coincides with the text that was typed in no more searching data is displayed and the function is canceled Pressing Enter on cancel will cancel the replace function 5 3 4 Go to Location The go to location command moves rapidly to a specific location You can move to a specific page paragraph or line To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to go to location by pressing Space
204. And after moving to delete word button by pressing tab Space 4 5 press Enter Or on the item you want to delete just press Space d dots 1 4 5 Then you will meet the prompt delete yes If you are sure to delete the item press Enter Otherwise press Space to switch to no and then press Enter If you want to exit pronunciation dictionary you can press Enter on close button or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 17 7 Stopwatch When you press Enter on the stopwatch you will hear 00 00 00 If you press Enter the stopwatch will start If you press Enter again it will pause and the Voice Sense will say the elapsed time Pressing Enter again will restart the stopwatch from where it paused If you press Backspace on work or pause it will let you Know the elapsed time and will clear into 00 00 00 While the stopwatch is working pressing Space will make the Voice Sense say the elapsed time at the moment While the stopwatch is running pressing Space F2 will stop displaying the time while the stopwatch is still running If you press Space F2 the time will be said again 438 If you press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 before the start of the stopwatch or while it is running you can switch to the count down timer If you activate the count dow
205. Braille and idle in speech If the status of a person changes after you log in you will hear different sound depending on their status The hotkeys you can use in this list box is as follows 1 Move to the previous item Space 1 or up scroll button 2 Move to the next item Space 4 or down scroll button 3 Move between online and offline groups Space 5 6 You can have the received message stay on the Braille display until you are done reading it When in the Contacts list box you can press 402 Enter l dots 1 2 3 When you are asked to Confirm the received message No select Yes by press the space When a message is received the message will stay on the Braille display until you close it with Space e dots 1 5 If you want to close the messenger program press Enter on Close in the file menu Or you can press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 16 4 2 1 Instant Messaging When you want to have a conversation with a person in your list of contacts move to the list item corresponding to the person you want to contact and press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Move to Actions and press Enter Press Enter again on Send Instant Message Or instead of using the menu you can press Enter or Enter s dots 2 3 4 at the contact item Then the Instant message dialog box will appear where you can have a conversation with your contact online
206. Direct Message dialog box consists of 6 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Followers Your followers appear And then select follower who you want to send Direct Message 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 followers Press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on this button 3 Message As edit box you can type message on this box 4 Characters As a status bar it displays current characters and maximum characters like Characters 0 140T 5 Send You can send Direct Message by this button Press Enter s dots 2 3 4 or Enter key on this button 6 Close You can close Send Direct Message dialog box and go to the previous status Or you can use F4 or Space e 1 5 The followings are way to send Direct Message 1 If you launch Send Direct Message dialog box followers is displayed Within in followers you can select follower using Space 4 or Space 1 2 When there is no follower which you want on the list if you call up the next list pressing Enter n 1 3 4 5 you can find the desired follower 3 Move to the Message edit box by pressing Tab 4 Write a message and press Enter 362 5 Sending a Message message is displayed and Direct Message is sent 6 If send is suc
207. Division dots 3 4 Multiplication dots 1 6 Percent dots 1 4 6 Power BackSpace 4 5 Square Root Enter q dots 1 2 3 4 5 Decimal Point dots 4 6 Left Parenthesis dots 1 2 3 5 6 Right Parenthesis dots 2 3 4 5 6 Pl Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Exp Enter e dots 1 5 Memory Function 455 Recall Items Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Delete all saved items Enter d dots 1 4 5 Save Items Backspace s dots 2 3 4 Trigonometric Function Enter s dots 2 3 4 Sine Enter s dots 2 3 4 s dots 2 3 4 Arc Sine Enter s dots 2 3 4 a dot 1 Hyperbolic Sine Enter s dots 2 3 4 h dots 1 2 5 Cosine Enter i dots 2 4 i dots 2 4 Arc Cosine Enter c dots 1 4 a dot 1 Hyperbolic Cosine Enter c dots 1 4 h dots 1 2 5 Tangent Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 t dots 2 3 4 5 Arc Tangent Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 a dot 1 Hyperbolic Tangent Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 h dots 1 2 5 Logarithm Function Enter dots 1 2 3 Natural Logarithm Enter l dots 1 2 3 e dots 1 5 Common Logarithm Enter I dots 1 2 3 n dots 1 3 4 5 Copy to Clipboard Enter c dots 1 4 Option Setting Enter o dots 1 3 5 Setting time and date t dots 2 3 4 5 Move to the next day Space 6 Move to the previous day Space 3 Move to the next week Space 5 Move to the previous week Space 2 Move to the next month Space 4 Move to the previous month Space 1 Move to the next year Space 5 6 Move to the previous year Space 2 3 Move to 1 hour after Space 4
208. ECB 2 Confirm Button 3 Cancel Button 4 File search list You can move between the controls by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 6 7 1 3 Importing the CSV file In order to import the CSV file follow these steps 1 Press Enter on Address Manager Or press a dot 1 in program list 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Import from CSV and press Enter Or press c dots 1 4 Without calling the menu you can move to it by pressing Backspace i dots 2 4 4 It shows File name 5 Typing file name that you want to import For example if you want to search the address CSV type address or address CSV in the File name 6 Pressing Shift Tab Space 1 2 to move to Path Search list Move to the folder that contains CSV file For example if the CSV file is located in the download folder under the flashdisk press Enter on the download folder to get inside 7 After saving the route press Enter Or press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter 8 Importing the CSV file is complete If you don t know file name of CSV file 1 Press Tab Space 4 5 on the File name 133 2 Move to File search list 3 It shows lists of Flashdisk If CSV file is inside
209. Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 to activate this function If you stop this command before the end of a document you can press Backspace Enter which will move the cursor to where you stopped the command 5 4 5 Auto Scroll 105 Note This function appears when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille SyncBraille is sold separately The auto scroll command scrolls automatically The speed of the auto scroll is set in the settings menu which is located in the file menu The auto scroll mode does not read the document using the voice It is only displayed on the Braille display It reads the document line by line automatically To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to the read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to auto scroll by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or you can press a dot 1 on the read menu which is the shortcut You can turn the auto scroll feature on and off by pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously For faster scrolling press the right arrow key Space 6 For slower scrolling press the left arrow key Space 3 If you want to read a line again that you have already scrolled past you can read it again by pressing the up arrow key Space 1 until you can get to what you want to read Similarly if you want to skip some lines that you do not wish to read you c
210. Following As a list it lists your follows 2 About me As a status box it displays self introduction of focused user 3 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 follows This function is launched when you press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on this button 4 Remove Follow As a button this will delete focused follow unfollow 5 Close As a button you can close Following dialog box and will go to the previous status Or you can use F4 or Space e dots 1 5 16 2 6 3 Remove Follow Remove Follow is a function to make your follow unfollow Remove Follow can be launched when Following is called up The followings are how to delete follow 1 Press Backspace l dots 1 2 3 on Tweet Window Following appears 2 Move to the follow which you want to delete using Space 4 or Space 1 3 Press hot key Space d dots 1 4 5 Or move to the Remove Follow button using Tab and press Enter 360 4 Do you want to delete Yes message appears If you press Enter selected follow will be deleted Unfollow If you want to cancel to remove follow change Yes button to No button by pressing Space key Or press F4 or Space e dots 1 5 After canceling the delete it is located in following 16 2 6 4 Followers Followers indicates Users who follow you In order to call up Followers press hot
211. II and press Enter Finally your new folder has been created You can still use the letter f dots 1 2 4 after calling up the menu to invoke the new folder option Enter f dots 1 2 4 is the hotkey that you use to access this feature quickly without going through the menu When creating a new folder name you cannot use the following characters lt gt 4 2 10 File Conversion The file conversion on the Voice Sense is similar to the save as item in the word processor This feature converts files to different file formats The Voice Sense file conversion feature will support the following file formats Sense word hbl text txt and Braille brl The Voice Sense can convert one or more files at the same time to the file format you prefer Select files using the file selection method After selecting the files you want to convert call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 Move down to the file conversion and press Enter The Voice Sense will prompt you to choose the preferred file format Use the up and down arrows Space 1 or Space 4 to select the desired file format When you press Enter on the file format you want the Voice Sense will start converting files to the file format you have chosen The Voice Sense will keep the 63 Original file names for the files you have converted except for the file name extension The Voice Se
212. If this occurs the e mail will be saved in the Outbox If the Voice Sense completed or failed to send the e mail it will return to the Inbox While you execute the above steps if you want to cancel press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Then it will return to the Inbox 8 2 3 1 Attaching file While you are writing e mail you can attach file The following is the procedure to attach a file 1 While you are writing e mail press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu Then it shows File menu 2 Press Enter on the File menu 3 It shows Attach File 4 Press Enter on the Attach File It will be opened File list You can attach file pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 without calling up the menu 5 The default folder for the file list is the upload folder which is a sub folder of flashdisk If there are no folders in the upload folder of the Voice Sense due to any reason no items will be displayed In this case you have to make a folder in the File manager or move to the desired folder with the move keys that are explained below The move keys in the file list are as follows 181 Move to the upper level folder Backspace Move to previous item Space 1 Move to next item Space 4 Move to the beginning of the list Space 1 2 3 Move to the end of the list Space 4 5 6 6 Move to the desired file
213. Messages are displayed as Writer ID message content The followings are move keys used in History control Move to the previous message Sapce 1 Move to the next message Space 4 Move to the first message Space 1 2 3 Move to the last message Space 4 5 6 In order to move Contact list on the Chat press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Or call up the menu enter sub menu of Action and press Enter on the Contact List If you select other contact on the Contact list and press Enter new Chat window will appear You can chat with other contact in new Chat window In case of 2 Chat windows opened you can transfer Chat windows using following hot key Move to previous Chat window Space 2 3 Move to next Chat window Space 5 6 Or you can move to other Chat window if you press Enter on the Move to Next Chat or Move to Previous Chat after entering sub menu of Action calling up the menu While you re in Contact list if you press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 you will go Chat window where you exchange message recently Or 382 press Enter on Move to Recently Chat menu after entering sub menu of Action calling up the menu If you want to exit Chat windows press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 Or you can exit Chat windows if you press Enter on Exit menu after entering sub menu of File 16 3 4 Start Voice Chat Start voice chat is a function to send
214. O TOn a ruie ia ia A EEEE EENE EAE ESAE 267 11 4 1 Go to Home Page iiiececccdenssssaetianeacesetn reenn r rtneense rrenen 267 11 4 2 Go to Previous Page 0 ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeaes 268 11 4 3 Go to Next Page cc cccccecceeceeceeseeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeeeaaes 268 xix 11 4 4 Go to Previous Heading cccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 269 11 4 5 Go to Next Heading cccccceecceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaes 269 11 4 6 Go to Previous Next Text 269 114 7 ROTO aster ta ree R helen aca E ERE S 270 VA AS THIS LORY cree ee cerca eera Mane aired E SEEN 270 114 9 Find nae ptemcreere nrc E enn cere 271 144 10 Fi d AGA ei a EORR E Era 272 A AGATE EARS WSU rone cae eetetsa antenna thhatunen ssi 272 11 5 PAV ONICGS eta cae sca tcecec heats a ea aaa Eana Ekaa EA ieai 273 11 5 1 Set Current As Your Home Page 0 ceeeeeeee 273 11 5 2 Add To Favorites 00 cece eee ee eeeeeeee teres eaeeeaeaaees 274 11 5 3 Favorites List eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 275 11 6 OPTIONS iii siii inniinn istic Rese ec ee 276 11 6 1 The Structure and Movement eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 276 11 6 2 Set User Agent c cc cccccecce cece ee eeeeeeeeeseaaaeeeeeeeeaaes 277 11 6 3 Show visited links cc ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 277 11 6 4 Changing the Default Download Folder 278 11 6 5 Clear cookies 00 ccc t
215. Once you finish modifying the schedule the information shown in the find result list will be updated accordingly 7 7 Deleting a Schedule If you want to delete a schedule move to the schedule in the find result list Then press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu and press Enter on delete schedule Or you can press its hot key Space d dots 1 4 5 in the find result list If the selected schedule is a recurring schedule recurring appointment Delete type will be displayed This is asking whether you want to delete the recurring schedule or just the appointment for that day If you select this occurrence only the appointment on that day will be deleted If you select the series the recurring schedule itself will be deleted You cannot select and delete multiple schedules at once You can delete only the appointment currently focused 153 7 8 Saving Appointments as a File You can save appointments stored in schedule manager as a document file In the search results list press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 or call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then select save schedule as file and press Enter or press t dots 2 3 4 5 in the menu Then the Voice Sense will ask you to specify the beginning and end date of the appointments to be saved just like it did in print schedule After setting the beginning and end dates press E
216. Press Enter on the Confirm It will be saved in the changed path If you want to cancel this function press Tab Space 4 5 on Confirm Move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Space z dots 1 3 4 6 6 8 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook The address manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal computer to help you keep track of your information Please take the following steps in order to synchronize the Voice Sense with Microsoft Outlook 1 Download and install ActiveSync on to your personal computer 2 Connect the Voice Sense to your personal computer using a USB cable 3 If the partnership dialog box opens on your PC after you connect the Voice Sense to your PC select yes and press the next button on your PC 4 Then you will be asked for a device name Type in VoiceSense or whatever you would like to call the Voice Sense 5 Press the next button Then the program list dialog box will be displayed on your PC Click on the check box that is located next to contacts Note that the other check boxes should not be checked Press the next button 6 Then the synchronization between Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense are complete You can then check the contacts in Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense 6 9 Hot Keys in the Address Manager 1 Move keys for moving from field to field in add add
217. Read Status cece e rere eee eeeeeeeaaaaaaneeeeeeeees 107 xii oa gE 11018 Beene cee SSE eee nee err nee ee eens ere A T 108 5 5 1 Braille Document Layout 0 cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 108 5 5 2 Print Document Layout cccececeecesseeeeeeeeeeeneeees 110 5 5 3 Braille Paragraph Layout 0 cccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 112 5 5 4 Print Paragraph Layout cccccccceceseseeeeeeeeeeeneeees 113 5 6 Keys for Text Scrolling and Deleting ccccccesesseeeeeeeees 115 5 7 Cursor LOCAUOM vrccestesccecersseedes sc ooonssens cccceeeeeck eetanndestenbeencdeceite 117 5 8 Hot keys in the word ProCeSSOl ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 117 6 ADDRESS MANAGER cccssssseceeessecceseenseeseeeeenseseeseeeness 120 6 1 What is the Address Manager cccesesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 120 6 2 Starting the Address Manager ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 121 6 3 Using Add Address is eciresisend daccissunncdussancacntncsunesuvvanesodecsers 121 6 3 1 Adding an Address 000 ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 121 6 3 2 Setting Add Address Fields ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 123 6 3 3 Using Search Address in Add address 124 6 4 Searching For an ACCIreSs cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 124 6 4 1 Using search address cccccecceceseeeeeee
218. Sense you can input or search the control character in the Braille documents 22 1 Inputting the Control character The control character can be input only in the Braille documents Inputting the control character in the Braille documents follow these steps below 1 While opening the Braille document press Space x dots 1 3 4 6 and control character will be announced 2 Input the control character For example pressing I dots 1 2 3 for Form Feed FF and i dots 2 4 for TAB in alphabetic order Pressing dot s for each control character except dot 7 and 8 3 The control character will be inputted in the Braille documents 2 Searching for the Control character The control character can be searched as well in the Braille documents Searching for the control character follow these steps below 1 While opening the Braille document press Space f dots 1 2 6 2 Text to find will be displayed 3 Press the Space x dots 1 3 4 6 and control character will be announced 4 Input the control character that you want to search for For example pressing I dots 1 2 3 for Form Feed FF and i dots 2 4 for TAB in alphabetic order Pressing dot s for each control character except dot 7 and 8 5 Pressing Enter will search for the control character 2 8 How to use the Virtual Cursor You will need to check any list items status information or any message in
219. Space 1 9 3 3 2 Record This is used to start recording You can also start recording by pressing the record button on the front panel of the Voice Sense While recording the Voice Sense will display the recording information tab Whenever you start recording the Voice Sense will create a file The file will be named record01 wav or record02 wav etc The recorded sound will be saved to that file These files are stored in a special folder By default these files are saved in flashdisk media record You can change the saving folder and recoding file type by using the record settings option When recording you can pause the recording by pressing space 4 5 to move to the pause button and then press Enter You can also pause by pressing the record button on the front panel of the Voice Sense If you want to resume recording press Enter on the continue button or press the record button on the front panel of the Voice Sense again To stop recording press Space 4 5 repeatedly on record to move to the stop button and then press Enter 9 3 3 3 Play This button is used to play the file that has just been recorded You can also start playing the recorded sound by pressing the play 234 button on the front panel of the Voice Sense If you have not yet recorded a file after opening the record dialog box pressing Enter on
220. Space 4 and you can move to confirm or cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 108 or F3 You can skip an item by pressing Space 4 if you don t want to change the default setting The following are the items that can be changed 1 Set characters per line This sets the number of characters Braille per line to emboss in Braille The default value is set to 32 Type in the number of characters per line if you decide you want to change the value Then you can move to the next setting by pressing Space 4 2 Set lines per page This sets the number of lines per page to be embossed It includes the line that the page number is printed in For example if it is set to 26 the content of the document will be embossed with 25 lines and the page number is printed as the 26th line If you want to change the value type in the number of lines that you want to emboss Then you can move to the next setting by pressing Space 4 3 Print type This sets whether the document will be embossed on a single sided or a double sided both sides The default value is set to double side embossing If you want to emboss using single sided embossing press Space until Print type single sided is heard Then the setting will be changed to single side embossing If you want to go back to double side printing again press Space again and print type double sided will be displayed After sett
221. Space m dots1 3 4 and then press d dots 1 4 5 In this menu you will find items such as play pause previous phrase next phrase previous page next page go to page up level and down level You can move between these items with Space 1 or Space 4 To activate a menu item select the menu item and then press Enter 33 ee 33 ee 33 ee 12 3 1 Play and Pause You can access play pause in the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on document Then use Space 4 to move to play pause and press Enter You can also activate play pause without calling up the menu by pressing Space While playing you can move to the beginning of a document by pressing Space 1 2 3 or Space 1 3 You can move to the last phrase by pressing Space 4 5 6 or Space 4 6 12 3 2 Move by Phrase You can access this command in the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on document Then use Space 4 to move to previous phrase or next phrase and press Enter You can move to the next previous next fifth or previous fifth phrase without calling up the menu by pressing dot 6 dot 3 dot 4 or dot 1 respectively Also you can move to the previous or next phrase without calling up the menu
222. This is displayed as acos For Hyperbolic cosine press Enter with dots 2 4 then h This is displayed as cosh For example to calculate the cosine of the 30 degree angles you press Enter with dots 2 4 i 30 and then Then press Enter Your answer will be given as 0 8660254 Tangent Functions For Tangent press Enter with dots 2 3 4 5 and then T This is displayed as tan 429 For Arc tangent press Enter with dots 2 3 4 5 then A This is displayed as atan For Hyperbolic tangent press Enter with dots 2 3 4 5 then h This is displayed as tanh For example to calculate the tangent of the 30 degree angles you press Enter with dots 2 3 4 5 T 30 and then That is tan 30 which gives you the result of 0 57735027 Logarithm Functions Common logarithm For Common logarithm press Enter with dots 1 2 3 and then n This is displayed as log For example to calculate the common logarithm of the 100 you press Enter with dots 1 2 3 N 100 and then That is log 100 which gives the result 2 Natural Logarithm For Natural logarithm press Enter with dots 1 2 3 and then e This is displayed as In For example to calculate the natural logarithm of the 100 you press Enter with dots 1 2 3 E 100 and then That is In 100 which gives the result 4 60517019 17 2 Set time and date If you want to
223. User agent Windows CE on the LCD and Braille display 6 Using the Space you can select one in the Windows XP Windows CE and Pocket PC 7 After you select the value that you want press Enter It will open the web page which you chosen type 11 6 3 Show visited links Show Visited link is the option displaying the link once user visited web site The default setting is On and it toggles between On and Off by pressing Space This option is set to On and Off as follows 1 Execute Web browser by pressing Enter on Web browser or simply pressing hot key b dots 1 2 from the main menu 2 Once the Web browser executes press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 and then it will say option dialog box 3 Move to Show visited links by pressing Space 4 277 4 Show visited links On will be displayed If the setting is On Visited link will be displayed 11 6 4 Changing the Default Download Folder You can change default download folder in Web browser To change the default download folder follow these steps 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Space 4 4 Press Enter Or you can press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 while the Web browser is executing 5 Pressing Tab Space
224. Voice Sense in detail To access these help files press F1 to go to the program menu and use Space 4 repeatedly until you find help Then press Enter on help Then press Enter on the section that you want to read The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor Remember that when you are reading the manual on the Voice Sense you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 type the text you wish to find and then press Enter Also you can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have previously searched for by pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 To access this section press F1 to go to the program menu and use Space 4 repeatedly until you find help Then press Enter on 460 help Then press Enter on Command summary The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor Remember that when you are reading the manual on the Voice Sense you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 type the text you wish to find and then press Enter You can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have typed previously by pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 The information about the Voice Sense section gives the copyright and version of the Voice Sense as well as the version of Windows CE that the Voice Sense is using
225. Voice Sense User Manual ENGLISH MANUAL For Software Version 6 0 April 2011 When there are any manual updates the readme files or appendices will be added to the manual CD and website HIMS Inc 4616 W Howard Lane Ste 960 Austin TX 78728 Phone 888 520 4467 Fax 512 837 2011 Email support hims inc com Safety Precautions For your safety from the Voice Sense please read safety precautions carefully 1 The input voltage of the AC adapter is 100V 240V and the output is DC 5V 2A 2 When the Voice Sense is shipped the battery is separate from the unit to avoid damage The battery may not be fully charged when it is shipped Before you use the Voice Sense you should make sure the battery is fully charged When you use the Voice Sense for the first time you may need to open the package take the battery and insert it into the battery slot at the bottom side of the unit It is possible that the dealer or distributor from whom you purchased the Voice Sense from has already done this for you 3 When you use the Voice Sense with the battery for the first time the battery status may not be displayed accurately In order to avoid this connect the Voice Sense to the AC adapter for about four hours If you want to use the Voice Sense immediately after opening the box you will need to connect the AC adapter to the unit for more than four hours to fully charge the battery 4 lf you want or need to take the battery o
226. a link or by typing in the address directly When history is executed the Voice Sense will display the titles of the web pages in the history list 270 If you have visited a web page such as www yahoo com previously The history list on the Voice Sense will show you the title of the page as Yahoo In order to visit the Yahoo web site by using the history list first press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu and go to the go to menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Go to history by pressing Space 4 and press Enter You can always open the history list by pressing Enter h dots 1 2 5 while the Web Browser is running The Voice Sense will show the history list Move to the title of the web site that you want to select by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If you want the history list to show the web address instead of the title of the website you can press Space l dots 2 4 If you press Space 4 the display will show the title again instead of the address After you move to the desired web site you should then press Enter to connect to that web site In order to delete an undesired item from the history list select that item on the history list and press the del key Space d dots 1 4 5 And if you want to delete the all file in history list press the Enter a dot 1 and press Space d dots 1 4 5 Th
227. ab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous field Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Add schedule Enter i dots 2 4 Search schedule Enter s dots 2 3 4 Modify schedule Enter m dots 1 3 4 Delete schedule Space d dots 1 4 5 Backup schedule Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore schedule Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Set backup option Enter e dots 1 5 Alarm option Enter o dots 1 3 5 Save schedule as file Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Toggle search mode Enter f dots 1 2 4 471 20 5 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List 3 Move from an appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous appointment in the same day Up arrow key Space 1 Move to the next appointment in the same day Down arrow key Space 4 Move to the first appointment in the same day Space 1 3 Move to the last appointment in the same day Space 4 6 4 Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments registered Move to the previous schedule Space 2 Move to the next schedule Space 5 Move to the first schedule Space 2 3 or Space 1 2 3 Move to the last schedule Space 5 6 or Space 4 5 6 20 6 E mail 20 6 1 Hot keys that are used in the inbox Call Accounts manager Enter m dots 1 3 4 Check for new mail Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Write new message Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Reply Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Reply all Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Forward Enter f dots 1 2 4 Call up set path Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Call up set opt
228. ac a eee reren 383 16 3 5 Send Receive a file eee cece eeeeee eee ee rererere 384 16 3 6 Other FUNCTIONS ttt treet eee eeeeeeeaeeaees 386 16 3 7 Setup Options ec cceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeees 393 16 4 MSN messenger coctsi iis deceee ioncacesdaneaids Vcd ooewkiateedineveesvsccccssaien 400 16 4 1 Getting Started with MSN Messenger 0 400 16 4 2 Using a Contact LiSt ccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeenees 402 16 4 3 Instant Message Dialog BoX ccccceeeeeeeee sees 409 16 5 Hot Keys in Social Networking cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 413 16 5 1 Twitter i ea e cxsennec ncaa canna Wane borage EEE 413 16 5 2 Google Tali ccs aScsorer tis wanted Vanunrrr aed 414 16 5 3 MSN messenger cece eee cc ccceeeeeecee ee eeeeeeeeesaeaaeeeeeeeeeaes 416 7 UTILITIES ass a nacdtnubnndccaccuceavasiiss eles Sina dadasssaeacctusaeshaeaes 418 a Wr sea Ie Os e101 Ce eee neater re enn enn Ce Fe ere er errrsee tenn annette peer 419 17 1 1 General Functions 0 cece cere eter ee eeeee eens 419 17 1 2 Memory Functions ccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeaees 421 17 1 3 Sime FUNCTtIONS 0 00 0 oc cette eee te reer eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 424 17 1 4 Cosine Functions 00 0 ccc eee ee reese eeeee aaa 424 17 1 5 Tangent Functions ccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 424 17 1 6 Logarithm Functions 0 cccc
229. ace 1 or Space 4 and press Enter And then you will move to the corresponded chat window 2 Status of sending File This is a status bar status of sending receiving file This bar is valid only when you send receive file 3 Move to the Chat Using this button if you press Enter you can move to the chat window selected on the chat list right away 4 Close chat Using this button you can close selected chat window on the chat list 5 Cancel Using this button you can exit Manage Chat Window dialog box and return to the Contact list 16 3 6 3 Find Find supports a function to search for input word in History edit box of chat window It is useful in the situation that a lot of messages are exchanged In order to call up Find press Space f dots 1 2 4 on the chat window or press Enter on the Find after entering sub menu of Edit menu by calling up menu Find consists of 4 controls 1 Text to find Edit control 2 Search direction Prompt button S 3 Confirm Button 4 Cancel Button 389 The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Find dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Text to find This is edit box and you can enter the word that you want to find 2 Search direction This is a prompt button You can choose the direction of searching to
230. ace 1 2 or Space F3 Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 2 Moving in a list box Move to the previous list item Space 1 or up arrow key Move to the next list item Space 4 or down arrow key 3 Changing the selection in a prompt box Select the next value Space 4 or Space or down arrow key Select the previous value Space 1 or Backspace or up arrow key 327 The menu in the database manager consists of the following items You can open this menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 1 Table manager Here you can create delete and modify tables records and their fields When you run the database manager for the first time the table manager dialog box will appear 2 Add record You can add records to the current table 3 Search records You can search records in the current table You can also search each field in the table 4 List of records found You can use this menu item to go through a list of records found in the table by the previous search Here you can delete or modify each record in the list If you didn t search for anything before you use this function the message no items will be displayed 5 Setting backup option You can select the method to back up the database 6 Backup database You can backup all database files that are used in the database manager 7 Restore database You can restore the database files that are backed up already 8 Exit It is used to close the
231. ace 4 and press Enter 239 3 You will hear Set start point and the file will keep playing 4 To set end point press Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 at the point where you want to end the section Also you can execute A B repeat mode by using Record button while playing 1 Press Record button at the point where you want to start the section while playing 2 To set end point press Record button at the point where you want to end the section But it executes record when you press Record button while pause and stop After Set end point message A B repeat mode allows you to play a specific part of an audio file as many times as you wish To set how many times a specified region go to playback settings under the settings menu 9 3 4 7 Release Point To release point press Space e Also press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to Position by pressing Space 4 Press Enter on Position Move to Release point by pressing Space 4 and press Enter After stop playing specified region the file will keep playing 9 3 5 Mark You can insert a mark while listening to music or an audio file The mark function is stored when you exit the program or play another contents 240 If you wish to use the mark function after calling the menu by press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to mark by press Space 4 And then pr
232. ace e dots 1 5 173 8 2 2 Reading the Received E mail Messages If you downloaded e mail from your server the e mail messages will be listed in the inbox Each e mail in the inbox has the following items Subject Date From Sender CC Message Attach this will be displayed only for an e mail that has an at tached file You can move from one item to the next item or previous item by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift tab Space 1 2 respectively OnKRWN 8 2 2 1 Subject Control Subject shows the title of the e mail Subject subject of the e mail xx yy After the subject of the email you will find xx yy which shows the number xx of the current e mail out of the total number yy of received e mail messages For example 11 21 means that the e mail is the 11 e mail out of a total of 21 e mail messages If there is an attached file to the e mail a Subject subject of the e mail xx yy will be displayed The symbol a dot 1 means that the e mail has an attached file It is displayed as a dot 1 on the Braille display and it is announced as 1 attachment which indicates the number of the attached files in voice The Voice Sense also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages have been unread E mail messages that have not yet been read have the sign placed in front of the subject For exam
233. address in those items the same e mail will be sent to all of them at the same time 182 When you input more than one recipient you should insert a or between the e mail addresses using the following Braille dots Semi colon Dots 5 6 Comma Dot 6 For example sense hims inc com hims hims inc com 8 2 3 3 Searching the Address List You can type in the recipient at To CC and BCC from the address list without typing in the e mail address directly The following are the steps to search for e mail addresses 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the E mail menu at To CC or BCC Then File will be displayed 2 Press Enter on the File menu 3 Press Space 4 to move to Lookup Address 4 Press Enter on Lookup Address Then Search for address will be displayed Pressing Enter l dots 1 2 3 will take you to this step directly 5 Type in the last name of the desired recipient at Search for address and then press enter Or press tab Space 4 5 to move to Confirm and then press enter 6 Then xx addresses are found will be displayed and the first item of the found addresses is also displayed Here xx is the number of the found addresses that have the same name in the address list Ex HIMS hims hims inc com 1 xx 7 Press Space 1 or Spa
234. address of the web page that you are on In order to copy the address of web page you press the Space m dots 1 3 4 move to edit menu by pressing Space 4 and press Enter And press Space 4 to move to the copy URL and press Enter Or you can copy to URL by pressing Backspace d dots 1 4 5 without calling up the menu The web address of the page will then be placed on the clipboard You can paste it to a document or wherever you can paste text on the Voice Sense 266 11 3 5 Copy Link The copy link function allows you to copy a link in the web page that you are on For example if you tab space 4 5 to a link and select the copy link function then the link will be copied to the clipboard In order to copy a link in the web page you press the Space m dots 1 3 4 move to edit menu by pressing Space 4 and press Enter And press Space 4 to move to the copy link and press Enter Or you can copy to link by pressing Backspace dots 1 2 3 without calling up the menu The link will then be placed on the clipboard so that you can paste it to a document or wherever you can paste text in the Voice Sense 11 4 Go To In order to enter into the go to menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and go to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter The sub menus are explained in the following se
235. ae ere 514 21 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 514 21 15 6 Stopwatch essed ore ene cs aecndon tes wai beast tuncinsch oes auadeumbaoen 515 21 15 7 Display network status cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 515 21 15 8 Display power status cceecccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 515 21 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings 515 21 15 10 Upgrading Voice Sense Firmware 05 515 22 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE cceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeees 516 22 1 The Voice Sense Will Not Turn On ce cceceeteeeteeeeeeeeees 516 22 2 The Voice Cannot Be Heard scseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeens 516 22 3 The Voice is Too Fast to Understand cccccccceeeeeeeeeeees 516 22 Binal inara i ieaie 517 22 8 The Voice Sense Does Not ReSpond ccssssseeeesseeeeeees 517 23 ACCESSORIES riie aeiiaaie 518 24 OBTAINING SUPPORT cccccsseessseecccennsnseeeeecccnnsseeseeeoens 519 xxxiii 1 Introduction 1 1 What is the Voice Sense The Voice Sense is a note taker developed and manufactured by HIMS for people who are blind and visually impaired You can do the following with the Voice Sense 1 9 You can use the Word Processor and the Perkins style keyboard to create Braille documents You can open Microsoft MS Word documents The Voice Sense will import any document that was created in MS
236. ail program Alt F4 21 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Pail outbox Search address list Ctrl l Attach file Ctrl f Send e mail Ctrl s Save in mail outbox Ctrl shift s 498 Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 21 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E mail messages or Writing an E mail Message Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a Copy to the clipboard Ctrl c Cut to the clipboard Ctrl x It is not valid when you are reading e mail Paste from the clipboard Ctrl v It is not valid when you are reading e mail Delete selection and delete a letter Del It is not valid when you are reading e mail Cancel block ESC 21 7 Media Player 21 7 1 Hot keys for commands Open file Ctrl o Open folder Ctrl f Add file Alt o Add folder Alt f Save play list Ctrl s Save as play list Alt s Delete time DEL Play x or Enter Previous track z or Alt Left arrow Next track b or Alt Right arrow 5th previous track Alt up arrow 5th next track Alt down arrow First track Ctrl home key 499 Last track Ctrl end key Move to backward by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Move to forward by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key Volume up Shift up arrow Volume down Shift down arrow Speed up Shift left arrow Slow down Shift right arrow Pause Continue Space Stop c or Backspace
237. al reverse and only up and down arrow key You can cycle through each of the options by pressing the Space key The default is set to normal If you keep default setting you can use the arrow keys If you select reverse the arrow keys on left side will become the up and down arrow keys And the right upper arrow key will be left arrow key and right lower arrow key will be right arrow key If you select only up and down arrow keys the arrow keys on both side is used all with up and down arrow keys If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save your setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel 43 button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 20 Skip Empty Lines You can choose to have the Voice Sense read a blank or to skip empty lines The shortcut key is e dots 1 5 and the default is set to off If you keep the default setting you will hear the words empty line if there is a blank The Space key toggles off on If you choose to turn this option on the Voice Sense will skip all blank lines and you will not hear the wor
238. already registered field press Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly in the registered fields list to move to the name of the field you want to delete And then press tab Space 4 5 repeatedly move to delete field button and press enter or press d dots 1 4 5 the shortcut key for the delete field button Or you can also press tab Space 4 5 repeatedly to move to the delete field button and press Enter To change the order of a field which is in your table you can move to the field that you want to change This can be done when you are in the registered fields list Once you are on the field press p dots 1 2 3 4 or n dots 1 3 4 5 Or you press tab Space 4 5 and enter on a previous field button or next field button If you need to change a name of a field that is registered move to a field name that you want to change on a registered fields list Then press m dots 1 3 4 or tab Space 4 5 and enter on a modify field It appears as field name selected filed name here you type the Name you want and press Enter Even though you can change a name of a field it is not possible to change the property of that field 14 1 3 Delete table 332 This option is used when you want to delete a table To delete a table Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu and press Enter on table manag
239. alues of sample rate bit per channel and channels are getting higher the recorded audio quality will be better But it requires more large storage space in the flash memory So please select proper values for your recording purposes 10 5 Additional features 1 Sensitivity adjustment When you activate the FM radio program if the Voice Sense cannot tune to the broadcasting frequency please adjust the sensitivity In order to adjust the sensitivity call settings dialog box as explained in the Section 10 1 And press Space 4 to move to sensitivity and press Space or Backspace to adjust the sensitivity Higher value 258 will make the Voice Sense FM radio be more sensitive If the sensitivity is increased you can tune to more frequencies 2 Mute During listening to the FM radio if you want to make it silent for a while press Space This is mute function Pressing Space once again will cancel mute mode Or you can use mute function by pressing stop button on the front panel and cancel mute mode by pressing play button on the front panel If mute mode is activated FM radio sound will not be heard but TTS text to speech sound will be heard 10 6 Hot Keys in the FM radio Call up the sets dialog box Enter e dots 1 5 Call up the menu Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Internal speakers on off Space x dots 1 3 4 6 or x dots 1 3 4 6 Move to next frequency dot 6 Move to previou
240. ame items as add and you use the menus in the same way In delete if you want to delete an item you can move to what you want to delete in the connect list and then press Enter on delete Use tab Space 4 5 to move between the items Or you can delete an item by pressing Space d dots 1 4 5 on what you want to delete in the connect list 445 If you want to exit the modem setup you can press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or you can press Enter on close by moving to it by pressing tab Space 4 5 17 8 4 ADSL Setup If you want to connect the Voice Sense to the Internet via a DSL connection you should use the ADSL setup First you should plug in a LAN cable to the Voice Sense s LAN port If you press Enter on setup internet you will first see CB LAN 1 5 Then go to ADSL by pressing Space 4 repeatedly Press Enter on ADSL It contains the following controls connect list default add modify delete and close You can move between the controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Within each control you can move item by item by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 In the connect list you will see the added connect names Select one by pressing Enter on it In default you can make one of the added connect names the default connection If you make a
241. an select all of them by pressing Enter a dot 1 and press Space d dots 1 4 5 If you only want to delete some of them you can select the items by pressing Space and press Space d dots 1 4 5 on the selected items 17 1 2 2 Delete All Saved Items When you use this function you can delete all of the saved items that are stored in the recall items To activate it you can call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or press F2 Then use the Space 1 or Space 4 to get to the Memory Functions menu and press Enter Next use the up and down arrows to go to delete all saved items and press Enter You can also press Enter d dots 1 4 5 while you are in the calculation line 17 1 2 3 Save Items Save items is a dialog box that has an edit window for typing in the item name a confirm button and a cancel button You can move between the control items by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 In the Memory Functions menu you can access save items by pressing s dots 2 3 5 When you are in the calculation line you can press Backspace s dots 2 3 4 to open the save items dialog box When you are on the calculation line if you type in the item name and formula a 2 sin 30 followed by pressing Enter the calculation will be saved automatically In your calculating re
242. an skip them by pressing the down arrow key Space 4 You can also access this function without opening the menu by pressing both up down arrow keys at the same time when in your document 5 4 6 Read Current Sentence This function will tell you information about your current sentence To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to the Read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to Read Current Sentence by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or you can press e dots 2 5 in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Space 1 4 5 6 to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 106 5 4 7 Read Current Line This function will tell you information about your current line To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to the Read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to Read Current Line by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or you can press I dots 1 2 3 in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Space c dots 1 4 to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 4 8 Read Current Word This function will tell you information about your current word To execute this command press Space m
243. and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 For your reference this option is set to off even if you are set to on when 48 connected the Voice Sense to USB keyboard And if you remove the USB keyboard this option will be returned to value that before you connected to the USB keyboard 3 2 29 Automatic spell check You can choose whether the Voice Sense will check spelling or not This option is available in multi edit boxes in programs such as the schedule manager address manager e mail messages the word processor etc The shortcut key for this option is c dots1 4 By default this setting is set to Off which will not check your spelling If you want to check spelling press Space to toggle the option to yes and press Enter Or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button and press Enter If you set the option to On and enter a misspelled word you will hear a beep sound You will hear a beep sound even though you switch to no the audio alerts discussed in section 3 2 17 If you do not want to save the changed setting press tab Space 4 5 to move to the cancel button and press Enter
244. and press enter If you want to attach more than one file move to the desired file and press Space repeatedly Then will be displayed in front of the file names Press enter if you want to attach the selected files 7 If the selected files are attached the Voice Sense will announce xx attached and then move to the stage before Calling the menu xx is the number of the attached files If there are any files attached to an e mail the Attach item will be displayed after the Message body item like the following Attach attached file name xx yy file size yy is the total number of attached files and xx means the xxth file out of yy files You can move and check the attached files by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If there is an undesired file in the attached file list you can delete it from the list by pressing Space d dots 1 4 5 If you press Space d dots 1 4 5 Delete file name file Yes will be displayed If you press enter this file will be deleted from the attached file list If you press Space to switch from Yes to No and then press enter your selection will be cancelled and the file will remain on the attached file list 8 2 3 2 Sending E Mail to Multiple Recipients You can type in more than one recipient carbon copy recipient or hidden recipient If you type in more than one e mail
245. ant to change the path for saving it press Tab Space 4 5 on the Cancel move to Storage folder The default folder is in the flashdisk email outbox 1 If you want to change folder in flashdisk By pressing Space select folder that you want to save And press Enter 186 2 If you want to change folder in external memory Press Backspace move to Disk list Move to mailboxMove to mailbox that you want to save and press Space for selecting folder If you want to save the file in another folder and not in flashdisk email outbox you will not find the e mail message when you execute Send Mail From Outbox If you execute the Save Draft without typing message in Message body it will hear Message body is empty And it will return to Message body control While you are typing in message body if you press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 to cancel writing an e mail the Voice Sense will display Currently writing mail Save Yes Pressing Enter it will save the e mail And it will exit the E mail program If you change No to Yes by pressing Space and press Enter it will exit the E mail program without saving the e mail 8 2 3 6 Sending E Mail in Outbox You can send saved e mail in outbox when you saved mail to Outbox or you didn t send mail due to a network error or another
246. ant to continue to upgrade If you press Enter on no the upgrade will be cancelled Press Space to toggle between yes and no If you press Enter on yes the Voice Sense will download the upgrade file the upgrade will start If the upgrade fails it will give you the message Internet connection is not available Check your cable and try again To try the upgrade again press Space z 1 3 5 6 to cancel and then activate upgrade Voice Sense Firmware again If the connection is successful the updated files will be downloaded and the Voice Sense will start upgrading If you do not have enough memory available on the flashdisk the Voice Sense will be unable to update until you make room for the upgrade files by deleting any unnecessary files from the Voice Sense 3 After downloading the upgrade file Voice Sense will autom atically start the upgrading process Please remember that you must not do anything to the Voice Sense until the upgrade is complete When the upgrade is complete you will be returne d to the program menu and you will hear file manager 4 After you have completed the upgrade you should check t he software version by pressing Space v dots 1 2 3 6 while you are in the program menu 17 15 2 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware from a Disk To upgrade the Voice Sense Firmware from a disk complete the following steps 1 Connect a disk such as a com
247. approximately 1 5 inches from the latch switch Lift up on the indented areas and the battery should lift out of the unit When you insert this battery pack in to the Voice Sense for the first time the unit may display an inaccurate battery power level Before using the Voice Sense for the first time please charge the battery for more than four hours and do not use the unit while it is recharging If you need to use the unit during the initial recharge the unit should be connected to the AC power supply for at least six hours in order to fully charge the battery When you remove the battery from the Voice Sense make sure your unit is turned off especially when the AC power supply is not connected to your unit Otherwise you may lose all of your data that is stored in RAM and your unit may be out of order If you remove the battery from the Voice Sense after you turn off the power of Voice Sense your data in the RAM will remain for only 17 about one hour In order to keep your data that is stored in RAM the Voice Sense must be connected to an AC power supply or battery pack within one hour otherwise the data that is stored in RAM will be lost 2 5 Basic Explanation of Disks folders and files The flash memory in the Voice Sense is similar to a big bookshelf in a library The piece of hardware in the Voice Sense that is called the disk is similar to the idea of a bookshelf in a library You can make partitions on a bookshel
248. ar and dots 1 and 2 simultaneously This is a very important concept to understand when using this manual In order to use the Voice Sense you will need to understand what a menu is and how it works You will also need to understand what a text box is and how to type in information in a text box It is very important that you completely understand concepts such as this so that you are able to use the Voice Sense to its fullest potential If you find that you are unable to find a solution to a problem within the manual or if you need assistance with the Voice Sense please email us at support hims inc com Visit us on the web at www hims inc com or you can call us at 512 837 2000 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRO DUG TOWN eiiieaen aeaa aAa E AARTO Eu aa ERER 1 1 1 What is the Voice Sense ssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeneeneeeeees 1 1 2 ARO WANG occ eects ett sacnteneenc decceteet bees sanGvedioesannscccnyeevedece deversenet ce 2 12 1 TOD PAN cc neee cn ees ithe E ania 3 1 2 2 Right Side Panels owen cuca sundaes 4 1 2 3 Left Side Pane lett reser a a EEEE ere 5 1 2 4 Rear Panel sesen ee a Ea thee ees 5 1 2 5 Fr nt PANG ee n ee E E oneal 5 1 3 Hardware Specifications of the Voice Sense ceeeee 6 1 4 Memory on the Voice SCNSe cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 2 BASIC FUNCTIONS OF THE VOICE SENSE 8 2 1 How to Use the COMMANGG e seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
249. arch schedule Hot keys for the commands Add schedule Enter dots 2 4 Alarm option Enter o dots 1 3 5 Backup schedule Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore schedule Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Set backup option Enter e dots 1 5 Toggle search mode Enter f dots 1 2 4 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 4 Move keys in the search result list 1 Move from a appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous a in the same day up arrow key Space 1 Move to the next appointment in the same day down arrow key Space 4 Move to the first appointment in the same day Space 1 3 Move to the last appointment in the same day Space 4 6 2 Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments registered Move to the previous schedule Space 2 Move to the next schedule Space 5 Move to the first schedule Space 2 3 or Space 1 2 3 Move to the last schedule Space 5 6 or Space 4 5 6 3 Hot keys for the commands Add schedule Enter i dots 2 4 Modify schedule Enter m dots 1 3 4 Delete schedule Space d dots 1 4 5 Alarm option Enter o dots 1 3 5 Backup schedule Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore schedule Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Set backup option Enter e dots 1 5 160 Save schedule as file Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 5 Cancel Exit 1 Cancel Space e dots 1 5 It cancels the current job or setting like the esc key ona personal computer 2 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Exit from the schedule manager It can be used as canc
250. ase the levels of speed and volume with Space and decrease them with Backspace After setting the levels press Enter to confirm your choice Without using the Voice Settings menu you can increase or decrease the speed and volume 1 Increase the speed dots 3 4 5 2 Decrease the speed dots 1 2 6 3 Increase the volume Space Up scroll button 4 Decrease the volume Space Down scroll button 2 2 2 3 Set to control information of contents You can use this function when you play the NIMAS Daisy The default setting value is On To change the setting value press Space or Backspace 293 If you set On it shows symbol of controls and information while playing NIMAS Daisy 13 13 NIMAS Daisy control includes image description caption Ts prodnote table image is displayed on the braille display as img desc is for description and prodnote cap is for caption tdt is for table 12 2 3 Book Info Using book info you can check the information on the file that is currently playing Press Space m dots 1 3 4 and press Enter on file Press Space 4 repeatedly to move to book info and press Enter on book info Or you can activate book info by pressing Enter i dots 2 4 Activating book info will open the book info dial
251. ated To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to the read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to read from beginning to cursor by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or you can press t dots 2 3 4 5 on the read menu which is the shortcut While editing a document you can press Backspace g dots 1 2 4 5 to activate this function If you want to quit this function before you reach the cursor location you can press Backspace Enter Your cursor will stay where it was when you started this function That is the cursor will not move to the position to where you stopped the function 5 4 4 Read from Cursor to End This command will read a document from where the cursor is located to the end of the document While the Voice Sense is reading the text the cursor will stay in the same location that you were before you started this command The cursor will not be moved until the reading has been completed Once the text has been read the cursor will move to the end of the document To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to the read menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter You can move to read from cursor to end by pressing Space 4 and press Enter or you can press g dots 1 2 4 5 on the read menu which is the shortcut While editing a document you can press
252. atus Space 1 6 Display network status Space n dots 1 3 4 5 Backup Restore personalized settings k dots 1 3 Move to previous item Space 1 or up arrow key Move to next item Space 4 or down arrow key Move to previous control Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move to next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Format Space 1 2 3 Set Sleep Timer Space j dots 2 4 5 Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware u dots 1 3 6 Check download information Space i dots 2 4 Cancel download and exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 458 18 Using the help menu The help section consists of various text files that will allow you to read about the many functions of the Voice Sense You will find the following help sections NO BRO RN DN HO A AS Aa Sm a om om om om BRWNR Y OOANDAHKHWBNH OC ONOARWN Help overview Basic functions help File manager help Word processor help Sense navigation help Address manager help Schedule manager help Email help Media player help FM radio help Web browser help Daisy player help Bluetooth manager help Database manager help Extras help Social networking help Utilities help Using the help menu Using activesync Command summary Command summary for USB keyboard Troubleshooting guide Accessories Information about the Voice Sense The section Help overview gives an entire overview of the Voice Sense This section covers all of the functions o
253. ay back recorded voices as well as music files 9 1 Using the Audio Buttons There are a series of buttons on the front panel of the Voice Sense These buttons can be used to control the Media Player You will find five buttons on the Voice Sense Starting from the left and going to the right the buttons are called previous record stop play pause and next These buttons are used for playing and recording music or voice quickly and easily 0 ht If the play pause button is pressed while you are using a program other than the Media Player the Voice Sense will play the files in the play list If there are no files in the play list the Voice Sense says There are no items to display The other buttons previous stop and next are available after you start playing audio by pressing the play pause button Note that the record button will not work while you are using other programs Even if the Media Player starts when you press the play pause button while you are using another program the Voice Sense will not stop the program that is currently running 219 9 1 1 Play Pause Button The play pause button has a long rectangle shape To locate the play pause button find the button that is furthest to the right on the front panel Then move one button to the left This is the play pause button With the play pause button you can easi
254. ay both on line contact and off line contact If you choose Display only connected contact contact list will display all contact except for off line contact You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace Contact request You can setup how to act when you are requested to add contact You can choose one of the 3 items such as notification accept and reject If you choose notification you will be notified of adding contact and question to choose accept or reject will appear If you choose accept the contact who requested you to add contact will be accepted 395 automatically If you choose reject the contact will be rejected automatically You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace Incoming chat request You can setup you move to chat window immediately or to be still at contact list when someone wants to talk with you You can choose one between Move to the chat and Don t move If you select Move to the chat chat window will be focused on immediately when you are requested chat If you select Don t move your current focus will be kept although you are requested chat You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace File transfer request You can setup how to act when other user requests to receive file You can choose one of the 3 items such as Alerts accept and reject If you choose Alerts you will be notified of requesting
255. ay only files of type Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Search for file Space f dots 1 2 4 Information Enter i dots 2 4 Setup Network connection Backspace e dots 1 5 Remove remote folder on network Backspace e dots 1 5 15 5 Word Processor When you launch the word processor on the Voice Sense the Voice Sense will place you in a new document that is ready for you to write in The menu can be opened by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Don t worry if you can t remember the exact shortcut keys for each of the menu items since you can activate various functions of the word processor by activating the word processor menu The menu in the word processor consists of file edit go to read and layout In order to use these menus press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 in the word processor select a menu item and press Enter or press Backspace and the corresponding character that represents the menu item name For example in order to open the edit menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu and move to the next menu by pressing arrow keys Space 1 and Space 4 to find the edit menu and then press Enter Or press Space m dots 1 3 4 and press e dots 1 5 which represents the edit menu The edit menu contains a lower level menu The right arrow is displayed at the end of the menu name and it is spoken as pull down
256. b Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 42 3 2 18 Play Power On Off Sound You can choose whether you will hear a power on off sound or not when you turn on the Voice Sense The shortcut key is s dots 2 3 4 The default for this option is set to on If you keep default setting you will hear a starting sound signal when you turn on or off the Voice Sense If you don t want to hear the on off sound signal you can press the Space key once to turn off the sound signal If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 19 Use of Arrow keys You can switch the function of the arrow keys The shortcut key is a dot 1 The setting values are norm
257. before exiting the schedule manager 2 If you select the manual backup a new backup file will not be created even though there have been changes made to your schedule If you select this option you can only make a new backup file by using the backup schedule menu 3 If you select prompt backup changes when exiting you will see the message backup changes yes if you have modified your schedule or added other information before exiting the schedule manager If you press Enter on yes a new backup file will be created and you will exit the schedule manager If you press Space 4 once and press Enter on no you will exit the schedule manager and a new backup file will not be created You can change the backup mode if you press Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or press tab Space 4 5 and 156 press Enter on confirm The default backup mode is set to prompt backup changes when exiting 7 10 Setting Alarm Option You can open the set alarm options dialog box by pressing Enter o dots 1 3 5 or by pressing Enter on set alarm options in the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 in the schedule manager This dialog box has a list of alarm option fields a confirm button and a cancel button Alarm option fields include alarm duration alarm repeat interval and repeat
258. ber you can use the number sign dots 3 4 5 6 But in the computer edit box you have to input the number in computer Braille that lowered by one row and no number sign 19 2 7 1 The ASCII table for a computer Braille input exclamation mark dots 2 3 4 6 quotation mark dot 5 number sign dots 3 4 5 6 dollar sign dots 1 2 4 6 percent dots 1 4 6 ampersand dots 1 2 3 4 6 apostrophe dot 3 left parenthesis dots 1 2 3 5 6 right parenthesis dots 2 3 4 5 6 asterisk dots 1 6 plus dots 3 4 6 comma dot 6 dash dots 3 6 period dots 4 6 slash dots 3 4 dots 3 5 6 dot 2 dots 2 3 dots 2 5 dots 2 5 6 dots 2 6 dots 2 3 5 dots 2 3 5 6 dots 2 3 6 dots 3 5 colon dots 1 5 6 semi colon dots 5 6 less than dots 1 2 6 equal dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 great than dots 3 4 5 question mark dots 1 4 5 6 at sign Space u dots 1 3 6 dot 4 A Space u dots 1 3 6 dot 1 O CONDO BRWN CO 20 B Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 C Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 4 D Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 4 5 E Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 5 F Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 4 G Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 4 5 H Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 5 I Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 2 4 J Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 2 4 5 K Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 L Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 2 3 M Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 4 N Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 4 5 O Space u dots 1 3 6 dots 1 3 5 P
259. box press hot key Enter t on the Twitter window or move to the Tweet dialog box using Tab and then press Enter Or Select Tweet on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Tweet dialog box consists of 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Tweet As edit box you can write tweet 2 Characters As a status bar it displays current characters and maximum characters like Characters 0 140T 3 Tweet You can post tweet using this button 4 Cancel you can cancel posting of tweet using this button To post tweet follow these steps 1 Once Tweet dialog box is launched Tweet edit box appears 2 If you have typed tweet press Enter 3 If posting of tweet is successful Tweet completed message represents 16 2 5 2 Remove Tweet This is a function to delete tweet which you posted but you are not able to delete tweet which other users posted The followings are the way to delete tweets 1 Move to your tweet which you want to delete in Timeline 2 Press Space d dots 1 4 5 Or move to the Remove button Using Tab key and press Enter Or call up the 354 menu enter sub menu of Tweets and launch Remove Tweet 3 Do you want to delete Yes message appears Once you press Enter tweet will be removed If you want to cancel removing the tweet
260. box type the web address of audio stream and press Enter the audio stream will be automatically played 9 3 1 9 Exit You can exit from the Media Player by selecting exit in the file menu or by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 in the Media Player dialog box Then the Voice Sense will stop playing if it is playing a file and exit from Media Player to the program menu 9 3 2 Play The play submenu has all of the commands that can be used to control playback To use this menu first press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the Media Player menu Next press Space 4 The Voice Sense will then display play p gt Then press Enter and 230 the play submenu will be displayed You can move to any menu item in this menu by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly To go back to the top level in the Media Player menu press Space e dots 1 5 Press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 if you want to close the menu and go back to the Media Player dialog box All of the commands that can be used in this menu will be explained in this section 9 3 2 1 Play If you press Enter on play the Voice Sense will start playing the files in the play list Also if you press Enter in the Media Player dialog box the Voice Sense will start playing 9 3 2 2 Previous Track Previous track is used to play the previo
261. by pressing F2 F3 1 2 3 4 5 6 This is a software reset instead of a hardware reset When the reset button is pressed the Voice Sense will reboot It will take about fifteen seconds for your unit to complete the reboot process To the right of the reset button you will find a slide switch This is the key lock switch This switch will be explained in more detail in the next section 1 2 5 Front Panel Finally let s take a look at the front panel of the Voice Sense You will find two holes slide switch five buttons in different 5 shapes and another slide switch from left to right The hole on the far left is a receptacle where the microphone jack can be plugged in The hole to the right of the microphone receptacle is the place where a stereo headphone jack can be plugged in The slide switch to right of the receptacles is for selecting the audio mode This switch will be explained in more detail in the next section The five buttons to the right of the slide switch are for playback audio and recording sounds These five buttons will be explained in more detail in the media player section of this user manual Another slide switch to right of the five buttons is on off switch This switch will turn the unit on and turn the unit off To turn on the unit push the switch to the right To turn off the unit push the switch to the left Congratulations You are now familiar with the very basic functions of the buttons and ports that are
262. can see menu items of Message Arrow down to the Open Message In Web Browser and press enter then the Web browser program is launched and you can see html message on the web browser If you have links on the html type of e mail you can visit linked site by pressing enter on it only when your Voice Sense is already connected to internet 8 2 3 Writing e mail After executing E mail program the following is the procedure to write e mail 1 2 3 4 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu It shows File menu Press Enter on the File menu It shows Write new message 179 x SS Ne N 5 Press Enter on the Write new message 6 Then To will be displayed on the Braille display Pressing Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 will take you directly to this stage 7 Press shift tab Space 1 2 to move to Account combo box Move to account that you want by using Space 1 or Space 4 Press tab Spac 4 5 to move to To 8 Type in the e mail address of the recipient when To is displayed Please type in the e mail address using computer Braille Ex sense hims inc com 9 Next press tab Space 4 5 to move to CC 10 Type in the e mail address of the other recipient using computer Braille If you do not need to carbon copy a recipient you can skip to the next step 11 Press tab Space 4 to move to
263. ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeaaes 297 124 MaK ig vii rr aa r ar a eaaa Aaaa e aaaea ra a eaaa aahi 298 12 4 1 Previous Mark cccccceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 298 Xxi 12 4 2 Next Mark 56 ite o shes cets re crete aoe il oie cchacestannes 299 124 3 SOC MARK riiin easi eaea aaria 299 12 4 4 Move to Mark sie a ott iis AN 299 12 4 5 Deleting a MarkK cccccccscceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeaaes 300 12 5 Heading foo ovate atececuassiivesscscaaaackesss eevee ddcnsadasuucanaaapeceaeceeeesshyers 300 12 5 1 Move by Heading cccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeaaes 300 12 5 2 Move to Specific Heading cccccceeseseeeeeeeeeeeees 301 12 5 3 FING FG AGING oe occsteccssiaitinesmctoneaanntecetsaeataim tt igiawncns 301 12 5 4 Scan Heading and Read Heading eee 302 12 5 5 Find PAS Ceara sccednaagnupantide dudia oun tanudee eee gadawtesesy 302 12 6 Hot Keys in the DAISY Player ccccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 304 13 BLUETOOTH MANAGER ssiiiviindccccescecn dec cssncansiasnssedencccennsectesee 306 13 1 Bluetooth Device LIStiicciscccccccct ics eideeeeeceetesttiecettianeesient 306 13 2 Bluetooth Service List sccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 309 13 2 1 Connecting Service eceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 311 13 2 2 LAN Servite eono i iaa 312 13 2 3 FTP Servi C n a e a n 312 13 2 4 ActiveSync Service cccccccccec
264. ccceceeceeeeceteeeeeeeeeeeees 425 17 1 7 Copy to Clipboard 3c oca seers sscee li a weceugeaencdicereorecanneediabases 426 17 1 8 Option SettiNGS ocsiciiinnasiinne acme 426 4 Wt Ga gt ener Ree eee er nner en ary fe er ener eee ee erence 427 17 1 10 Sample Math Calculations 0 cece cece ees 427 17 2 Set time and Cale sano scsi ccs eres set ieee ee eoeaeeecorecnistet anda eeee 430 17 3 Display Time and Date ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 432 XXV 17 4 Wake up alarm eccossceabsietisiciccsinteeeteen deeeeeebecstbccccasttiteeeseekss 432 17 4 1 SOC TMG riiin edasi aaea iaaea aea 433 17 4 2 Alarm Sound eat 433 TEAS TETN EEA E EEE 434 17 4 4 Ringing Duration cc cece cccccceceeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeaaes 434 17 4 5 Repeat Interval jieecoor se ere ee eee 434 17 4 6 Wakeup Call Times ccccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 434 17 4 7 Confirm Cancel 00 0 cc cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaaeaees 435 MTD Calendar sirasi hoc eceassceetoeceee espa rade 435 17 5 1 Using the Calendat ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 435 17 6 Pronunciation Dictionary ccccccesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeees 436 17 7 Stopwatch eio or cce sient ss caaes iiae aiu EEE eiaa i 438 17 8 Set p Internet iiciin iiini eesesteec ss iiia taikliai 439 17 8 1 Setup Wireless LAN c cc cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 440 17 8 2 LAN Set a E A uae 443 17 8 3 Mod
265. cccesss es 493 21 3 1 Hot keys for the command 0 ccecesteeeeeeeeees 493 21 3 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys 0 cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 495 21 4 Address Manager wiki ini csvevesccsacecttennes deddsveuwtibickdcssseeetannnaweteees 495 21 4 1 Move keys for moving from field to field in the record or in RIVONIA IN 55 d teach asa a E a ane Aaah 495 21 4 2 Move Keys for Moving from Record to Record 496 21 4 3 Hot Keys for the Command ecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 496 21 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 496 21 5 Schedule Manage ccccscccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenees 497 21 5 1 Hot keys for the commandsS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 497 XXX 21 5 2 Movement Keys for the Search Result List 497 21 0 Eta aerea enn aerer aaae aaa arrra Tee ae PEEN Ep ARSON EENEN 498 21 6 1 Hot keys for reading e mails cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 498 21 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Pail outbox neeese 498 21 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E mail messages or Writing an E mail Message Sis tic sacaccclerecss ia icat wy ncncck uote pueseedessacgotentennhateeuateeeies 499 21 7 Media Player riiin 499 21 7 1 Hot keys for command 00ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 499 21 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab 500 21 7 3 Hot Keys in
266. ccept or reject Add contact on the Manage Contact List dialog box 1 Press Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 You can see user ID requesting you to add as contact 2 Move to the user ID which you want to accept or reject using Space 1 or Space 4 3 Move to the Accept button with Tab F3 or Space 4 5 and press Enter And then you can accept user ID as a contact 4 Move to the Reject button with Tab F3 or Space 4 5 and press Enter And then you can reject user ID as a contact 16 3 3 Start Chat Start Chat is a function to send and receive text message with registered contact Chat is possible to converse with only one person or many persons But chat with off line contact is impossible If you want to send a message to contact press Enter s dots 2 3 4 or move to the user ID as you desire using Space 1 or Space 4 and press Enter Or call up the menu enter sub menu of Action and press Enter on the Start Chat menu And then Chat will appear Chat consists of as follows 1 Input Edit control 381 2 History Edit control You will get detailed explanation about each control of Chat You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Input As an edit box you can type message to send 2 History As a read only edit box you can see messages sent and received in chronological order
267. ce 21 15 10 Upgrading Voice Sense Firmware Check download information Space Cancel download and exit Alt f4 515 22 Troubleshooting Guide If you are having trouble with the Voice Sense please try the following suggestions according to your problem 22 1 The Voice Sense Will Not Turn On 1 Check to make sure that the battery is inserted in to its compartment properly 2 If the battery is inserted properly connect the AC adapter and plug the AC adapter in to an electrical outlet The battery may need to be charged 3 Or Check the location of keyboard lock switch If this switch put on lock power switch does not work 22 2 The Voice Cannot Be Heard 1 Make sure the volume is turned up Press BackSpace F4 to turn up the volume 2 Make sure the voice is turned on Press Space o dots 1 3 5 to open the Global options Press F3 F4 once Then press Space Then press Enter This will turn on the voice 22 3 The Voice is Too Fast to Understand 1 Press Space F1 to slow down the voice rate 22 4 The Voice Pitch Is Too Low or Too High to Understand 1 Press Enter F1 to lower the pitch or press Enter F 4 to raise the voice pitch 22 5 Lost Your Place 516 1 If you have lost your place in the Voice Sense and cannot remember where you are press F1 to access the program menu Then press F2 F3 to switch between programs that are open If
268. ce 2 3 Move to the next cell of the upper level table BackSpace 5 6 Move to the upper cell of the upper level table BackSpace 3 5 Move to the lower cell of the upper level table BackSpace 2 6 Check the current position Space 1 5 6 Move to frame Move to the previous frame Space 3 4 6 Move to the next frame Space 1 4 6 Read the current line Space r dots 1 2 3 5 11 9 What the Web Browser Does Not Support 1 Images are not supported 2 Any executable files on web sites cannot be executed It is because the operating system on the Voice Sense is different from the operating system on a personal computer 3 A web page using flash can be opened but the flash content may not be read 4 Some web pages that use JavaScript cannot be opened 288 12 DAISY Player Using the DAISY Player on the Voice Sense you can listen to files and read books that use the DAISY format DAISY is an acronym for DIGITAL ACCESSIBLE INFORMATION SYSTEM One advantage to DAISY books is that you can listen to the audio as well as read the associated text with the audio The Voice Sense supports DAISY books that are version 3 0 or earlier When you want to run the player press Enter on DAISY Player in the program menu or press the shortcut key d dots 1 4 5 in the Voice Sense program menu When you run the DAISY Player you will see all of the disks available on the Voice Sense regardless of whether each disk has DAISY
269. ce 4 to move to the desired address and press enter when the desired address is displayed You can select more than one address by pressing Space When you have chosen the addresses you want press enter 8 Then the selected addresses are inserted in To CC or BCC 183 If you press enter without typing in the desired name all of the addresses in your address list will be displayed If there is no matching address that you want to find then No match will be announced and Search for address will be displayed again 8 2 3 4 Saving E Mail to the Outbox There are two kinds of e mail messages in the Outbox 1 The e mail that the user saved in Outbox 2 The e mail that was not sent due to a network error or another reason The Menu structure and move of Save Mail In Outbox is like below File name ECB Confirm Button Cancel Button Storage folder List AON You can move between the menu controls by using Shift Tab Space 1 2 or Tab Space 4 5 The following describes how to save email in outbox 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 after you write the e mail message Then the File menu will displayed 2 Press enter 3 Press Space 4 to move to Save Mail In Outbox 4 Press Enter 5 Then the dialog box for save will be opened 6 i File name sub
270. ce t dots 2 3 4 5 on the Twitter window Retweet To Me will be displayed after refreshing 15 Retweet Of Me It displays only your tweet recommended by your followers 16 The hot key is Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Regardless of any timeline if you press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 on the Twitter window Retweet Of Me will be displayed after refreshing 17 Also you can see Timeline when you call up menu and move to the Timeline menu pressing Space 4 After executing each Timeline menu Timeline will be displayed 16 2 4 2 Refresh Refresh is a function to renew tweet list indicated in Timeline Once executing the function Voice Sense will access to the twitter server and load new posted tweets And then new posted tweets are rearranged in chronological order You can launch Refresh function by pressing the hot key Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Or Press Tab on the Twitter window and move to the Refresh button and press Enter 16 2 4 3 Load next list This is a function to load next tweet list by 32 tweets whenever you launch the function The tweets list is accumulated in Timeline until executing Refresh In order to load next list you have to press hot key Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or move to the Next list button pressing Tab and press Enter 353 16 2 5 Manage Tweet 16 2 5 1 Tweet This is a function to post writing to Twitter server To call up Tweet dialog
271. ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Congratulations on the purchase of your Voice Sense The Voice Sense is capable of doing everything that an ordinary PDA can do and more all without the need for a screen I You will find the following items when you open the Voice Sense package 1 Voice Sense 2 Battery 3 Carrying Bag 4 USB Gender Short cable 5 AC adapter 6 USB Cable Long Cable 7 Earphone 8 User Manual CD 9 Braille User Manual Hot Keys List Il How to use this manual Before using the Voice Sense you should read the entire manual to familiarize yourself with the functions of the Voice Sense Reading the entire manual will allow you to operate the Voice Sense to its fullest potential The Voice Sense has many functions Many of these functions operate in a similar manner so it is important to become familiar with all of the functions of the Voice Sense You will see references to hot keys and shortcut keys These keys refer to ways to access menus and functions quickly by using a combination of keystrokes Please note that not all hot keys and shortcut keys will work while you are in the Voice Sense Some hot keys and shortcut keys require that you be within a program in order for specific hot keys and shortcut keys to work This user manual uses a specific notation of how to press keys When you see Space b dots 1 2 this means that you would press iV the space b
272. cessful Message transfer is completed message will be displayed and you will go to the followers within Send Direct Message dialog box 16 2 7 2 Received Direct Message This function allows you to view Direct Message In order to call up the menu press Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 or launch Received Direct Message menu located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Received Direct Message dialog box consists of 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Received Direct Message This is a list Direct Message represents in the newest registration order Message is displayed as ID message 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 messages Press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on the button 3 Reply You can write a reply on the focused Direct Message You can launch this function pressing Enter y dots 1 3 4 5 6 or Enter key on the button 4 Close As a button you can close Received Direct Message dialog box and go back to the status right before calling up the function Or you can use F4 or space e dots 1 5 16 2 7 3 Sent Direct Message Sent Direct Message is a function to view Direct Message which send In order to call up the Sent Direct Message dialog box press 363 Backspace m dots 1
273. ch of these menu options and their functions in greater detail 17 1 Calculator Using the calculator on the Voice Sense you can do simple math equations as well as complex scientific calculations The results and formulas will be spoken by the Voice Sense While using the calculator you can refer to the help menu by pressing Space h dots 1 2 5 The help menu is very useful as you can quickly access hot key information for the various programs on the Voice Sense When you want to use the calculator you can press c dots 1 4 from within the utilities menu When using the calculator on the Voice Sense you need to type using computer Braille when calculating or inserting your formulas You can initialize your calculation line by pressing Backspace c dots 1 4 If you insert numbers or a function into a result the result will disappear and if you put in operators you can get to the next step In addition you can keep your result in the calculators memory and you can recall it when you need the result You can use the function and operators via the calculator menu or you can use the hot keys depending on which method works best for you All of these functions are explained in greater detail below 17 1 1 General Functions General functions is a dialog box that contains the general function list a confirm button and a cancel button In the dialog box you can navigate through
274. change and save the settings in the Global options you must press Enter once you have selected the setting that you want to save If you do not press Enter or select confirm on the setting that you want the setting will not be saved Once you press Enter to save the setting the Voice Sense will say saved options and you will be returned to where you were before you entered the Global options To cancel the change to the setting press the F4 key Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 The Voice Sense will then speak the message canceled saving options When you are on an option you can also use tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to go to the confirm and cancel buttons If you want to save your settings press Enter on the confirm button If you do not want to save the changes you made to the settings press Enter on the cancel 31 button Before we go in to detail about each option let s first go through a brief overview of what you will find in the Global options 3 1 Option Menu Overview The Global options contains different settings that can be changed in the Voice Sense By pressing Space o dots 1 3 5 you can open the Global options while you are anywhere in the Voice Sense The Global options has five groups 1 Braille setting which includes Braille
275. check If you select Check you can automatically sign in without displaying Sign in dialog box But in order to use Auto Sign In function Remember me check box and Save Password check box are set to Check One of these check boxes is set to Uncheck Auto Sign In function will not work 7 Sign In You can access to the twitter 8 Cancel You can cancel access and close Twitter program 348 The followings are the way to sign in Twitter 1 When the Sign In dialog box appears you will be placed in the ID computer edit box Here you should type the ID that you have registered for your Twitter Note that the ID should be typed using computer Braille 2 Press Tab F3 buttons or Space 4 5 to move to the Password computer edit box On this box type the password that you have setup for your Twitter account Again you should use computer Braille for this 3 If you want to save ID and password press Space key to set to check on both Remember me check box and Save password check 4 Also if you want to automatically sign in Twitter press Space key to set to check on Auto Sign In check box 5 Press Enter Or after moving to the Sign In button using Tab Space 4 5 and then press Enter 6 With a Connecting message Voice Sense will try to sign in Twitter If sign in is success
276. ck box is checked 7 Network key computer edit box This is a computer edit box to type the network key if the key is not provided automatically 8 Key index edit box This is an edit box to type the key number of the wireless access point that matches the network key input 9 Confirm button Pressing this button applies the changes 442 O1 10 Cancel button You can press this button to cancel the setup Note 1 If Data encryption has been set as disabled press Tab Space 4 5 and it will directly move to the Confirm button 2 Network key and Key index will be displayed only if you uncheck the The key is provided automatically 4 remove button If you want to delete a profile item in the profile list select the profile item you wish to delete and then press r dots 1 2 3 5 or go to the remove button by pressing tab Space 4 5 and then press Enter on remove button 5 properties common dialog button If you want to get information about a selected profile item in the profile list press Enter on the properties common dialog button after focusing on a profile item by using tab Space 4 5 You can reconfirm the added information in each item You can modify an item here directly In order to exit from advance dialog box you can press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots
277. company name title mobile phone home phone home fax company phone company fax home street address home city home state home zip code 33 ee 33 ec 33 ee company street address company city company 33 ec ot company country home e mail home country state company zip code 120 33 ot company e mail home page and memo Thus one record contains all the information you can keep about a person or company 6 2 Starting the Address Manager When you press Enter on address manager in the program menu the Voice Sense will say search address and display the prompt Last name In other words when you start the address manager the search address dialog box will be opened In address manager you can use the menus to conveniently browse and execute all of the available commands When you cannot remember the exact hot key for the command that you want to execute you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu 6 3 Using Add Address This dialog box allows you to enter new addresses in the address manager In order to use the add address function press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to bring up the address manager menu and then press the up arrow key Space 1 or the down arrow key Space 4 to move to
278. cord Up arrow key Move to the last record Ctrl end Move to the first record Ctrl home Move to the next field Ctrl right arrow Move to the previous field Ctrl left arrow Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key Move to next same field different record Right arrow key Move to the last field End Move to the first field Home 21 13 Extras 21 13 1 Games Skip record Esc key Alt F4 21 14 Social Networking 21 14 1 Twitter Sign Out Ctrl g Personal Information Ctrl Save Current Timeline Alt s Home Timeline Ctrl h 507 Friend Timeline Ctrl f User Timeline Ctrl u Current User Timeline Alt u Mention Timeline Ctrl m Retweet By Me Alt b Retweet To Me Alt t Retweet Of Me Alt o Tweet Ctrl t Remove Tweet Delete Retweet Ctrl e Reply Ctrl y Add To Favorite Ctrl v Favorite List Ctrl l Send Direct Message Ctrl s Sent Direct Message Alt m Received Direct Message Alt r Follow User Alt a Following Alt l Followers Alt e Global Search Ctrl f User Search Alt f Search Word List Alt w Next List Ctrl n Refresh Ctrl r Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc key Move to the next tweet Down arrow key Move to the previous tweet Up arrow key Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous 32 list Fn Un arrow key Move to the next 32 list Fn Down arrow key 508 Move t
279. corded file will not be saved If you want to save the recorded 235 sound to a file and exit from this dialog box press Enter on stop and then move to the cancel button and press Enter You can also use Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 to cancel 9 3 4 Position Menu If you want to set a bookmark and delete a bookmark when you are listening to music or an audio file you can execute the Position menu This menu will also let you jump to the time you want to go to in an audio file The Position menu has four submenus Set bookmark Delete bookmark Jump to bookmark Go to time Go To Percent Set Start Point Release Point NOOR WN You can move between the menus by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 To execute this menu press Enter 9 3 4 1 Set Bookmark If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused a bookmark will be set A bookmark will mark a specific location so that you can come back directly to the spot where you placed the bookmark To execute this function 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to Position by pressing Space 4 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Move to set bookmark by pressing Space 4 and press Enter 236 4 Or press Enter m dots 1 3 4 when playing a file or when a file is paused If you exit the
280. core is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your ID Write your name and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press space e or space z to skip it Finally it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 7 Multiplication table When the game is started you can hear numbers one by one Take stage 1 for instance it will say 2 1 digit numbers one by one Multiply these numbers When it says Type the answer write the multiplied number and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Answering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If your score is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your ID Write your name and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press space e or space z to skip it Finally it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 8 View ranking 344 You can see your record in this menu Press enter on View ranking menu Press dot 1 with space or dot 4 with space and press enter on the game name you want to check The ranking list will show up It shows rank name and score Press
281. ct a phone line to the modem on the CF card Then activate setup Internet in the utilities menu After you have activated setup Internet move to the modem by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 and then press Enter If you wish to connect to Mobile network using Bluetooth DUN you can move to setup internet in the utilities menu and select Bluetooth DUN and enter on it In this case you don t need to insert CF modem card into the Voice Sense and its user interface is same as setting up connection using the modem The modem setup contains the following connect list default add modify delete and close You can move between these by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Within each item you can move by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 The connect list has added connection names You can move between these by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 The default is to set to the default connection name in the Internet setup If you want to choose a connection as the default go to the 444 connect list and move to default by pressing tab Space 4 5 Then press Enter Add is a dialog box where you can set up the environment regarding the connect group names It has connect name list a confirm button and a cancel button You can move between
282. ctions 11 4 1 Go to Home Page The first page that your Web Browser loads when the Web Browser opens is called the home page You can set your favorite site as your home page As soon as your home page is set your Web Browser will show you the same home page every time you start the Web Browser The default home page is www hims inc com In order to move to the home page while you are reading another web page press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and go to the go to menu by pressing Space 4 and press Enter The first sub menu in the go to menu is go to home page You can activate go to home page by pressing Enter or by pressing Backspace h dots 1 2 5 while your Web Browser is opened 267 11 4 2 Go to Previous Page The previous page is the page shown just before the current page For example when the Web Browser is activated the first page that opens is the home page that is set as the default home page on the Voice Sense You can search and load the web page of google which is www google com Then the Voice Sense will connect to the Yahoo web page When go to previous page is activated the Voice Sense will show you the last position in the previous page the home page that was displayed before the current page In order to move to the previous page press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and go to the go to
283. current window because it is applied for current messaging window only 6 Message sound notification while messenger is in the background You can select whether you use beep sound for receipt of the messages or not to use message sound notification while messenger is in the background when you are using another program like as word processor You need to take the following steps for this function 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 to move to the Tools and press Enter 3 Press Space 4 to move to the Message Sound Notification While Messenger Is In The Background and press Enter Or you can press Backspace m dots 1 3 4 to move to the Message Sound Notification While Messenger Is In The Background directly Then you can see Play message sound notification while messenger is in the background Yes message 4 If you press Enter you can hear beep sound when a person sends you a message If you press Space 4 first and then press Enter there is no beep sound and you can t find out new message before you check messenger program 16 4 3 Instant Message Dialog Box 409 If you press Enter on an item in the contact list box the instant message dialog box will appear The instant message dialog box consists of history window input edit box Send and Close buttons The history window l
284. cute this command select exit in the file menu or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 If the document has been changed or edited and exit is selected without saving the document a dialog box will ask you if you want to save the current document You can select yes with the spacebar and press Enter to exit the word processor 85 5 2 Edit Menu In the Voice Sense you can edit all files regardless of what the view mode is set to In the edit menu you will find the following items start selection copy cut paste delete delete blank lines add to clipboard clear clipboard select all insert from file insert date change insert overwrite mode and check spelling If you want to open the menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on edit Or you can press e dots 1 5 in the edit menu Now let s explore the edit menu 33 ht 33 ee ot 33 ht 33 ec 5 2 1 Start Selection The start selection command allows you to select a certain portion of text that you would like to edit The start selection command allows you to make changes to only the text that is selected and the changes will not affect text that has not been selected The start selection command is especially useful for copying cutting and pasting You can select text in a document by placing y
285. d press Enter to cancel save as If you do not want to save with a new file name press escape Space e or exit Space z 11 1 4 Page Information Page information shows how many frames tables and controls are in the current page In order to enter into page information press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu and press Enter on file Move to page information by pressing Space 4 a few times and then press Enter Or you can press the letter i dots 2 4 11 1 5 Exit This command terminates the Web Browser and returns the Voice Sense to the program list You can exit from the Web Browser by 263 pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or by selecting exit from the Web Browser file menu 11 2 Read The read menu can read the page generally In order to call up the read menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 and press Enter on read or press r The read menu has three submenus 1 Read from beginning to cursor 2 Read from cursor to end 3 Auto scroll You can move between the menus by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 To execute the menu press Enter 11 2 1 Read from Beginning to Cursor This function will read the current page from the beginning to the cursor location To execute this function press Enter on read from beginning to cursor in the r
286. d then press Enter at Add preset or press Enter s dots 2 3 4 without calling menu 3 Then Add preset dialog box will be opened and frequency current frequency will be announced 4 Press Space 4 5 5 Then label is announced Please input the name of the channel to be added 6 Press Space 4 5 to move to confirm and press Enter If you want to add the frequency other than the frequency which you are listening to input the frequency when frequency The current frequency is displayed in the dialog box 254 After you add all the desired channels you can move to the previous channel by pressing dot 1 and move to the next channel by pressing dot 4 Or you can move to the specified channel by pressing the initial letter of the added label In order to delete any channel move to the channel to be deleted and press Space d dots 1 4 5 If Space d dots 1 2 4 is pressed the selected channel will be deleted without any warning message You can add and delete channels in the presets manager dialog box Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call menu press Enter at preset move to the preset manager and press Enter Or you can press Enter m dots 1 3 4 without calling menu to open the preset manager dialog box Preset manager dialog box consist of added channel list add button delete button mo
287. database manager Each of these menu items will be discussed in the following sections below 14 1 Table Manager The table manager dialog box is where you can create delete or modify a table This dialog box contains the following controls 1 Table name list It displays the name of registered tables and their order in the list 2 Add table button Using this option you can create a new table 328 3 Modify table button Using this option you can change the name of a table or modify the structure of the table by adding or deleting fields 4 Delete table button Using this option you can delete the table that you have selected in the table name list 5 Set default table button Using this option you can set the table that opens by default when you run the program 6 Close button After closing the table manager dialog box it will take you back to where you were before you started the table manager dialog box When there is no registered table if you press Enter at the close button the database manager program will be closed You can move between each of these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 14 1 1 Add Table Add table is a dialog box where you can create a new table This dialog box contains table name edit box registered fields list add field button modify field button delete field button previou
288. ddress and Company zip code in CSV file It shows Last name unused 1 6 If you want to import the value of Name field in CSV file press Space 4 and move to Name Then it shows Last name Name 2 6 on the LCD and Braille display If there is no field value from the CSV file that you need to import you just leave unused If you set unused in First name and Company name you will hear Must select one or more of first name and company name You will select value from the CSV file of First name and Company name 2 Follow steps the above by pressing Tab Space 4 5 to move to different field such as Group Company and Title etc 3 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Allow fields in first record You can change setting by pressing Space When you import the fields of first record in CSV file you select it When you select in Allow fields in first record If there is field value of the first record in CSV file select it When you unselect in Allow fields in first record If the field value of the first record is unnecessary such as field name unselect it 4 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm 5 Press Enter on the Confirm 6 It shows Address file already exists Which do you prefer The default value is Overwrite The setting values are Overwrite and Add To
289. default on the LCD and Braille display next to the default account 8 3 Major features of E mail 8 3 1 Deleting E mail You can delete e mail You can delete an e mail message that you have selected or more than one e mail by selecting each of them individually 8 3 1 1 Deleting an e mail You can delete an e mail in the mailbox by following the steps below 1 Press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the Subject of the e mail that you want to delete 189 2 Press Space d dots 1 4 5 3 Then it shows Delete Subject of the selected e mail mail Yes 4 Press Enter if you want to delete the e mail If you want to cancel it press Space to change Yes to No on the Delete Subject to the selected e mail mail And Press Enter By pressing Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 you can cancel deleting e mail 8 3 1 2 Deleting Multiple E mail Messages If you want to delete two or more e mail delete the e mail messages using the following steps 1 Press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the e mail Subject that you want to delete You can select it in Date control too 2 Press Space on the e mail that you want to delete 3 It shows in front of the selected e mail subject on Braille display And it shows selected Subject Subject to the selected e mail xx yy on the LCD 4 Move to the other e mail
290. dify button and Close button You can move from one control to the next control by pressing tab Space 4 5 or F3 or shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 If you press add button the add dialog box that was explained above is opened You can add the channels as explained above And if you want to change the label of the added channel move to the desired channel item in the added channel list by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 and press tab Space 4 5 to move to the modify button and press Enter Then the modify dialog box will be opened The structure of the modify dialog box is almost the same as that of add dialog box The difference between these two dialog boxes is that the channel label and frequency are displayed on the modify dialog box If you want to delete any channel from the added channels select the desired channel in the channel list and move to delete button by pressing tab Space 1 2 and press Enter In order to exit from the preset manager dialog box press Enter at the close button or just press Space e dots 1 5 255 Adding the channel and move among the added channels are available using audio buttons on the front panel too In order to use the audio buttons audio mode switch should be set to FM radio If you press record button more than 2 seconds add dialog box will be opened In
291. dots 1 5 Cancel and exit from e mail program Space z dots 1 3 5 6 217 8 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox Search address list Enter dots 1 2 3 Attach file Enter f dots 1 2 4 Send e mail Enter s dots 2 3 4 Save in mail outbox Space s dots 2 3 4 Cancel Space e dots 1 5 Cancel and exit from e mail program Space z dots 1 3 5 6 8 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mail Messages or Writing an E mail Message Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Select all Enter a dot 1 Copy to the clipboard Enter c dots 1 4 Cut to the clipboard Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Paste from the clipboard Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Delete Space d dots 1 4 5 It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Cancel block Space e dots 1 5 218 9 Media Player The Media Player on the Voice Sense is a program which you can use to play audio files The Media Player will play the following formats ac3 asf asx m3u Mp2 Mp3 mp4 mpa mpg ogg pls rmp wav wax wma wmv and flac Note that you will not be able to see the video with avi and wmv files You can control the playing of audio files using either the Braille keyboard commands or audio keys that are on the front panel of the Voice Sense The Media Player can pl
292. down arrow Space 4 until you reach information Press Enter to activate the file information feature Use the letter I dots 2 4 to call up the file information feature after opening up the menu Enter i dots 2 4 is the hot key for this option You can use this hot key without going through the menu The Voice Sense will display the information about a file or folder in the following order file type file size creation date and time and attribute You can review this information by pressing the tab Space 4 5 You can also press Space dots 2 4 while you are in the file manager or program menu in the Voice Sense to hear how much space is available on the flashdisk 1 File type This will give you the file type information such as brl file doc file and txt file When a folder is selected it will give you the information indicating that this is a folder containing x number of files and folders 2 File size This will show you the size of the selected file or folder When multiple files or folders are selected this will give you the total size of the selected files and folders 3 Date and time This will show you the time and date when the folder and file was created or modified 4 Attribute This will show you whether the file is write protected or not You can change this attribute by using the up and down arrows Space 1 or Space
293. down arrow key Volume down Space 1 3 4 Open menu Space 1 2 5 Open help Space 4 5 Space 1 2 Move to play list tab Space 1 3 5 6 Exit Media Player 224 2 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Hot key Function Space 4 Move to the next file Space 1 Move to the previous file Space 4 6 Move to the last file Space 1 3 Move to the first file Space Select resume current file while playing it is used as play pause Enter 1 2 Start selecting files Enter Start playing the selected files Backspace Stop playing Space 1 4 5 Delete the selected files in the play list Dot 6 Play the next file Dot 3 Play the previous file Dots 4 6 Play the last file Dots 1 3 Play the first file Dots 5 6 Play the fifth file after the current file Dots 2 3 Play the fifth file before the current file Dot 4 Move to next position by time index and play Dot 1 Move to previous position by time index and play Dot 2 or Dot 5 Change time index Dots 3 4 5 Speed up Dots 1 2 6 Slow down Space up arrow key Volume up Space down arrow key Volume down Space 1 3 4 Open menu Space 1 2 5 Open help 225 Space 4 5 Space 1 2 Move to playback information tab Space 1 3 5 6 Exit Media Player 9 3 How to Use the Media Player Menu When you want to open the Media Player menu you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 Yo
294. down scroll button Move between online and offline groups Space 5 6 Open the menu Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Sign out Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 View chat Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 My status Enter m dots 1 3 4 Close Enter z dots 1 3 5 6 Add contact Enter a dot 1 Delete contact Enter d dots 1 4 5 Contact information Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Send instant message Enter s dots 2 3 4 Last message Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Play keyboard sound Enter k dots 1 3 Message sound notification while in current window Backspace s dots 2 3 4 416 Message sound notification while messenger is in the background Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Nickname Enter p dots 1 3 4 Save account Enter o dots 1 3 5 Confirm the received message Enter Dots 1 2 3 3 Instant message dialog box Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control Shift Tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move between the instant message dialog box and the contact list box Space 1 2 6 or Space 3 4 5 F1 F2 or F3 F4 Save as Space s dots 2 3 4 Print Space p dots 1 2 3 4 Close Space e dots 1 5 Cut Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Delete Enter d dots 1 4 5 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Select all Enter a dot 1 Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Invitation Enter i dots 2 4 417 17 Utilities The utilities menu provides several special functions
295. dress string 1 xx It will be displayed as no items if there is no registered word or e mail address string Now we will explain how to register modify and delete the spam settings 8 5 3 1 Add As Spam E Mail First we will explain how to set the e mail program to sort out spam by setting any specified words in the e mail subject 210 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 Itshows Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 8 Press a dot 1 when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed Or press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Add button and then press enter 9 Then the add dialog box will be opened and Subject add will be displayed 10 Type in the words and press Enter Or press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm and then press enter after you type in the words 11 Then Successfully added spam data will be announced and you will be returned to the list Then Subject registered word 1 1 will be displayed If there is more than one registered word you can check it by pressing
296. ds empty line when there is a empty line If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 21 Control Information You can choose the display location of information regarding the files and menus in the Voice Sense The short cut key is i dots 2 4 and the default is set to before To toggle control information between before after and off press space If you select before you will hear control information before a menu or list item If you select after you will hear control information such as list item or menu item after a menu or list item If you have control information shut off you will not hear list item or menu item Note that if the web browser is activated the control symbols will appear even if you turn off the control information option 44 If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and
297. e 256 Recorded files will be saved in the flashdisk media radio folder The file name will be added channel label frequency xx wav xx will start from 01 and increased by one when recording the FM radio sound If unregistered channel is recorded FM radio will be used as a file name instead of added channel label If you stop recording the record dialog box will be exited automatically If you press Enter at cancel button the recorded file will not be saved and exit the dialog box During recording you cannot change the channel and frequency During listening to the FM radio you can record without calling the record dialog box by pressing the record button on the front panel Before you use the record button out of the audio buttons on the front panel please set the audio mode switch to the FM radio mode If you press the record button the record dialog box will be opened and recording will start If you press stop button on the front panel during recording recording will stop and the recorded audio file will be saved If you press the pause button during recording the pause button will be changed to the continue button Please press the continue button to continue recording Pressing previous button or next button will move among controls in the record dialog box 10 4 1 Changing record folder If you want to change the folder
298. e SSL select the check box by pressing Space 12 Press Space 4 to move to POP3 port number 110 by default Here you can type in another POP3 port number in the computer edit box 13 Press Space 4 to move to Smtp encryption type The setting values are None SSL and TLS If the type of Outgoing smtp server uses the SSL or TLS change the value by pressing Space 167 14 Press Space 4 to move to SMTP port number 25 This is also a computer edit box Here you can type in another SMTP port number 15 Press Space 4 to move to SMTP username Here you can add another SMTP username if your Internet service provider requires you to use a different SMTP username You should use ASCII to type this in 16 Press Space 4 to move to SMTP password You can type in your password that corresponds to the above ID It should be typed in using ASCII 17 Press Space 4 to move to Use as default send from account If you want to use the above new username and password that were set in steps 7 and 8 select the check box by pressing Space 18 Press Space 4 to move to Keep mail copies in server When you download e mail from your e mail server you can set the Voice Sense to keep e mail messages on the server or not Press Space to change Yes to No and press enter if you do not want a copy of the
299. e edit combo box type combo box confirm button cancel button and file list You can move among these items by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The first item to be displayed when save as is executed is file name edit combo box You can type in the file name to be saved in this edit box If you want to edit the file please remember that cannot be used in t file names You have to delete if there is one in your file name 262 If you want to select the file name from the existing file name press shift tab Space 1 2 to move to file list The default folder is flashdisk download In order to move to upper level press Backspace and if you want to enter the selected folder or select a file press Enter on the folder or file that you want to select And press Space 4 or Space 1 in order to move next or previous folder or file There is a type option combo box that is the next item of file name edit combo box You can move from file name to type by pressing Space 4 5 The available file types are htm html brl brf and txt file format Use Space 4 or Space 1 to select the file type that you want Press tab Space 4 5 to move to confirm and press Enter to save as the file name and type as selected Or press tab again to move to cancel an
300. e exit item This item will exit the Bluetooth manager program To activate this item press Space m dots 1 3 4 and then press Space 1 or Space 4 to navigate to exit Then press Enter on exit You can also access the item while in the menu by pressing z dots 1 3 5 6 308 while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or at any time without calling up the menu by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 13 2 Bluetooth Service List Once you know which remote Bluetooth device you want to connect to press Space 1 or Space 4 to navigate to the device you want to connect to in the Bluetooth Device List and then press Enter on the device name You will then hear Scanning for service Please wait Please note that no keys will work during scanning the devices The Voice Sense will begin scanning services that are available from the remote Bluetooth device The Voice Sense supports the services LAN FTP ActiveSync Serial Port Bluetooth DUN and Bluetooth Keyboard In order to access all of these functions you must make sure that the remote Bluetooth device is in Discoverable mode and that all services are enabled It is possible to have certain services enabled on your remote Bluetooth device while having other services that are disabled For example you could have LAN and FTP enabled while having ActiveSync and Serial Port disabled If this is the case then the Voic
301. e dots 1 5 At any point in the program menu or navigating sub menus you can press the F1 key to go to the program menu immediately The file manager which is the first item of the program menu will be displayed 11 2 2 1 Control Symbols on the Voice Sense The Voice Sense has many control symbols Those symbols appear when you set before and after the control information in the Global options The default value is set to before However if you are in the web browser the control symbols will be heard even if you turn off the control information option The control symbol will appear in front and back of the menu name or item name For example you might see something like MN file f pull down The following table shows the names and the symbols of the control symbols that are heard in front and back of menu names If you use with SyncBraille the control symbols will be displayed in Braille SyncBraille is sold separately Name Symbol Comments Menu MN It means the menu that has submenus Menu item MI It means the menu that does not have a submenu List item LI The item name after this symbol represents the name of the item in any list Ex LI database or LI sample txt in the file list of the file manager Edit box EB The item name after this symbol represents the edit box name You can find the edit box after the
302. e Ctrl r Go to location Ctrl l Go to previous page Page up Go to next page Page down Set bookmark Ctrl m Go to bookmark Ctrl j Go to previous document Shift Tab Go to next document Tab Read selected text Alt b Read beginning of selected text Ctrl u Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Ctrl g Auto scroll Ctrl shift a Read status Ctrl shift Braille document layout Alt F5 Print document layout Alt F7 Braille paragraph layout Alt F6 Print paragraph layout Alt F8 494 21 3 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to previous character Left arrow key Move to next character Right arrow key Move to previous word Ctrl Left arrow Move to next word Ctrl Right arrow Move to the beginning of the line Home key Move to the end of the line End key Move to previous line Up arrow key Move to next line Down arrow key Move to previous paragraph Ctrl up arrow Move to next paragraph Ctrl down arrow Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl home Move to the end of the document Ctrl end Read current paragraph Ctrl shift v Read current line Ctrl shift c Read current word Ctrl shift x Read current character Ctrl shift z Delete current paragraph Alt Del Delete current line Ctrl Backspace Delete current word Alt Backspace Delete current character DEL Confirm current cursor position Ctrl Shift s Set view format character Ctrl 5 Set reading unit Ctrl 3 Set read only Ctrl 2
303. e Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace The following is how to import contact list 1 Press Backspace i dots 2 4 on the contact list 2 Move to the file list by pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or space and dott1 2 3 Select the import contact list press Enter 4 You can add the contact to contact list by importing contact 16 3 7 Setup Options Voice Sense Google Talk Program supports options setting such as My status options on line ID auto reply notification and sound You will get detailed information of each option setting from this chapter 393 16 3 7 1 My status Options This menu will allow you to setup your status and on line ID to show to other contact In order to call up the My status options dialog box press Backspace u dots 1 3 6 on the contact list or press Enter on the My Status Options after entering sub menu of Setup by calling up the menu My Status Options dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 My Status List control 2 Confirm Button control 3 Cancel Buttons control The following is a detailed explanation about each control of My Status Options dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 My Sta
304. e contact list 2 Press Space d 1 4 5 or press Enter on the Delete Contact after entering into sub menu of Contact by calling up the menu using F2 3 Do you want to delete XXX in the contact list Yes message appear XXX is user ID to delete If you press Enter the contact will be deleted If you want to cancel deleting contact change to No by pressing Space key or press F4 or Space e dots 1 5 After canceling deletion it is located on the contact list 16 3 2 3 Block Contact Block Contact is a function to block contact registered in the Contact list in order not to send a message to you and see your access Status It is different from Delete that after blocking contact contact ID remains in the Block list But if you delete contact the contact ID will disappear permanently in the contact list The way to block contact is as follows 1 Move to the contact which you want to block in the contact list 2 Press back space b dots 1 2 or press Enter on the Block Contact after entering sub menu of Contact by calling up the menu 3 Block XXX Yes message appears XXX is user ID to block If you press Enter the contact will be blocked If you want to cancel blocking contact change Yes button to No button pressing Space key or press F4 or Space e dots 1 5 After canceling the delete it is located in the contact list 377 16 3 2 4 Manage Block List Bloc
305. e you can view received message immediately You are able to change the setting by pressing Space or Backspace Message Sound Notification While Messenger is In the Background You can setup whether notification sound like chat voice chat requests for send file and login logout is output or not while Google Talk is executed in the background You can choose between Yes or No If you select Yes although Google Talk is executed in the background notification sound will be output If you select No when Google Talk is executed in the background notification sound will not be output Message sound Notification You can setup whether all notification sounds are output or not You can choose between Yes and No If you select Yes all notification sounds used in Google Talk are output If you select No all notifications are not output 2 Confirm As a button you can save setting 3 Cancel As a button if you execute cancel you will go 398 to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 16 3 7 4 Path Options Path Options allows you to setup the path of saving message and download and temporarily saving In order to call up path options dialog box press Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 or press Enter on the Path Options after entering submenu of Setup by calling up the menu Path Options dialog box consists of 5 controls 1 Set download path Button Control 2 Set
306. e 1 and Space 4 to move to a disk If you press Enter on a disk or search button it will start to search a file in a disk In combo box to select disk you can see the disk list which is linked with Voice Sense now If there are many files in a disk it can take some time to search a file and you can see a message of searching If you want to search in a root of a disk excluding sub folders then press tab Space 4 5 to move to the check box to searching sub folder press Space to cancel the selection in the check box and press Enter The default set up is to include sub folders when you search in a disk 4 2 13 Sort Files By This option is used to specify the order of how files and folders will be displayed within the file list Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to bring up the menu Then press Space 4 repeatedly until you reach sort files 65 by and then press Enter Also you can access this feature by pressing Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 in the file list or by pressing g dots 1 2 4 5 in the menu Then you can specify in what order the files and folders in the file list will be sorted Files and folders can be sorted according to the following name size extension and date and time You can move between these items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If you press Enter after selecting the sorting criterion files
307. e Sense is not recording the dialog box will close 9 1 5 Using the Audio buttons in file open dialog box You can open open file dialog box by long pressing stop button in the Media Player dialog box And if you long press the stop button again this dialog box will close And then return to the Media Player dialog box play pause button is same function as Enter in open file dialog box Also stop button record button previous button and next button is same function as Backspace Space Space 1 and Space 4 in file open dialog box Namely you can move to up and down by pressing previous and 221 next button in file list And you can select and unselect by pressing record button If you press stop button you can move to upper folder And if you press play pause button you can play the selected file in file list of open file dialog box In order to use this function you must set the audio mode switch to media mode 9 2 Braille Keyboard and Extended Keys You can use more of the features in the Media Player with the Braille keyboard than with the audio buttons You can use the Braille keyboard commands to control the player in the Media Player dialog box To open the Media Player press Enter on Media Player or press m in the program menu The Med
308. e Sense will only display LAN and FTP Once the Voice Sense has found all of the available services it will display the services in a list in the following format service name xx yy where xx is the number of the service that you are on and yy is the number of total available services You can move through the available services by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can press Backspace to return to the Bluetooth Device List Once the Voice Sense has finished searching service you can access the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or by pressing 33 ec F2 The Bluetooth Service List menu has the device name open FTP disconnect and exit You can navigate the menu items with Space 1 or Space 4 309 How to use device name and exit in the Bluetooth service list menu are the same as how to use them in the Bluetooth device list menu The Open FTP menu item allows you to open a direct FTP connection with a remote Bluetooth device without having to select the device and then the service However you must have connected the service first before the Voice Sense will allow you to transfer files If you have not connected the FTP service already and you activate this function you will hear FTP service disconnected You can access Open FTP by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and then Space 1 or Space 4 to navi
309. e editing a document pressing Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 will activate this command 88 Add to clipboard is almost the same as the copy command However with the copy command the newly selected text will replace the text that was copied before The add to clipboard command however will not erase the previously data from the clipboard when you use this command to copy the selected text It will keep the previously selected text and the new text that you have selected will also be added to the clipboard 5 2 8 Clear Clipboard To clear the clipboard press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on edit to select the edit menu Move to clear clipboard by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and then press Enter Or you can press e dots 1 5 in the edit menu as a shortcut Once you have executed the clear clipboard command everything on the clipboard will be erased When you are editing a document you can press Enter d dots 1 4 5 to activate this command 5 2 9 Select All The select all command will select all text within a document To activate this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on edit to enter into the edit menu You can move to select all by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and then press Enter on select all or press a dot 1 in the edit
310. e folder is in Mailbox and in e mail folder of File manager 1 1 1 8 4 4 2 Deleting Folder You can t delete Inbox Sent and Outbox But you can delete the added folders In order to delete the folder follow these steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu in mail lists of Inbox 3 It shows File 4 Press Space 4 move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e dots 1 5 5 It shows Select All 6 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 7 Press Enter Or press Backspace c dots 1 4 or Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 without calling the menu 8 It shows Folder lists 9 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to the folder that you want to delete 10 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Delete mailbox 11 Press Enter 12 It shows Delete folder name folder Yes 13 Press Enter 202 By pressing Space d dots 1 4 5 on the folder that you want to delete you can delete the folder If you want to cancel this function press Tab Space 4 5 on the Confirm move to Cancel And press Enter If you attempt to delete the inbox Sent and storagebox you will hear the warning sound to notify you of the error 8 4 4 3 Changing Folder Name You can t change folder na
311. e maximum number of items in the history list is 300 If the list exceeds 300 items the oldest item will be deleted automatically from the history list and the new item will be added as the first item on the list 11 4 9 Find This feature is similar to the function of find in the word processor The find dialog box will allow you to find text on the current web page In order to execute the find menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and go to the go to menu by pressing 271 Space 4 Then press Enter Go to find by pressing Space 4 and press Enter or you can press Space f dots 1 2 4 while the Web Browser is loaded When find is executed the dialog box that contains the edit window for entering text and the searching direction will appear As in any other dialog box you can press the tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to move from one control to another Enter the text to search for and select the search direction Then press Enter The Voice Sense will then find the text and move the cursor position to the text The default search direction is set to forward This means that the Voice Sense will search for the specified text from the current cursor position to the end of the page If you want to change the search direction select backward and then press Enter The selected
312. e sound and not the progress meter 6 When the file has been pasted successfully you will see the message xxx file pasted where xxx is the name of the file If the file is not pasted successfully you will hear xxx file not pasted After the file is pasted successfully you will also hear paste completed and you will be returned to the remote folder list The following steps should be used to copy a file from the remote folder list to the local folder list 1 After the FTP service has connected you can navigate through the remote folder just like in the file manager If you need to reference the navigation keys for the file manager please refer to chapter 3 in this manual 2 Once you have selected the files that you want to copy by pressing the Space you can open the FTP menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and then use Space 1 or Space 4 to navigate to copy and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Enter c dots 1 4 Note that you cannot copy folders to send to the local folder 3 Next open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 move to open local folder with Space 1 or Space 4 and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Enter o dots 1 3 5 After you have activated this function you will see the Disk list just like when you
313. e time with shortcut keys you can use the following commands 1 Time setting keys Move to 1 hour after Space 4 Move to 1 hour before Space 1 Move to 10 minutes after Space 5 Move to 10 minutes before Space 2 Move to 1 minute after Space 6 Move to 1 minute before Space 3 If you attempt to set the time to 0 the Voice Sense will display the message time of appointment If you do not want to set an alarm press Space 1 when alarm time is set to time of appointment Then alarm off will be displayed and the alarm for this appointment will be turned off After setting the alarm time save this appointment by pressing Enter or by pressing tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button and press Enter If you have set the alarm time it will go off at the specified time even if the Voice Sense is turned off If you want to stop the alarm press Backspace Enter 7 4 9 Setting a recurring Schedule 146 You can set this option when the schedule you are creating currently recurs periodically If you clear this check box the schedule will be set to occurring once You can check or uncheck this option by pressing Space That is if you press Space when this box is checked it will be unchecked and if you press Space when this box is unchecked it will be checked If you have unchecked this just press Enter or press tab Space 4 5 r
314. e to change the Braille mode in these documents If you press Enter to select a file that has the extensions of txt or doc it will open the file in what is currently set in view input grade of option menu After the file opens you can switch the Braille mode If you press Enter at the other file format you can select the file format Braille format or text format You can toggle between Braille format and text format by pressing the Space key Press Enter when the desired format is displayed If the Braille format is selected the document will be opened in Braille grade 2 And if the text format is selected the document will be opened in Braille mode that is currently set in view input grade of option menu In the word processor of the Voice Sense it is possible to open and work simultaneously with up to 10 files at one time If you already have one document open and you try to open another document the Voice Sense will ask you if you want to save changes to the document that is already open Then you can save the file Once you have completed saving the document an open dialog box will 79 appear However you will still have the two files open It only seems that you closed one without saving it With the new document open if you want to go to the previous document you can press shift tab Space 1 2 If you want to go back to the other document again press tab S
315. e will be canceled and the Voice Sense exit from option dialog In order to move between the items 1 through 6 press Space 1 or Space 4 But in order to move to confirm or cancel press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 If you press Enter on the begin button after you set all of the settings the Voice Sense will start to check spelling If you press Enter on the cancel button the spell check will be canceled Once spell check is executed the following dialog box will be displayed 1 Window to show the text it shows the sentence with the word to be checked currently The cursor will be located at the word that is to be checked currently Change word edit box it shows the word to be checked currently 94 You can input the correct word in edit box directly Recommendation word list if the word to be checked is not in the dictionary the Voice Sense will recommend words You can move from one recommended word to the next by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Skip once s if you press Enter on this button when a word is encountered that is not in the dictionary the word will not be modified You can also press the down arrow key in order to skip the word Skip all i if you press Enter on this button the word that is the same word as the currently focused word will not be modified and skipped
316. ead menu Or you can press Backspace g 1 2 4 5 when you open a web page 11 2 2 Read from Cursor to End This function will read the current page from the cursor to the end of the current page To execute it press Enter on read from cursor to end in the read menu Or you can press Enter g 1 2 4 5 when you open a web page 264 11 2 3 Auto Scroll This function will scroll the current page from the cursor to the end of the current page To execute the auto scroll function press Enter on auto scroll in the read menu Or you can press the up and down arrow keys simultaneously when you open a web page If you quit this function before the end of current page you can press Backspace Enter For a faster scroll during scrolling press Space 6 For a slower scroll during scrolling press the Space 3 11 3 Edit Edit menu is used to copy any part of the web page or add it to the clipboard In order to call up the edit menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 and press Enter on edit or press e dots 1 5 11 3 1 Start selection This command cannot be used on the controls in the web page but can be used on the text or on the edit box This means that it cannot be used on the links when setting the block but it can be used to make selection to make a block on the text or on the edit box of the bulletin board In order to
317. ed into the Voice Sense and will remain on the e mail server Use the following steps to set up spam e mail 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 Itshows Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 Now you are in the Spam Settings menu 209 Spam Settings contains the following 6 items Type List Add Modify Delete Close DAYN You can move among the items by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 In order to exit from Spam Settings move to the Close button and press enter or press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Type consists of 3 sub items Subject E mail address string and Host You can move among these sub items by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 The list will be displayed in a different form according to the sub item of the Type If you have selected Subject the list will be displayed as Subject Registered word 1 xx If you selected E mail address string it will be displayed as E mail address string Registered e mail ad
318. edit box name In the web browser the symbol EB may 12 be followed by an edit box without an edit box name Edit boxes that begin with the symbol EB are one line Ex EB name cursor in the address manager program or EB cursor Multi edit box MEB This also represents the edit box But you can type in more than one line in the edit box Ex MEB subject cursor in the e mail program Computer edit box CE It means there is an edit box to input ASCII Braille The edit box after this symbol should allow ASCII Braille to be typed in Ex CE to cursor in the email program Combo box CB It represents the combo box in which you can choose an item by pressing the up arrow key or the down arrow key Ex CB type in the open dialog box of the word processor program Edit combo box ECB You can choose the desired item by pressing the up or down arrow key or by directly typing in the item name Ex ECB file name cursor in the open dialog box of the word processor program Prompt button PB PB follows any question in which 13 you have to choose yes or no You can toggle between yes and no by pressing the Space or the Backspace button Ex When you exit from the word processor PB save yes Static box ST ST is
319. eeeceeeeeeeeeeseenseaaaes 154 7 9 2 Restore Schedule 00 cccccceceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 155 7 9 3 Setting Backup Option ccc cecccccneseeeeeeeeeeeeae ees 155 7 10 Setting Alarm Option iscisiccesescssiciiccccccccdecenscsstsiiheceiceesansereest 157 7 10 1 Alarm Duration 000cccccccceeee cess eteteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 157 XV 7 10 2 Alarm Repeat Interval Time ccccccecseeeeeeeae ees 157 7 10 3 Repetition Times cc cecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaees 158 TACA CONFI eea at a nace raid ea eer Add ool eS IU Se 158 MNOS CANCE osteo ete aa sed TE ss hasscedenenantatte 158 7 11 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook esseeeeeeeees 159 7 12 Hot Keys for the Schedule Managet ccccccceesseeeeeenees 159 8 E MAIL h en a p aaeeea AE AEEA 162 8 1 Executing E mail and E mail service management 163 8 1 1 Executing 6 Mailissiiececeanverccirduaienaienawes 163 8 1 2 Management e mail service information 164 8 2 Receiving and Sending E mail ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 172 8 2 1 Receiving E maill 0cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 172 8 2 2 Reading the Received E mail Messages 174 8 2 3 Writing 6 Mall scjcecisinccccsvaieannerenecsaarneeenetinieeea rience 179 8 3 Major features Of E maill cccccccsessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 189
320. eeeeaaeneeeeeees 485 20 15 UU iiini iaaa aaa anne 487 20 15 1 Calculator iat reer ee x cede ater dbbaeaneene 487 20 15 2 Setting time and date cc ccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees 488 20 15 3 Checking Date and Time ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 488 20 ASA Calan at scs a a a a 489 20 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary ccccccceesseeeeeeeeees 489 20 15 6 STOP Wate Missi eos sss eeaneents eects 489 20 15 7 Display network status 0 ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 490 20 15 8 Display power status ec ccceceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeees 490 20 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings 490 20 15 10 Format nidciscccccvetuiteccecuedersetatinuaedesadaetehceceu is wlecedeadedees educt 490 20 1921 1 SIGS TMK ooss sce a aa A eases cases es 490 20 15 12 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware 490 21 COMMAND SUMMARY FOR USB KEYBOARDS 491 21 1 Common Combination Keys ccccccceseeeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeeeeees 491 21 2 File Manag OF morroin ae e eana 492 21 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list 492 21 2 2 Navigation Keys in the File List ee 492 21 2 3 Item Folder or File Selection Keys 5 492 21 2 4 Hot Keys for the Command ccceceeeeeeeeeees 492 21 3 Word PrOGOSS OR occccii ice ievedecsint cicce cee needsdeanexstacnenentenuds
321. eeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeaaes 320 13 2 9 Serial Portorose ea e a eea leisy 320 13 2 6 Bluetooth keyboard service cccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 324 13 2 7 Bluetooth Printer service 325 xxii 13 2 8 Using Multiple Services Simultaneously 325 13 3 Hot keys in Bluetooth Managet ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 326 14 DATABASE MANAGER 6svssecsicccccvisnsusitindinnsnveaasessstencnaeriacs 327 14 1 Table Manager icsccsccssisciwcvenssdanesssensnnsqcncusdaonseenccecpecennssdedeuitens 328 14 1 T Add Table neen tans E 329 14 1 2 Modify Table a a 331 14 1 3 Delete table i e ccaishedds tenes tedecuceecsds ves hoe AAcetteneed dea 332 14 1 4 Set Default Table 00 00 ccc cee eeeceeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 333 14 2 Add Rectora oisinn aaaea aaa ataata aaia i 334 14 3 Search RecordS 2 sssiciceecc nce ee 335 14 4 List of Records Found ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 337 14 5 Setting Backup Option cccccccsseseescssseecceeneeeecessesseeenes 337 14 6 Backup Database ccs i2tececiic ects eee ied 338 14 7 Restore Database ccccccccccseteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 14 8 Hot Keys for Database Manager ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 15 EXTRAS iain nuns nine Aai 341 US GAINS bosses ese ccesaciacccccecetatacct cues aaea cons etade raahaa nainit ineeie 341 15 1 1 Sense Dice QamMe ccccccececceeceee esse eeeeesaaeeeeeeeseeaae
322. eeeeenneeees 124 6 4 2 Setting Searching Address Fields 006 125 6 4 3 Using Add Address In Search Address 126 6 5 Backing up and restoring the address list ccceeeee 126 6 5 1 Backup Address List cccccceceecceceseeeeeeeeeeeessaeees 126 6 5 2 Restore Address List c ccccccccececceceeeececeeaeeeeeeeeees 126 6 5 3 Setting Backup Option cc ceccc cess eeeeeeeeeeeeae ees 127 6 6 Commands in the Found ReCOIMdS ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 128 6 6 1 Find again acted dere ieeeus sachet versaad acdnaesenehatrnanaesagsaiane 128 6 6 2 Opening a home Page cccccceeeceeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 129 6 6 3 Editing Addresses ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 129 6 6 4 Deleting Addresses ccccccccceeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 130 6 6 5 Printing addresses 00 eee eee c cece eeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 131 6 6 6 Saving Addresses to a File ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 131 6 7 Importing and Exporting CSV ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 132 6 7 1 Importing CSV iene elas eocsiennd caine hewwstuania er cedsmaana 132 6 7 2 Exporting CSV fe rsscvstonee ces cnenctietnus ciess cui Seo AN oes 136 6 8 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 138 6 9 Hot Keys in the Address Manager ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1
323. ees 8 2241 Messages sh ire eree a e eee A E 8 2 2 Concept of the MenU sssssssssssssnnnnssnnnnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnn 9 2 2 1 Control Symbols on the Voice Sense c 12 2 3 Using the Function Keys cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeees 15 2 4 The AC Power Supply and the Battery Pack for the Voice DONS E E E E 16 2 5 Basic Explanation of Disks folders and files 18 2 6 Controlling the Volume Speed and the Pitch of Speech 18 2 7 How to type the character cecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 19 2 7 1 The ASCII table for a computer Braille input 20 2 7 2 Input Search for Control character ccceeeeeee 22 2 8 How to use the Virtual CUrSOF ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 23 2 9 Multi T ASKING ioei eneen eaaa etidi dn EEE 24 2 10 Switching Audio MOE ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseneenes 26 2 11 Switching Key lOCK snnanasssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenen nnmnnn 26 2 12 One Handed Mode ccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeneeeseeeeees 27 2 13 Using Typing Mode cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeesseeeeees 28 2 14 Common Combination Keys ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeees 28 3 GLOBAL OPTIONS innne asiain 31 3 1 Option Menu OVErview cccccceseeeeseseeeeseseeeeseeneeeesaeeeeseeanees 32 3 2 Option Menu in
324. efault setting is set to all in which the Voice Sense will say all punctuation marks and symbols The Space key allows you to cycle through all four of the setting values If you select off the Voice Sense will not say any punctuation marks The option punctuation will make the Voice Sense say only punctuation marks but the symbol option will say all symbols without saying punctuation marks If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 37 3 2 8 Keyboard Echo With this option you can decide how the Voice Sense will speak when you are typing The shortcut key is k dots 1 3 The setting values are on with characters and words on with characters on with words and off If you select the default on with characters and words you can hear each keystroke and a word right after it is completed If you select on with characters you can hear each keystroke letter by letter If you select the on with words option you can hear each word right aft
325. el key for any function 161 8 E mail The e mail program is used to communicate with others using the Internet In order to use the e mail program you must have your own e mail account which has been provided to you by your Internet service provider The e mail account that you have should support POP3 Post Office Protocol 3 and SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol You should check with your Internet service provider to make sure that your provider supports POP3 and SMTP Before you use the e mail program you will need to setup the Voice Sense to use the Internet which is in the Utilities menu In order to set the Internet follow these steps 1 Press Enter on the Utilities program 2 Move to Internet setup and Press Enter Or press I dots 2 4 3 In Setup internet you will find Wireless LAN LAN Modem ADSL and Bluetooth DUN 4 You can move between the items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 5 Press Enter on the item that you want to connect 6 Connect to Internet through setting proceed When checking the inbox in the email program the menus are different from the menus that are used when you are writing an email You should read this chapter carefully before you use the e mail program on the Voice Sense 162 8 1 Executing E mail and E mail service management To use the e mail program you have to regi
326. em amp Bluetooth DUN setup eee 444 1758 4 ADSL Setup iiesiseusiissamsea a A 446 17 9 Display Network Status c cccceceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 447 17 10 Display power status cccccceeeessseeeeeeeseeeseaeeeesseeseeeenaaees 448 17 11 Backup Restore personalized settings cccceeee 448 17 12 Menu Manager ceccncsyistoteSecndecccdinsis Vedevoonakinieedee cess nennen 450 1713 Format eee ee a a a ee sD A nee a 451 17 13 1 Formatting the disk 0 cccccccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaees 451 17 14 Set Sleep Tuner cicirenna euii daaa anaana 452 17 15 Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware cccccceessseeeeeeeeeeneeees 453 17 15 1 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware Using the DRUG RING oe asset ttc aac sees e oe Lah ddd a eai TE 453 17 15 2 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware from a Disk 454 17 16 Hot Keys for Utilities et cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeneeees 455 18 USING THE HELP MENU sis icciecck iene cine kein 459 19 USING ACTIVESYNC wi seewccssececeee i oer ticdapnncceeereee 462 19 1 What is ActiveSync iicccicsscccicccciniuicvevdeseasktnnendsdevsvevieciensiaan 462 19 2 Connecting the Voice Sense to a PC ssassssnssssnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnns 462 19 3 Setting up the Voice Sense in the ActiveSync Program 462 19 4 Transferring Files to the Voice Sense Via ActiveSync 463 20 COMMAND SUMMARY cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeee
327. en press Enter on mark Use Space 4 to move to set mark and then press Enter Or press m dots 1 3 4 when you are in the mark menu The set mark dialog box will then open which will ask you to enter mark name Enter the number of the mark that you want to insert between 1 1 000 12 4 4 Move to Mark Without using the menu you can move to the next or previous mark by pressing Space 6 or Space 3 during play pause You can also move to the mark you want by pressing Enter j dots 2 4 5 You can also access this feature in the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or by pressing F2 You can then use Space 4 to move to 299 mark and press Enter Or you can press j dots 2 4 5 when you are in the mark menu If you activate the move to mark function you will find the edit box asking mark name to move to Here you can type in the mark name that you want to go to Make sure that you have already set a mark Otherwise you will not be able to move to a mark 12 4 5 Deleting a Mark Without using the menu you can activate the delete mark function by pressing Space d dots 1 4 5 You can also activate this function by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Then use Space 4 to move to mark and press Enter Then use Space 4 to move to delete mark and press Enter
328. ense brain game press enter on Sense brain game or press R 15 1 2 2 Game menu There are 5 menus in Sense brain game 4 game menus Memory game Reverse game Chase a criminal and Multiplication table and View ranking menu To start game press enter on a game you want You can see your record in View ranking menu 15 1 2 3 Playing game When you start each game you can hear opening sound and instruction Press enter to start game or press space to listen to the instruction again 342 15 1 2 4 Memory game When the game is started you can hear numbers or alphabets one by one Take stage 1 For instance it will say 3 numbers one by one Memorize these numbers When it says Type the answer write the numbers in the order and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Answering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If your score is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your ID Write your name and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press space e or space z to skip it Finally it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 5 Reverse game When the game is started you can hear numbers or alphabets one by one
329. enu New document Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Open Enter o dots 1 3 5 Save Enter s dots 2 3 4 Save as Space s dots 2 3 4 Close current document Space q dots 1 2 3 4 5 Settings Enter e dots 1 5 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 2 Edit menu Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Cut Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Delete Space d dots 1 4 5 Delete blank lines Backspace e dots 1 5 Add to clipboard Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Clear clipboard Enter d dots 1 4 5 Select All Enter a dot 1 Insert from file Enter i dots 2 4 Insert date Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Insert time Backspace w dots 2 4 5 6 Toggle insert overwrite mode Space i dots 2 4 Check spelling Enter k dots 1 3 117 Check spelling of the current word Backspace k dots 1 3 3 Go to menu Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Replace Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Go to location Enter dots 1 2 3 Go to previous page Space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 Go to next page Space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 Set mark Enter m dots 1 3 4 Go to mark Enter j dots 2 4 5 Go to previous document Space 1 2 or Space F3 Go to next document Space 4 5 or F3 4 Read menu Read selected text Backspace b dots 1 2 Read beginning of selected text Enter u dots 1 3 6 Read from beginning to cursor Backspace g dots 1 2 4 5 Read from cursor to end Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Auto scroll up down arrow keys Read status Space 3 4
330. enu Or you can use F4 or Space e 1 5 The followings are way to follow User using User Search dialog box 1 If Global search dialog box is launched Search word edit box appears You can type the desired User Id or name on this edit box 2 If you press Enter searching tweet starts with Searching message 3 If search is successful immediately search results appear When there is no search result No search results 366 message will be displayed and you will go to the Search word edit box 4 In the search result list you can move to user whom you want to follow by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 5 Press Backspace a and then you can follow focused user 16 2 8 3 Use Search word list dialog box Search word list saves search word used frequently and help you search tweets and User Id quickly To call up the Search word list dialog box press Backspace w dots 2 4 5 6 or call up the menu enter sub menu of Search move to the Search word list and press Enter Search word list dialog box consists of 6 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Word list It displays search words saved 2 Global search You can search tweets with focused words using this button 3 User search You can search user with focused words 4 Add search
331. epeatedly to move to the confirm button and press Enter to save the schedule If you want to set recurrence schedule you should press Space and then press tab Space 4 5 or Enter to move to the combo box where you can set the recurrence pattern In this combo box you can select one of daily weekly monthly and yearly We will discuss these options in more detail in the next section 7 4 9 1 Daily If you select daily and press tab Space 4 5 the focus will move to recurring interval of day edit box Here you can enter the number of days after which the appointment recurs You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you enter 1 the appointment recurs every day and if you enter 2 it recurs every other day One thing you have to be careful when you use this is that the difference between the starting and end date should be shorter than the recurring interval value For example suppose that the appointment starts at 09 00 Feb 1 2006 and ends at 12 00 Feb 2 2006 If you set the recurring interval to 1 you will get an error message The appointment duration should be shorter than the recurring interval This is because it is logically impossible that the appointment duration is 27 hours and the appointment recurs 24 hours This rule is applied in the same way when you set weekly monthly or yearly recurring appoints If you press tab Space 4 5 after s
332. er Or you can press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 the hotkey for table manager When the table manager dialog box is opened the table name edit box will be focused In this list box you can move to the name of the table you want to delete by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly and press d dots 1 4 5 the shortcut key for the delete table button Or you can press tab Space 4 5 repeatedly to move to the delete table button and press Enter Then delete table Yes will be displayed If you want to delete press Enter and if you want to cancel press Space to select no and press Enter 14 1 4 Set Default Table When you set a table as the default table whenever the database manager is started the table will be activated and you will be placed in the search dialog You can search and add fields on this table If you have registered more than one table and there is a table you use more frequently than the others it may be convenient for you to set this table as the default table However if no table has been set as the default table the table that was used the last time will be activated when the database manager is started To set a table as the default table press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu and press Enter on table manager Or you can also press Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 the hotkey for table manager The
333. er Play Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Space 1 3 or Space 1 2 3 Move to the last phrase Space 4 6 or Space 4 5 6 Increase the speed dots 3 4 5 Decrease the speed dots 1 2 6 Increase the volume Space up arrow key Decrease the volume Space down arrow key Move by Phrase Move to the next phrase dot 6 or short press next button Move to the previous phrase dot 3 or short press previous button Move to the next fifth phrase dot 4 Move to the previous fifth phrase dot 1 Move by page Move to the next page Space 3 4 5 Move to the previous page Space 1 2 6 Go to the page Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Move by level Move up dot 2 Move down dot 5 Set to prior level dots 2 3 Set to next level dots 5 6 Move by heading Move to the next heading Space 5 or long press next button Move to the previous heading Space 2 or long press previous button 304 Move to the last heading Space 5 6 Move to the first heading Space 2 3 Heading Find heading Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Check the currently reading level and heading Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Scan the heading list from the present to the end Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Move to Specific Heading Enter h dots 1 2 5 Find Phrase Space s dots 2 3 4 Set mark Set mark at current position Enter m dots 1 3 4 Move to the next mark Space 6 Move to the previous mark Space 3 Delete mark Space
334. er on backup or restore button the dialog box will be closed If you press a backup button it lets you hear a list in which you can select a path where to store a backup file It shows up flashdisk as default values Here you move to disk or folder where you want to store a file by using navigation key in a file manager program And you select a folder or disk by pressing Space press Enter it turns up that a backup file is stored in selected folder Each one of these options has its own backup file This means that when you backup each of the 5 options it will generate 5 backup files If you need to store a backup file in a root of disk refer to this way When it comes out a name of disk you press Enter after selecting a disk by pressing Space If you press a restore button it lets you see a list in which you can select a path where to restore a backup file A way how to move or select a folder or disk is the same as backup If you select a folder that is not back upped you can be seen a message which tells that there is no backup option file If you cold reset your Voice Sense or its battery is fully discharged the main option settings and settings for each program will be lost and initialized to the default values If you backup options using this program right before you cold reset you can restore the option settings you set previously 449 17 12 Menu Manager
335. er date you can type the date in the format mm dd yyyy or use the move by date hotkeys If you press Enter after entering the date the appointments occurring on the day will be shown If there is no appointment on that day There is no schedule registered will be announced Otherwise the first appointment on that day will be announced in the form of date time and subject If the appointment lasts for more than one day continuous schedule will be announced If the appointment recurs recurring schedule will be announced If you registered more than one appointment for that day you can move between the appointments on that day by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you want to move to the first appointment on a day you can press Space 1 3 and if you want to move to the last appointment on the day press Space 4 6 To move to the appointments on another day press Space 2 or Space 5 Then the previous next appointment occurring within four months will be displayed If you want to move to the first appointment registered in the schedule manager press Space 1 2 3 and if you want to move to the last appointment registered in the schedule manager press Space 4 5 6 If you want to know more about a registered appointment press Enter on the desired appointment item Then if you press Space 1 or Space 4 151 you can hear the start date star
336. er it is completed but not each letter You can cycle through each of the options by pressing the Space key If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 9 Capitalization alert You can decide how the Voice Sense will speak the capital character when you type the character or read the document by using Space 3 or Space 6 in computer edit box or ASCII mode The shortcut key is u dots 1 3 6 The setting values are off say cap and pitch The default value is off If you select the default read the same regardless of capital letter and lower case letter And if you select the say cap you will hear cap sound before the capital letter For example when you meet the capital letter V Voice Sense will talk cap v And if you select the pitch you will hear higher pitch when meet the capital letter You can cycle through each of the options by pressing the Space key If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the settin
337. er values of these options the Voice Sense can record sound longer although the sound quality may not be as good as when these options are set to higher values You can change these values by pressing Space When you record the file using the external microphone you must set to external mic the record mode And when you record the file using the line in cable you must set to line in the record mode And when you record the file using internal microphone you must set to internal mic the record mode The set folder allows you to set the default folder where the recorded files will be saved Its default value is set to flashdisk media record To specify a different folder press Enter on set folder and the same dialog box as the open folder dialog box will be displayed Select a folder in the same way as in the open folder dialog box If you save the changed settings and exit from this dialog box press Enter after changing all of the options you want to change or move to the confirm button and press Enter If you want to cancel the changes you made press Enter on the cancel button or press Space e dots 1 5 9 3 6 4 Effect Settings Dialog Box Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 in media player program move to Settings menu and press Enter By pressing Space 4 move to Effect settings Pres
338. er way of opening a file is using the menu You can press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu Then press the letter o dots 1 3 5 or you can press Enter on the item named open The file formats that are supported by the Voice Sense are as follows 1 Hbl brl txt pwd brf rtf pdf epub and doc files are supported by the word processor on the Voice Sense 2 Url and html files are supported by the web browser on the Voice Sense 3 ac3 asf asx m3u mp2 mp3 ogg pls wav wax wma flac midi and wmv files are supported by the media player on the Voice Sense 4 Daisy files are supported by the Daisy player on Voice Sense If you press Enter on a file type other than those mentioned above the open with dialog box appears because the file type is not associated with a program Also you can bring up the open with dialog box through the menu By using the open with menu item you can open the currently selected file with a program other than the program originally associated with it First press Space m dots 1 3 4 to bring up the menu press Space 4 repeatedly until you reach open with and then press Enter You can also open the dialog box by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 in the file list or by pressing e dots 1 5 in the menu This dialog box consists of the open with list the adopt list a confirm butt
339. ess Enter on mark The mark menu has following submenus 9 3 5 1 Set Mark If you set to mark while listening to audio file after calling the menu and press Enter on mark And then move to set mark and press Enter Also you can run this function by press Backspace m dots 1 3 4 without calling the menu Mark can be inserted up to 1000 The number of the mark will be automatically identified 9 3 5 2 Move to Mark You can move to next or previous mark by pressing Backspace dot 6 or Backspace dot 3 You can also move to a mark by using menu Call up the menu by press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to mark And then press Enter on mark And move to the previous mark or the next mark and press Enter You can also move to a mark by the mark number 1 Call up the menu and press Enter on mark And then move to move to mark 2 Press Enter on move to mark Or press Backspace j dots 2 4 5 without calling the menu 3 Input the mark number in the edit box of move to mark and press Enter 4 If you input non existing mark number the edit box of move to mark will be displayed again after Mark x does not exist message 9 3 5 3 Delete Mark You can delete a mark 241 1 Call up the menu and press Enter on mark And then move to delete mark 2 Press Enter
340. ess tab Space 4 5 or F3 or shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 on the file list you will enter into an address window For your convenience the file manager provides you with menus and hot keys The menus will appear when you press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 It is possible to format the flashdisk which will erase everything on the flashdisk Be extremely cautious when executing this command If you execute this command you will loose all of your data You will NOT be able to get this data back once the command has been executed To format the flashdisk press Space 1 2 3 While holding down Space 1 2 3 quickly press and release the reset button Continue pressing Space 1 2 3 until you hear the flashdisk formatting 4 1 1 Navigating the File List 54 There are two kinds of lists that you will see when using the Voice Sense The lists are file list and the menu list When you reach the end of the menu list the Voice Sense will automatically bring you back to the top of the list when you press Space 4 However when you reach the end of a file list the Voice Sense will remain at the end of the file list even if you press Space 4 The following is a list of the navigation keys Move to previous item Up arrow key Space 1 Move to next item Down arrow key Space 4 Move to the beginning of a list Ctrl home Space
341. ess list will be appended to the current address list If you press Space 4 once and press Enter on overwrite you will install the new backup file erasing the old backup file For example let us assume that you have three records in your address list and you have ten addresses in your backup file If you select append you will have 13 records in your address list In this case three addresses could possibly be redundant If you select overwrite you will have 10 addresses backed up and the three original addresses will be deleted If you don t want either append or overwrite press Space 4 locate cancel and press Enter on it 6 5 3 Setting Backup Option To backup your address list you can do it manually using the backup address list function You can also backup your address list automatically by using the set backup option To activate the set backup option function press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open up the menu Then press Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly to locate set backup option Then press Enter on it Or you can press e dots 1 5 in the menu to go to set backup option You can also activate the function without opening up the menu by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 If you activate the function you will see a dialog box The dialog box has three controls backup mode radio button a confi
342. et connection the streaming audio file will be stopped playing You can use following playback commands in Web Browser while playing any streaming audio file 1 Play Play button on the front panel 2 Stop Stop button on the front panel 3 Turn up the volume Space up arrow key 4 Turn down the volume Space down arrow key Playback of a streaming audio file does not stop if you switch to another program until you press the stop button on the front panel after you come back to Web Browser 285 You can download real audio files but not play them in the Web Browser 11 8 Hot keys in the Web Browser File Menu Open URL Enter u dots 1 3 6 Open Enter o dots 1 3 5 Save as Space s dots 2 3 4 Information Enter dots 2 4 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Read Menu Read from beginning to cursor Backspace g dots 1 2 4 5 Read from cursor to end Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Auto scroll Up arrow key down arrow key Edit menu Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Add to clipboard Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Copy URL Backspace d dots 1 4 5 Copy link Backspace l dots 1 2 3 Go to menu Go to the home page Backspace h dots 1 2 5 Go to the previous page Backspace Space 3 or Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 Go to the next page Backspace Space 6 or Backspace n dots 1 3 4 5 Go to previous heading Backspace b dots 1 2 Go to next heading Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Go t
343. et teeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeaees 278 11 7 Read Page canteens rereeciw irene 279 11 7 1 Moving Between Controls 0 ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 279 11 7 2 MOVING to a Form sicsvssssicncs cceee Saeed etesseticcsssnaeavecatneens 281 XX 7S Br e nS gece Pere one e yee ene steer Meee rrr 282 11 7 4 Move to the Frame cc ccc cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 284 11 7 5 Playback of Streaming Audio Files 00 285 11 8 Hot keys in the Web BrowSel scceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeees 286 11 9 What the Web Browser Does Not Suppoft 008 288 12 DAISY PLAYER zessin a aa rE 289 12 1 Components of the DAISY Player cccesssseeeeeeeeeeseeees 290 PAPA FUG AA E A EA 291 122 1 Open DAISY i e E 291 12 2 2 Voice SOUINGS seis i areca iccudaadastasiivdetecd aleastavncetoveaedeaudeeeiys 292 12 2 3 BOOKHIATO cree e A EE 294 12 2 4 Exit a a a head nin S ih eseceae 294 12 3 DOCUIMGING iciccics so esscs ection hk ete ieee 295 12 3 1 Play and Pause vieeaiiiiiitivescmeeniiuand diene 295 12 3 2 Move by Phrase cccccccccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeenaes 295 12 3 3 Move by Page iiciics iercticccis eagsiiivad bvecdaesavderevesscegundoudeheihs 296 12 3 4 Move by Level 0ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeseaaes 296 12 3 5 Move by Time Index 0ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeenaes 296 12 3 6 Move by Text Index ccc
344. etting the recurring interval the recurrence end date check box appears By default it s unchecked which indicates that there is no apparent end date when the recurrence will stop If you check this box by pressing Space and press tab Space 4 5 the focus will move to the edit combo box 147 that asks for the end date Enter the date when the recurrence will stop You can directly type the date or you can set the date as described in 7 3 Setting date time Once you set the date press tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button 7 4 9 2 Weekly After you set the recurrence to weekly press tab Space 4 5 to move to the recurring interval edit box Here you can set after how many weeks the appointment will recur You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you set it to 1 the appointment will recur every week and if you set it to 2 it will recur every other week The restriction on the recurring interval as in daily is applied to weekly If the recurring interval is one week the appointment duration should be shorter than one week Otherwise you will get an error message The appointment duration should be shorter than the recurring interval If you press tab Space 4 5 after entering the recurring interval the focus will move to a list box where you can select the day of the week on which the appointment recurs You can move between the items in the
345. etween on and off press Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 25 Power Saving Mode You can choose to have the Voice Sense use the power saving mode The shortcut key is p dots 1 2 3 4 The default setting is set 46 to on which will use the power saving mode The Space key switches between on off and message If you don t want to use the power saving mode you can set the option to off If you set the option to message you will hear a warning message that says power on in 10 20 or 30 minute increments depending on the setting that you will choose for power saving kick in if you have not pressed any keys on the Voice Sense The next section explains how to change the power saving kick in to 10 20 or 30 minutes If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you d
346. ext answer Space 4 Space or down arrow key Move to the previous answer Space 1 Backspace or up arrow key 4 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the previous record Space 1 or up arrow key Move to the last record Space 4 5 6 Move to the first record Space 1 2 3 Move to the next field Space 5 Move to the previous field Space 2 Move to previous same field different record Space 3 Move to next same field different record Space 6 Move to the last field Space 4 6 Move to the first field Space 1 3 20 13 Extras 20 13 1 Game Skip record space e space z 20 14 Social networking 20 14 1 Twitter Sign Out Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Personal Information Enter dots 2 4 Save Current Timeline Space s dots 2 3 4 Home Timeline Enter h dots 1 2 5 Friend Timeline Enter f dots 1 2 4 User Timeline Enter u dots 1 3 6 Current User Timeline Backspace u dots1 3 6 Mention Timeline Enter m dots 1 3 4 Retweet By Me Backspace b dots 1 2 Retweet To Me Backspace t dots 2 3 4 5 482 Retweet Of Me Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Tweet Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Remove Tweet Space d dots 1 4 5 Retweet Enter e dots 1 5 Reply Enter y dots 1 3 4 5 6 Add To Favorite Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Favorite List Enter dots 1 2 3 Send Direct Message Enter s dots 2 3 4 Sent Direct Message Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Received Direct Message Backspace r do
347. eys for Commands While in the Playback menu Play Enter Play button Previous track Dot 3 Previous button Next track Dot 6 Next button 249 Back 5 track Dots 2 3 Forward 5 track Dots 5 6 First track Dots 1 3 Last track Dots 4 6 Volume up Space up arrow key Volume down Space down arrow key Speed up Dots 3 4 5 Slow down Dots 1 2 6 Pause continue Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Change time index dot 2 or dot 5 Move to next position by time index and play dot 4 Move to previous position by time index and play dot 1 Delete play list during stop Space d dots 1 4 5 3 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Record Dialog Box Call up the record dialog box Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Record button Record Record button Pause continue recording Space Record button Play Play button Pause continue play Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button 4 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Position Menu Set bookmark Enter m dots 1 3 4 Delete bookmark Enter d dots 1 4 5 Jump to bookmark Enter j dots 2 4 5 Go to position Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 5 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Mark Set mark Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Move to mark Backspace j dots 2 4 5 Move to previous mark Backspace dot 3 Move to next mark Backspace dot 6 Delete mark Backspace d dots 1 4 5 250 Mark manager Backspace k dots 1 3 6 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Setting Menu Configuration dialog box Backspace c
348. f But Stand by and Ignore execute when the voice setting is set to On The shortcut key is m dots 1 3 4 The setting options that you can choose from are standby ignore and 1 to 10 seconds The default is 3 seconds The Space key increases the option by one second and the Backspace key decreases the option by one second You can set the unit to standby mode by pressing the Space key until you reach stand by In this mode the message will remain until you press a key The higher value you select the longer the message remains If you read the message before setting the number of seconds you can clear the message by pressing any key If you choose ignore then messages will be ignored and won t show on the display If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Y to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 6 Voice This function appears when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille SyncBraille is sold separately You can choose voice on or off when you use the Voice Sense with SyncBril
349. f in order to organize books into categories Each category can be compared to what are called folders on the Voice Sense The books in each section can be compared to what are called files on the Voice Sense You can save files into any folders at your convenience If you make the proper folder names for files you are saving it will make it easier to find saved files when you need to access them later When the Voice Sense is shipped from the factory the name of the flash memory in the Voice Sense is called flashdisk You can create folders on this flashdisk in any way that you prefer You can also expand your memory space by adding additional memory devices such as a compact flash memory card in the CF slot or SD card in the SD slot The default name of the CF card is CFD The SD card is called SD If you decide to add any of these memory devices you will be able to create folders and save files on the additional memory devices 2 6 Controlling the Volume Speed and the Pitch of Speech You can change the volume speed and pitch of speech used on the Voice Sense To change the volume you can press BackSpace F4 to raise the volume Press BackSpace F1 to lower the volume To make changes in the reading speed you 18 can press Space F4 to make the reading faster Press Space F1 to make the reading speed slower In order to make changes in pitch press Enter F4 for a
350. f the Voice Sense To access the help file press F1 to go to the program menu and use 459 Space 4 repeatedly until you find help Then press Enter on help Then press Enter on Help overview The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor When you are reading the manual on the Voice Sense you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 type the text you wish to find and then press Enter You can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have previously searched for by pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 The section Basic functions help gives an explanation of the Global options functions and common function and how to use them To access the help file press F1 to go to the program menu and use Space 4 repeatedly until you find help Then press Enter on help Then press Enter on Basic functions help The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor Remember that when you are reading the manual on the Voice Sense you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 type the text you wish to find and then press Enter You can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have previously searched for by pressing Enter f dots 1 2 4 The remaining sections cover each of the functions of the
351. f the official Braille codes that are used for Braille in those countries for various purposes viz literary material English Braille American Edition mathematics and scientific notation Nemeth Code and computer notation Computer Braille Code The short cut key of the Braille code is c dots 1 4 The default setting is set to US If you want to change to UEBC you need to press Space If you have changed the setting press Enter to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 Note If you change the Braille Code option while you are editing Braille in the Word Processor current written Braille would be changed to different meanings in text In order to avoid this situation 35 the Braille Code option needs to be changed before launching the Word Processor 3 2 5 Message Display Time This function appears when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille SyncBraille is sold separately You can choose when a Braille message will disappear from the Braille display This setting will only work when the voice setting is set to of
352. f the table the Voice Sense shows the table number and the number of rows and columns on the table For example there are two big tables we call these upper level tables on one web page Each table has 3 sub tables we call these lower level tables with 3 rows and 2 columns on each In this case when the Voice Sense shows the first sub table on the second big table it displays table 2 1 3 rows 2 columns At the end of the sub table the Voice Sense will display table 2 1 If the table consists of only 1 row and 1 column or empty space that has only border or background such tables are not considered tables in the Voice Sense The Voice Sense provides a way to move table by table and cell by cell in order for the user to comprehend the structure of the table In order to move cell by cell the cell position and contents of the cell will be displayed However the position information will only be announced in voice 282 For example if you have move to a cell that is positioned on the second row and third column and the content of the cell is news the Voice Sense will announce row 2 cell 3 news In this case row 2 cell 3 will be announced in voice only If a table is included in the cell the Voice Sense will announce table cell If there is not a table in the cell you will hear empty cell In the table cell if you want to move to any cell within the lower level
353. f you are in the local folder list this menu will be changed to move remote folder 8 Select all 9 Information NOORWNS In the next few sections we will discuss the various FTP functions Please note that while sending data to and from the remote Bluetooth device the remote Bluetooth device may still need to give access permission to the Voice Sense Please consult the documentation for the remote Bluetooth device for details 13 2 3 1 Copy and Paste These functions will allow you to copy and paste files between the local folder and the remote folder You can use the following steps to move files from a local folder to the remote folder 313 1 After you connect to the FTP service you will be in the remote folder list While in the remote folder list you should press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the FTP menu Then you should press Space 1 or Space 4 to navigate to open local folder and press Enter You can also press o dots 1 3 5 while in the menu or you can press Enter o dots 1 3 5 without having to call up the menu After activating this function you will hear open local folder Then you will be taken to the Disk list that appears in file manager You will be taken to flashdisk by default but if you have a CF memory card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to them by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Just like navigating in t
354. ff program will not be displayed If you want to use the program again execute the Menu manager and press the Space to change to on And press the Reset button to reset the Voice Sense When the Voice Sense reboots itself the program will be displayed 17 13 Format To use the Voice Sense you may need to format This program can be found in the Utilities menu You can execute this program by pressing f in the Utilities menu When you format Voice Sense all information is erased Therefore before you format Voice Sense you are advised to backup important data 17 13 1 Formatting the disk To execute format the disk two methods are discussed separately below First you can format the disk in utilities program 1 Goto the Format in utilities program 2 Pressing Enter it will be focused in the Disk flashdisk 3 Press Enter 4 Format flashdisk memory Yes will appear on the Braille display 5 Press Enter 6 All data will be lost Continue Yes will appear on the Braille display 7 Now formatting flashdisk memory will appear on the Braille display and format is started 8 After you have completed the format return to the Disk list 451 If you want to cancel the format press the Space press the Enter on No in step 4 or 6 Also Format of CF SD and USB memory is available in the same method If you inserted t
355. files share in File manager also you can use files like your files sharing files between Voice Sense or other computers connected to the network In other words you can access to other shared computers and copy files to the Voice Sense or edit files with word processor and in case of media files you can play immediately In addition you can share folder of Voice Sense connected to the network and then access to the shared files of Braille Voice Sense with other computers There are 2 ways to use LAN wireless LAN in order to connect Voice Sense to the network So you can set connection easily and quickly In case of using LAN once you connect LAN to the Voice Sense you can find and access the shared files of other computers connected to the network But in case of using wireless LAN it is possible to the access to the shared files only your computer and the connected computer are in same layer It means that you can t search for the computer connected to A router if you are connected to B router wireless LAN which is sub connection of A router If you want detailed LAN wireless LAN setting refer to Setup Internet of Utilities in this user manual 71 4 4 1 Search for shared computers and add the network list When you execute File Manager you will see network list on disk list Network list consists of the shared folder list of computer registered On network disk you can access to the registered computer s shared folder or re
356. five items 4 2 1 Selecting Disks When you open the file manager the first item on the list is flashdisk If you inserted the CF memory or SD card in CF card slot or SD card slot CF memory card and SD card will be listed on this list Any of the disks can be selected by using the up and down arrows Space 1 or Space 4 You can also use the arrow keys to choose one of the disks After selecting the disk you want press Enter to open the disk you have selected 4 2 2 Getting in and Out of a Folder Opening Closing a Folder 1 There are several ways to open a folder You can utilize a menu to get into a specific folder 1 You can call up a menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 You will have to choose the menu item called open from the list and press Enter to get into a selected folder 2 You can also press Enter o dots 1 3 5 to call up the menu to open a desired folder 3 Another way to open a selected folder is by just pressing Enter on the folder that is selected 2 Toclose the current folder you can use the Backspace key Then you will be at the next upper level folder list 4 2 3 Opening a File You can open a file by pressing Enter on the item that is displayed You can also use Enter o dots 1 3 5 to open a file or folder The 57 Voice Sense will load the appropriate application or program to open the file you have chosen Anoth
357. folder 16 2 10 Hot Keys for Twitter Sign Out Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Personal Information Enter dots 2 4 Save Current Timeline Space s dots 2 3 4 Home Timeline Enter h dots 1 2 5 Friend Timeline Enter f dots 1 2 4 370 User Timeline Enter u dots 1 3 6 Current User Timeline Backspace u dots1 3 6 Mention Timeline Enter m dots 1 3 4 Retweet By Me Backspace b dots 1 2 Retweet To Me Backspace t dots 2 3 4 5 Retweet Of Me Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Tweet Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Remove Tweet Space d dots 1 4 5 Retweet Enter e dots 1 5 Reply Enter y dots 1 3 4 5 6 Add To Favorite Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Favorite List Enter dots 1 2 3 Send Direct Message Enter s dots 2 3 4 Sent Direct Message Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Received Direct Message Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Follow User Backspace a dot 1 Following Backspace dots 1 2 3 Followers Backspace e dots 1 5 Global Search Space f dots 1 2 4 User Search Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Search Word List Backspace w dots 2 4 5 6 Next List Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Refresh Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Move to the next tweet Space 4 Move to the previous tweet Space 1 Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Space 1 2 3 Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Space 4 5 6 Move to the previous 32 list Space 1 2 6 Move to the next 32 list Space 3 4 5 Move to the previous list up scro
358. followed by the current status Ex ST noname hbl insert mode write in the word processor program Link LN It means there is a link in the web page Anchor ANC It means there is an anchor in the web page Radio button RB It represents a radio button which allows you to choose an item by pressing the up arrow key down arrow key space or Backspace Also it cycles between items when pressing this key Ex RB attribute write in the information dialog box of the file manager Radio button select SRB It means that the radio button is selected in the web browser Radio button unselect URB It means that the radio button is not selected in the web browser Check box check SCHB It means that the check box is selected Check box uncheck UCHB It means that the check box is not selected 14 Links anchors and radio buttons are controls that are only used in the web browser The symbols enable you to understand what type of box or menu you are working with For example if menu menu item or list item are heard in front of a list you can move from one item to the next item or previous item by pressing the up or down arrow keys If edit combo box edit box combo box multi edit box are heard you will input the desired letters If BT is heard you can press Enter to push
359. for saving recorded files please do as follows 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call menu and press Enter at file 2 Press Enter at record settings Or press Backspace s dots 2 3 4 without calling menu 257 3 Then the record dialog box will be opened and recoding type mp3 is announced 4 Press Space 4 5 to move to record folder 5 Then record folder flashdisk media radio is displayed Press Enter 6 Then the list in the FM radio folder will be displayed Press Backspace to move to upper level folder and press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to desired folder 7 Press Space at the desired folder and press Enter 8 Then record folder Changed folder is announced 9 Press Space 4 5 to move to confirm button and press Enter In the record settings dialog box you can set recording type sample rate bit per channel and channel In order to change the recording type you press the Space And then you can select between wav and mp3 In order to change the sample rate and bit per channel press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the desired item to be changed when sampling rate 8000Hz is displayed At the desired item press Space and change the value After you change all items as you desire press Space 4 5 to move to confirm button and press Enter If the v
360. for the command Open URL Ctrl l Open Ctrl o Save as Ctrl s Page information Alt Enter Exit Alt f4 Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Ctrl Shift Enter Auto scroll Ctrl shift a Copy selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add clipboard Ctrl Ins Copy URL Alt d Copy link address Alt l Go to the home page Alt h Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow Go to the next page Alt Right arrow Go to previous text Ctrl F5 Go to next text Ctrl F6 Go to previous heading Alt b or Ctrl F3 Go to next heading Alt f or Ctrl F4 Refresh Ctrl r Open the history list Ctrl h Check the address of the selected title in the history list Ctrl shift i Find Ctrl f Find again F3 or ctrl f Links list Alt i Register as your home page Ctrl s 503 Add to favorites Alt a Favorites list Ctrl l 21 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser Turn up the volume Shift up arrow Turn down the volume Shift down arrow 21 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages Move to the previous control Shift tab Move to the next control Tab Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow Move to the previous form Ctrl F1 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow Move to the next cell Ctrl Shift Right arrow Move to
361. ful a Refreshing Home Timeline message will be displayed After a little moment Tweet Window appears If the Voice Sense is not connected to the Internet Please check your internet connection message will be displayed and back to the ID computer edit box 16 2 2 2 Sign out and Exit Sign Out is a function to close Twitter program launched with current account and return to Sign In dialog box In order to launch Sign Out functions press hot key Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 or press Enter on Sign out menu located on the sub menu of File by calling up the menu 349 If you want to exit Twitter program press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or press Exit menu located on the sub menu of File by calling up the menu 16 2 3 Twitter window If you successfully sign in first Twitter window will appear Twitter window consists of 10 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 The followings are compositions of Twitter Window 1 Timeline This represents tweet or retweet of your follows in the newest registration order Timeline appears A writer Id Tweet as follows himsintl Hello This is HIMS International In case of Mention it appears Sender ID receiver Id Tweet as follows Kimjk himsintl Hello In case of
362. function and then move to the field you want to change by using the Space 2 or the Space 5 repeatedly until you arrive at the field that you want to change Then press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu and select modify address Then press Enter or you can press Enter m dots 1 3 4 which is the hot key You can now enter new information for that field After you have finished entering the information press Enter The Voice Sense will save the changes that have been made and you will be returned to the first field of the record 129 To save the changes that have been made and exit from edit address mode move to confirm by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 and then press Enter In order to exit from edit mode without saving the changes that have been made move to cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 and press Enter You can also exit from the modify address by pressing Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 which are the hot keys 6 6 4 Deleting Addresses To delete the record you are currently reading call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and select delete address Then press Enter or press d dots 1 4 5 which is the shortcut in the menu Or you can press Space d dots 1 4 5 whic
363. g Backspace will allow you to move in reverse order After selecting your preference you should press Space 4 in order to move to the next setting 6 Header This is used to edit the header that will be printed at the top of each page Move to header and type in the text that you want to be printed 7 Footer This is used to edit the footer that will be printed at the bottom of each page Move to footer and type in the text that you want to be printed 8 Distance between lines This sets the distance between the lines that will be printed The default value is set to 150 The distance can be anywhere from 100 to 300 If you type in a value that exceeds this range the Voice Sense will say Out of range Value too large and wait for you to type in another value 9 Confirm cancel In order to apply a setting press Enter when confirm is displayed If you do not want to apply a setting you will need to press Enter when cancel is displayed If you press Enter on cancel you will be taken out of the menu You must press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to get to the confirm and cancel buttons 0 ot 5 5 3 Braille Paragraph Layout In order to call up the Braille paragraph layout press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 while you are editing a document Then press Enter on layout or press I dots 1 2 3 while in t
364. g You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to 38 save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 10 Numbers You can choose how you want the Voice Sense to read number The shortcut key is n dots 1 3 4 5 with the default set to on For example if you set on the 2007 will read two thousand seven And you set off the 2007 will read two zero zero seven You can change the value by using Space 3 2 11 Abbreviation You can turn the translation of acronyms on off in Voice Sense For example when the Voice Sense reads Ala it announces Alabama But if using Abbreviations set to Off it will announce Ala To change the setting value follow these steps below 1 Move to the Global option by pressing short cut key o dots 1 3 5 or navigating key in the main program 2 The short cut key is a dot 1 Press the short cut key or move to the Abbreviations by pressing Space 4 3 The default setting is On Press the Space to change to Off 4 Pressing Enter allows you to change and save
365. g dots 1 2 4 5 Read from cursor to end Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Read status Space 3 4 Braille document layout Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 Braille paragraph layout Backspace 1 2 4 6 Print document layout Backspace t dots 2 3 4 5 Print paragraph layout Backspace 2 3 4 6 20 3 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to previous character Left arrow key Space 3 Move to next character Right arrow key Space 6 Move to previous word Space 2 Move to next word Space 5 Move to the beginning of the line Home Space 1 3 Move to the end of the line End Space 4 6 Move to previous line Up arrow key Space 1 Move to next line Down arrow key Space 4 Move to previous paragraph Space 2 3 Move to next paragraph Space 5 6 Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Move to the end of the document Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 Read current paragraph Space 2 3 5 6 Read current line Space 1 4 Read current word Space 2 5 Read current character Space 3 6 Delete current paragraph Backspace 2 3 5 6 Delete current line Backspace 1 4 Delete current word Backspace 2 5 469 Delete current character Space d dots 1 4 5 Confirm current cursor position Space 1 5 6 Set view format character Space 1 4 6 Set reading unit Space 2 4 6 Set read only Space 3 4 6 20 4 Address Manager 20 4 1 Move keys for adding an address or in the menu Move to the previous field or menu item Up arrow key Space 1 or up arro
366. gate to Open FTP Once you are at Open FTP press Enter to activate it and the Voice Sense will say connecting service You can also activate it by pressing t dots 2 3 4 5 while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or by pressing Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 without calling up the menu This chapter will cover connecting various Bluetooth services later in more detail The disconnect menu item will allow you to disconnect services that are connected to other Bluetooth devices You can access this item by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and then Space 1 or Space 4 Then press Enter to activate it You can also activate this item while you are in the Bluetooth Service List menu by pressing d dots 1 4 5 Or you can activate it without calling up the menu by pressing Enter d dots 1 4 5 In order to disconnect any service press Space 1 or Space 4 at the Bluetooth service list to move to the service that you want to disconnect and execute the disconnect command You can disconnect the currently focused service only This means that you can disconnect only one service at one time You cannot disconnect plural services at once If there are no services connected to other Bluetooth devices and you activate this function you will hear There is no service connected 310 13 2 1 Connecting Service To authenticate a service and connect to it
367. ge 3 Press Enter on the Message and press Enter Or press M dots 1 3 4 4 It shows Reply 5 Press Space 4 move to Check for new mail 6 Press Enter on the Check for new mail Or press N dots 1 3 4 5 7 Then you will find Account name list You can move to this dialog box directly by pressing Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 This dialog box consists of service list a Confirm and a Cancel 8 When Account name registered account name x x is displayed press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the desired service 9 Press enter when the desired service is displayed or press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm and press enter 10 Then the Voice Sense will display There are xx messages to receive Now receiving xx yy mail received Successfully received x out of y message will be displayed When the e mail messages are downloaded from the server the e mail list is displayed in the inbox Ex Subject subject of the email received xx xx If the e mail size is more than the Voice Sense can handle it announces This message is too large to download Skipping and then the Voice Sense will begin downloading the next e mail message If you want to cancel the download press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Cancel and press enter or you can press Sp
368. ger Add record Enter i dots 2 4 Search records Enter s dots 2 3 4 Table manager Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 List of records found Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Setting backup option Enter e dots 1 5 Backup database Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore database Enter o dots 1 3 5 1 Move by controls 339 Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control Shift Tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the previous list item Space 1 or up arrow key Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space 4 Space or down arrow key Move to the previous answer Space 1 Backspace or up arrow key Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the previous record Space 1 or up arrow key Move to the last record Space 4 5 6 Move to the first record Space 1 2 3 Move to the next field Space 5 Move to the previous field Space 2 Move to the last field Space 4 6 Move to the first field Space 1 3 Move to previous same field different record Space 3 Move to next same field different record Space 6 340 15 Extras 15 1 Games 15 1 1 Sense Dice game You don t need to bring dice anymore Use Voice Sense Anyone can play Dice game anywhere anytime 15 1 1 1 Execute 1 Dice game is in Extras from the main menu Press enter on Extras or press X
369. h devices that are in range they will be displayed as device name untrusted or trusted xx yy where xx is the number where the device appears in the list and yy is the total number of devices And trusted means that the service has been authenticated and untrusted means that the service has not been authenticated This part of the Bluetooth Manager is known as the Bluetooth Device List and thus the menu for this section is called the Bluetooth Device List menu If there are no other Bluetooth devices in range the Voice Sense will say no items You can press Space 1 or Space 4 to move through the list To select the device from the list press Enter on the device name If the Bluetooth device trusted the device setting will be automatically saved in the memory of the Voice Sense If you want to delete this setting you press Space d dots 1 4 5 on Bluetooth device name in the Bluetooth Service List The Voice Sense will say Device settings removed Removing this setting will apply only to the current device 307 Once the Voice Sense has finished searching for other Bluetooth devices you can access the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or by pressing F2 The Bluetooth Device List menu has the scan device device name and exit You can navigate the menu items with Space 1 or Space 4 The first menu item is scan device This
370. h is the hot key while the record is displayed You can also delete more than one record at a time as follows 1 Select the records to be deleted and use the delete command To select the record that you want to delete press Space when the record is displayed Selected records can be deleted by pressing the delete key Enter d dots 1 4 5 If you press Space again on a selected record before you delete it the selection will be canceled If you select the record the Voice Sense will say selected If you cancel a selection by pressing Space on a selected record the Voice Sense will say cancel selection 2 Select all and delete If you want to delete all the records in address manager press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu and select select all Then press Enter Next press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu again and then select delete address Then press Enter Or you can press Enter a dot 1 which is the hot key and press Space d dots 1 4 5 while you are using the search address function 130 6 6 5 Printing addresses This option allows you to print the selected records to a Bluetooth printer First connect the Voice Sense to be Bluetooth printer Then search the records to be printed with the Search Address command and then select the records that you want to print To select a record
371. h originated from the previous schedule dat 7 9 2 Restore Schedule If you want to restore your schedule after a cold reset press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and use the up and down arrow keys to find restore schedule Then press Enter on restore schedule Or you can press r dots 1 2 3 5 while you are in the menu to find restore schedule You can also press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 to activate this function without calling up the menu If you activate the restore schedule function and you already have an existing schedule you will see the message schedule file already exists Which do you prefer append If you press Enter here you will have a new schedule with the backup file appended If you press Space 4 once and press Enter on overwrite you will have a schedule restored from the backup file For example let us assume that you have a schedule for days 1 3 in your schedule and you have a schedule for days 1 5 in your backup file If you select append you will have a schedule with 8 days In this case three days of the schedule could possibly be redundant If you select overwrite you will have days 1 5 from your schedule back up and days 1 3 of the original schedule will be deleted If you don t want to append or overwrite press Space 4 once more locate cancel and press Enter
372. he cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 34 Wireless LAN You can decide whether the Voice Sense will turn Wireless LAN on The shortcut key for this option is w dots 2 4 5 6 You can choose between on and off by pressing Space By default it is set to off You can toggle it on and off by pressing BackSpace 1 4 5 6 while you are using another program in the Voice Sense without having to call up the Global options In order to use wireless LAN function of the Voice Sense please turn it on And please turn it off when you are not using the wireless LAN to save battery power If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 For your reference in order to use wireless LAN function of the Voice Sense please turn it on And please turn it off when you are not using the wireless LAN to save battery power 3 2 35 Mass storage device mode 52 You can
373. he layout menu which is the shortcut and then select Braille paragraph layout Or you can press BackSpace 1 2 4 6 The changed layout will be 112 applied only to the selected paragraph These settings are not applied to other paragraphs You can navigate between the menu items by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Move to confirm or cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 or F3 You can skip an item by pressing Space 4 if you do not want to change the default setting In this setting you can set the following items 1 Indent first line This indents the first line of the paragraph as designated by the number of characters The default value is set to 0 In order to change this setting type in the number of characters to be indented on the indent first line setting item Press the right arrow key or Space 4 in order to move to the next setting item 2 Indent all lines except the first line This indents all the lines of the paragraph except the first line of the paragraph as designated by the number of columns If you want to indent all of the text except for the first line by typing ina number You can make the indent as big as you want it by changing the number of columns which will indent all lines except for the first line Press tab Space 4 5 in order to confirm and cancel If you want to change the setting of a previous item move to i
374. he CF memory SD card or USB memory in CF card slot SD card slot or USB port CF memory SD card and USB memory will be listed on Disk list Any of the disks can be moved by using the up and down arrows As above you can format in the same process Second you can format the disk in program menu 1 Press Space 1 2 3 in program menu 2 While holding down Space 1 2 3 quickly press and release the reset button 3 Continue pressing Space 1 2 3 until you hear the disk formatting 4 After you have completed the format return to the File manager program 17 14 Set Sleep Timer You can set Sleep Timer in Voice Sense The sleep timer will turn the unit off at a specified time regardless of what you are doing Please follow these steps 1 Execute Utilities 2 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Sleep timer 3 Press Enter on the Sleep timer 4 Or press Space j dots 2 4 5 regardless of location 5 It will find the edit box asking Sleep timer 0 6 Enter the number of minutes for the sleep timer Enter the number range from 0 to 90 7 Press Enter 452 Once the sleep timer is set even if the device is active it will power off If you set the sleep timer for 5 minutes and press Space J dots 2 4 5 after 2 minutes you will find 3 in edit box It means the power will be turned off after 3 minutes 17 15 Upgrade Vo
375. he audio buttons will work for the Media program So in order to use the audio buttons as you desire you have to set the audio mode switch to the proper position For example when you are using Media program and the audio mode switch is located in the left side the audio buttons on the front panel will work for FM radio program The detailed function of the audio buttons will be explained in the FM radio Daisy and Media program sections in this user manual 2 11 Switching Key lock You can disable or enable any specified keys on the Voice Sense by using Key Lock switch on the rear panel If the key lock switch put on left toward reset button Voice Sense will say unlock In this case you can use the all keys Braille keyboard audio buttons arrow keys function keys audio mode switch and on off switch If the key lock switch put on center Voice Sense will say top panel locked In this case only you can use the buttons and switches in the front panel audio mode switch audio buttons and on off switch If the key lock switch put on right Voice Sense will say all keys locked In this case you can t use the all keys including the on off switch 26 But you can use the reset button regardless of location of key lock switch 2 12 One Handed Mode Voice Sense provides a one handed mode for users restricted to the use of one hand for Braille input To turn on one handed mode hold down F3 while turn on the
376. he file manager you can access a disk by pressing Enter on it Use the exact same navigation keys as the file manager to navigate the local folder You can refer to chapter 3 of this manual to find the various file manager commands Note that you cannot select folders You can only select files If you try to select a folder the Voice Sense will say deactivated Once you have selected files by pressing the Space you can copy them by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then navigate to copy by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 and press Enter Or you can press Enter c dots 1 4 to activate the function without calling up the menu After you have activated the copy function you will hear copying and then open remote folder You will then be moved to the remote folder list In the remote folder list you can navigate to the folder where you want to paste the file Once you are in the folder where you want to paste the file press Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Or you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 and then use Space 1 or Space 4 to get to the paste function and press Enter While pasting you will hear a sound that indicates that the Voice Sense is working If the file is larger than 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed 314 If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear th
377. he setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 15 Scroll Voice Note This function appears when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille SyncBraille is sold separately You can decide if you want the Voice Sense to speak while using the arrow keys in the document The shortcut key is s dots 2 3 4 with the default set to off The default setting off does not allow the Voice Sense to speak while scrolling The Space key toggles off on If you set the option to on you can hear the Voice Sense while scrolling If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 41 3 2 16 Print Pape
378. here steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Shift Tab Space 1 2 move to the Mailbox lists 3 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to the Mailbox including the e mail that you want to copy and move 4 Press Enter 5 It shows e mail lists 6 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to the e mail that you want to copy or move Press Space Enter b dots 1 2 or Enter a dot 1 select the e mail that you want to copy or move Or you can select the e mail using the Select All or Start 66099 Selection of the Edit menu 7 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 8 It shows the File 9 Press Space 4 move to the Edit 10 Press Enter on the Edit 11 It shows the Select All 12 Press Space 4 move to the Copy or Move 13 Press Enter Or without calling up the menu by pressing Enter c dots 1 4 or Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 you can execute functions directly 199 14 Press Shift Tab Space 1 2 move to the Mailbox lists 15 Press Enter on the Mailbox that you want to paste the e mail Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu It shows the File Press Space 4 move to the Edit 19 Press Enter on the Edit It shows the Select All Press Space 4 mo
379. higher pitch and Enter F1 for a lower pitch When any of the above combination keys are pressed the Voice Sense will announce the status of its volume speed or pitch The changes you made with these combination keys will remain in effect even when you turn off the machine and turn it back on again These changes can also be made in the Global options settings 2 7 How to type the character In the document edit box and multi edit box on Voice Sense you can enter the grade 1 or grade 2 Braille But in the computer edit box such as recipient in email program you have to enter the computer Braille If you want to enter the capital letter you can use the capital sign Space u dots 1 3 6 when you enter the computer Braille For example if you want to enter the H in computer edit box you press the Space u dots 1 3 6 and press the dots 1 2 5 If you press Space u dots 1 3 6 twice capitals continue until you turn off by pressing Space u dots 1 3 6 You can use the Space Backspace instead of capital sign Space u Only you have press Space Backspace and dots 1 2 5 simultaneously Also you can use the capital sign when you enter the at sign To input the at sign you press the Space u dots 1 3 6 and press the dot 4 Also you can input the at sign by pressing Space Backspace dot 4 And if you want to enter the num
380. hile the last file in the list is being played or the previous button while the first file in the list is being played it will have no effect as the Voice Sense will not stop playing the current file 220 9 1 3 Record Button The record button has a circular shape and is used to record sound using the built in or an external microphone The record button is located directly to the right of the previous button To use this button to record sound you should be either in the Media Player or in the program menu If you press the record button once the Voice Sense will open the record dialog box If you press the record button again the Voice Sense will resume recording When you press the record button while you are recording the Voice Sense will pause your recording You can resume the recording by pressing the record button again The recorded sound will be stored in a file and placed in the flashdisk media record folder 9 1 4 Stop Button The stop button has a square shape and is used to stop playing If you press the stop button while an audio file is being played the Voice Sense will stop playing The next time the Voice Sense starts playing it will start from the first file in the play list If you press this button while recording the Voice Sense will stop recording If you press the stop button in record dialog box while the Voic
381. his button can t appear 8 Retweet button You can repost another user s tweet You can launch the function by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 or Enter key on the button Retweet button can t appear when focus is on your tweets 9 Add to Favorite button You can add focused tweet to the Favorite list You can launch the function by pressing Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 or Enter key on the button 10 Tweet Information You can view detailed information of the focused tweet You can execute this function by pressing Enter on Tweet Information button or Backspace i dots 2 4 16 2 4 Timeline Voice Sense Twitter Program assists a variety of Timeline list 351 On Twitter Window Timeline displays tweets corresponded to each timeline With hot key you can display the desired tweets switching Timelines quickly In other words it is possible to display given mentions and specific user s tweets 16 2 4 1 A kinds of Timeline 1 Home Timeline Home Timeline is displayed when you sign in Twitter at first 2 All tweets which your follows posted appear The hot key for Home Timeline is Enter h dots 1 2 5 No matter what Timeline is displayed if you press Enter h dots 1 2 5 refreshing Home Timeline will represent 3 Friend Timeline This will display all tweets except for Retweet 4 The hot key for Friend Timeline is Enter f dots 1 2 4 No matter what Ti
382. ia Player is also opened when you play audio files by pressing the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense This dialog box contains two information tabs playback information and play list Press Space 4 5 or Space 1 2 to move between these tabs 9 2 1 Playback Information Tab The playback information tab displays the track number the file name and the current playback status such as play pause or stop If there are no files in the play list the Voice Sense will display title There are no items to display If you press Space 4 the Voice Sense will display playback time information First the elapsed or remaining time will be displayed You can set whether the elapsed time or remaining time will be displayed using the playback settings dialog box If you have selected the remaining time with this option the minus sign will be displayed before the time Next to the elapsed remaining time the Voice Sense will display the total playback time of the currently selected file If there are no files in the play list time There are no items to display will be displayed 222 9 2 2 Play List Tab The play list tab displays all the files in the play list For each file in the play list it displays the track number file name the current place of the file in the list and the total number of files in the list If there is no file in the play
383. ice Sense will stop playing after playing the last file in the play list Again you can change the value of this option by pressing Space on repeat The next option is playlist option When you want to play audio files from File Manager you can select multiple files by pressing Space and then play files by pressing Enter At this time if the play list has had a list of audio files you will be asked if you want to overwrite the play list or you want to append the selected files into the play list The default value is overwrite and it means the play list will be filled with the selected files And if you press Space then the value will be set to append and the play list will be appended with the selected files The shuffle option allows you to set the audio playback order The default value is set to off and you can play audio files in the playlist in order but if you set shuffle to on The playlist is reorganized in random If you have just one audio file in the playlist and you switch the option to on you will encounter message saying Shuffle mode not available Times to repeat the specified track allow you to set how many times you wish to repeat when you execute section repetition Times to repeat the specified track can be selected the value from 1 to 10 or unlimited The default setting is 3 Pressing Space increases the times to repeat
384. ice Sense Firmware If you activate this function you can update the Voice Sense either through an Internet connection or from a disk that contains the upgrade file If you decide to upgrade using an Internet connection you must first complete the setup Internet function If you update the Voice Sense all of the settings will be returned to their default status Data in the flashdisk will be protected However we recommend that you backup your files before updating the Voice Sense Firmware While updating you cannot cancel the update Note that you must not press the reset button while updating and you should avoid power failure We recommend that you do not touch the Voice Sense while it is updating It may take up to 30 minutes to update the Voice Sense though it depends on the speed of your Internet connection On completing the setup the Voice Sense will reboot again to finish the update 17 15 1 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware Using the Internet To upgrade the Voice Sense Firmware via the Internet complete the following steps 1 Make sure an Internet connection is available Press Enter on Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware in the utilities menu T hen Upgrade Online will appear 2 Now press Enter on Upgrade Online The Voice Sense will connect to the HIMS server and your current software ve rsion will be compared to the HIMS server version You will th 453 en be asked if you w
385. ile Space 4 6 Move to the first file Space 1 3 Select resume current file while playing it is used as play pause Space Start selecting files Enter b dots 1 2 Start playing the selected files Enter Stop playing Backspace Delete the selected files in the play list Space d dots 1 4 5 Play the next file Dot 6 Play the previous file Dot 3 Play the last file Dots 4 6 Play the first file Dots 1 3 Play the fifth file after the current file Dots 5 6 Play the fifth file before the current file Dots 2 3 Volume up Space up arrow key Volume down Space down arrow key Speed up Dots 3 4 5 Slow down Dots 1 2 6 Change time index dot 2 or dot 5 Move to next position by time index and play dot 4 Move to previous position by time index and play dot 1 Open menu Space m dots 1 3 4 Open help Space h dots 1 2 5 Move to playback information tab Space 4 5 Space 1 2 476 Exit media player Space z dots 1 3 5 6 20 8 FM radio Call up the sets dialog box Enter e dots 1 5 Call up the menu Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Internal speakers on off Space x dots 1 3 4 6 or x dots 2 4 5 6 Move to next frequency dot 6 Move to previous frequency dot 3 Auto previous frequency dot 2 short press previous button Auto next frequency dot 5 short press next button Go to frequency Space f dots 1 2 4 Move to previous channel dot 1 long press previous button Move to next channel dot 4 long p
386. ile attachments and email are stored You can set the download path using the following method Set Path sets the default download path where file attachments and email are stored You can set the download path using the following method 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the E mail menu in the Inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Set Path 6 Press Enter on Set Path 204 7 It shows Save attachments path flashdisk download You can move to this stage by pressing Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 without calling the menu Set Path contains the following three items 1 Save attachments path 2 Send attachments path 3 Disk to save mail in You can move among these items by pressing Space 4 and Space 1 Each item consists of Path Modify and Close At Path the default path will be displayed You can move among this information by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Set Path will be closed if you press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Or you can close it by pressing enter on the Close button 8 5 1 1 Set the Save Attachments Path The default path for downloaded attached files is flashdisk download You can set the download path using the
387. ime server Automatically synchronize with time server the date and time synchronize automatically when the Voice Sense is being connected to internet Using this feature you can correct the time of Voice Sense through accurate internet time server Once the Voice Sense is being connected to internet you will hear the sound From this point the date and time of Voice Sense synchronize the internet server automatically The default is ON you can check or change this option following steps 1 Press Space o dots 1 3 5 to call up the menu 2 Press T dots 2 3 4 5 or press Space 4 move to Automatically synchronize with time server and press Enter 3 By pressing Space you can change setting value 4 Press Enter 3 2 32 Progress indicator 50 Progress indicator shows the progress of opening a document copying files or opening any webpage This option is used to set the progress sign The shortcut key is p dots 1 2 3 4 and you can choose one among silent beep and message By default it is set to message Press Space to toggle through three settings and press Enter to save to the changed option If it is set to message the Voice Sense will say progress in percentage like 10 or 20 If it is set to beep the Voice Sense outputs beep sound during copying or opening any documents or webpage If it is set to silent
388. ing Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 in the Media Player dialog box The record dialog box contains an information tab and five buttons You can move between these by pressing Space 4 5 or Space 1 2 You can press the buttons in this dialog box by pressing Enter on the button you want to use You can also press the buttons by typing the character displayed after the button name 9 3 3 1 Record Playback Information Tab This tab is displayed only when the Voice Sense is recording or when there is a file that has just been recorded It means that the dialog box does not show any information when the Voice Sense is not recording or if you exit from the dialog box The information displayed in this tab includes a file name the current status and two 233 pieces of time information The file name is the name of the file containing the sound that is currently being recorded or played The current status can be one of the following recording playing pause or stop The time information that is displayed first is the elapsed time while recording and the elapsed or remaining time while playing The time information that is displayed last when you are recording is the remaining time The remaining time is limited by the remaining space on your flashdisk While playing the total length of the file in time will be displayed You can move between time information and other information by pressing Space 4 or
389. ing your preference move to the next setting by pressing Space 4 4 Page numbering type This sets the numbering type for embossing a document The default type is set to double sided It means that the page number will be embossed on every page The setting values are double sided odd even and none These settings are changed when you press Space Pressing Backspace will allow you to move in reverse order When you have selected your preference you need to press Space 4 in order to move to the 109 next setting 5 Set page numbering This sets the position of the page number when embossing The selections are upper right and lower right The default setting is set to lower right Press Space in order to change the setting Pressing Backspace will allow you to move in reverse order After selecting your preference you should press Space 4 in order to move to the next setting 6 Header This is used to edit the header that will be embossed on the head of every page Move to header and type in the text to be embossed as the header In order to move to the next setting press Space 4 7 Footer This is used to edit the footer that will be embossed on the bottom of every page Move to footer and type in the text to be embossed as the footer After you set every field move to confirm or cancel and press tab Space
390. ing e mail 5 Press Enter You can Press Enter b dots 1 2 which will make the selection In front of the e mail subjects selected will be attached If you have pressed Enter a dot 1 or Enter b dots 1 2 but you want to cancel it press Space to change No on the Delete xx message Yes And press Enter 191 Or you can cancel it by pressing Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 8 3 2 Reply And Reply All to a Received E Mail When you reply to an email that was received you can edit or add a message to the original message or add another recipient For example you can reply to an e mail message that you previously received in your inbox Let s demonstrate with an example Suppose you received an email that had the following information Sender s e mail address hims hims inc com Subject of the e mail Welcome to HIMS You could reply to this e mail by completing the following steps 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu when you are in Subject Date or Message of the Inbox 2 It shows the File 3 Press Space 4 to move to the Message 4 Press Enter 5 It shows Reply 6 Press Enter on the Reply 7 It shows Message body 8 You can find the original message body of the received email Original Message followed by
391. ing list Space 1 2 3 Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Space 4 5 6 Move to the previous 32 list Space 1 2 6 Move to the next 32 list Space 3 4 5 Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 16 5 2 Google Talk File f Menu Commands Sign out I Enter dots 1 2 3 Export Contact Lists x Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 Import Contact Lists i Backspace i dots 2 4 Exit z Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Action a Menu Commands Start Chat s Enter s dots 2 3 4 Start Voice Chat Enter h dots 1 2 5 Send File f Enter f dots 1 2 4 Move to Recently Chat r Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Manage Chat m Enter m dots 1 3 4 Contact b Menu Commands 414 Add Contact q Backspace q dots 1 2 3 4 5 Delete Contact d Space d dots 1 4 5 Block Contact b Backspace b dots 1 2 Manage Block List m Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Contact Information i Enter i dots 2 4 Manage Contact List p Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Option s Menu Commands My Status Options u Backspace u dots 1 3 6 Action Options a Backspace a dot 1 Alert Options 0 Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Path Options p Backspace p
392. ing up the menu and select set address search fields Then press Enter Or you can press Enter o dots 1 3 5 which is the hot key in the set address search fields dialog box If you want to search only the name mobile phone number and company telephone number fields move to those fields that you do not want to search by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 and then press Space to change the value of that field to unused By pressing Space you can toggle the value of a field between used and unused 125 6 4 3 Using Add Address In Search Address You can use the add address command in the search address dialog box To do this press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to bring up the menu and then select add address Then press Enter You can also press Enter dots 2 4 which is the hot key for this option 6 5 Backing up and restoring the address list 6 5 1 Backup Address List If a cold reset occurs or if your battery goes dead all of the data in the address manager will be lost So it is very important that you make a backup file every time you make a change to the address list To go to backup address list open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Then use the up and down arrow keys Space 1 or Space 4 and find backup address list Then press Enter You can als
393. inted If you want to cancel printing press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 8 4 Additional features of E mail 8 4 1 Find The Find command is used to find text in the current mailbox Once you enter text to find the Find function will look for text that matches in Subject Date and or From This function only works in Subject Date or From control The Find dialog box consists of a Find Find Edit box for text to search Search radio button Direction radio button Confirm button Cancel button 196 In the Find dialog box you can move between the five controls by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 The shortcut key is f dots 1 2 4 You can move to this function without calling up the menu by pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 To activate the Find function use the following steps 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 2 It shows the File 3 Press Space 4 move to the Edit 4 Press Enter on the Edit 5 It shows the Select All 6 Press Space 4 or Space 1 move to Find 7 Press Enter on the Find Or press f dots 1 2 4 8 It shows the Find edit box where the user can type the text that they want to find 9 After typing in the text
394. ion Enter o dots 1 3 5 Call up set spam Enter e dots 1 5 Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Move to unread message Enter u dots 1 3 4 Move to mailbox Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 Copy to mailbox Backspace c dots 1 4 472 Add a sender to the address list Enter i dots 2 4 This is valid only at the from item of the inbox Delete received e mail Space d dots 1 4 5 It is valid only at the Subject and date item in the inbox Save the received e mail as text file Space s dots 2 3 4 Print the received e mail Space p dots 1 2 3 4 Cancel Space e dots 1 5 Cancel and exit from e mail program Space z dots 1 3 5 6 20 6 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox Search address list Enter I dots 1 2 3 Attach file Enter f dots 1 2 4 Send e mail Enter s dots 2 3 4 Save in mail outbox Space s dots 2 3 4 Cancel Space e dots 1 5 Cancel and exit from e mail program Space z dots 1 3 5 6 20 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail Message Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Select all Enter a dot 1 Copy to the clipboard Enter c dots 1 4 Cut to the clipboard Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 This is not available when you are reading e mail in the inbox Paste from the clipboard Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 This is not available when you are reading e mail in the inbox
395. ion is set to on the Voice Sense will suggest a word if the word that is encountered is not in the dictionary The default is set to on If the option is set to off the Voice Sense will not recommend a 93 word In order to toggle between on and off press Space Use main dictionary only if this option is set on the spell checker will not look up any words in the custom dictionary It will only use the main dictionary The default value is set to off and you can toggle between on and off by pressing Space Skip whole upper case word if this option is set to on words with only upper case letters will not be checked The default is set to on and you can change it by pressing Space Skip a word including address if this option is set to on the words that contain an address will not be checked The default is set to on and you can change it by pressing Space Skip a word including number if this option is set to on the words that include the numbers will not be checked The default value is set to off and you can change it by pressing Space Confirm if you press Enter on confirm the changes that you made above will be saved and the Voice Sense will exit from the option dialog Cancel if you press Enter on cancel the changes that you have made abov
396. is more than one 215 word in the list you can look them up by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 If you want to modify the e mail addresses or host addresses that have been registered execute step 1 above Press Space 4 to move to Type E mail address string 2 3 and Type Host 3 3 You can modify them with the same method as explained above If you want to cancel registration press Tab Space 4 5 to move to the Cancel button and press enter Or you can press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 8 5 3 3 Deleting Spam You can delete an item that has been registered in the spam list Let s start our explanation from Subject 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 It shows Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 8 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the list Then Subject Registered word 1 xx will be displayed 9 Press Space 4 or Space 1 to delete the registered word 10 Press Space d dots 1 4 5 to delete the selected word Or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Dele
397. ist will be shown as word xx yy 436 where xx is the original word and yy is the word you wanted to hear instead of the original word For example if you wanted to hear world health organization for the original word WHO and added the word the list will be listed as word WHO world health organization If there are many items on the list you can move up or down through lists by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Also you can click the cursor routing key corresponding to the item position you want to focus For example if there are 10 items in the list and you want to focus the 5 item you can just click the 5 cursor routing key and you will focus on the 5 item on the list The list will not be listed by the alphabetical order and it will be listed by the sequential order to be added If you want to add new word you can add the word by pressing Enter on add word button or you can press Space dots 2 4 Then you will meet add entry Here you can type in the word you want to change its pronunciation and press tab Space 4 5 then you will meet replacement Here you can type in the word you want to hear the pronunciation and then press Enter or press tab Space 4 5 to move to confirm button and then press Enter The word will be added completely and the focus will be returned to add word button In case of adding the word by p
398. ists all the messages that have been sent to and from other contacts In the input edit box you can type your message to be sent to another person You can move between these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 When you are sending an instant message the input edit box will be focused when the dialog box appears On the other hand if the dialog box was opened to read received messages the history window will be focused In the input edit box you can type one line and by pressing Enter you can send the message You can also move to the Send button and press Enter to send the message Then the message will also be added to the history window In the history window for each message the nickname of the person who wrote the message will be displayed first and then the content of the message will be displayed Each message is considered as a paragraph When you are in the instant message dialog box if the other person sends a message the message will be displayed in Braille and announced in speech immediately If you receive a message while the focus is at the input edit box the focus will not be changed If the focus is at the history window the content of the window will not be updated until you move to another control and go back to the history window While you are in the instant message dialog box you can move to the contact li
399. it window will display the message name You can enter one of the titles that you have entered previously You can open the web page by pressing Enter after entering the title If there are no titles that match the one you entered the Voice Sense will say invalid name and return to the edit window If there is a title in the favorites list the Voice Sense will connect to the web page If you do not remember the exact title you can find it from the favorites list using the method that is outlined below When the edit window appears press shift tab Space 1 2 in order to move to the favorites list Then the Voice Sense will display the favorites list You can move between folders and files by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 275 Press Enter on the title of the web site that you want to visit On this list folders are enclosed by quotation marks When you press Enter on the folder you can get into the folder You can also edit the titles in the favorites list When the title name is displayed on your display press the following hot keys and enter your desired text In the favorite list you can find only the files with the file format that was selected in the type combo box Press tab Space 4 5 to move to type combo box In the type combo box there are two kinds of file formats and url Press Space 1 or Space 4
400. ject of writing e mail txt will be displayed You can jump to this stage by pressing Space s dots 2 3 4 7 Press Enter on File name Subject of writing e mail txt or press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button 184 8 Then the message will be saved as subject of writing e mail txt 9 If you want to name the e mail message type in a file name The detailed procedure is the same as Save As in the Word processor You can also change the path for saving it 10 After the Voice Sense saves the e mail message it will return to the status it was at before calling the menu By following the explanation above the e mail message will be saved as subject of writing e mail txt in the flashdisk email storagebox If you do not input the subject in the writing e mail it will be displayed as no name on the File name If you want to save the file in another folder and not in flashdisk email storage box you will not find the e mail message when you execute Send Mail From Outbox While you are typing in a message press Space e dots 1 5 if you want to cancel writing the e mail 1 The Voice Sense will display Current writing mail Save Yes 2 If you want to return to the inbox without saving the email press Space to change Yes to No and then press Enter If you press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 i
401. k list displays the contact list you have blocked In this list you are able to unblock contact that you have blocked In order to call up the Manage Block list dialog box press Backspace m dots 1 3 4 or press Enter on the Manage Block list menu after entering sub menu of Contact by calling up the menu Manage Block list dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 E mail List control 2 Unblock Button control 3 Cancel Button control Here you can get a detailed explanation about each control of Manage Block list dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 E mail As a list this displays blocked contact E mail 2 Unblock As a button this unblocks focused E mail 3 Cancel As a button if it is executed you will go to the contact list the status right before calling up the menu The way to unblock contact using Manage Block list is as follows 1 Press Backspace m dots 1 3 4 on the contact list The Blocked E mails are displayed 2 Move to the E mail which you want to unblock using Space 4 or Space 1 and press Enter 3 The contact will be unblocked 16 3 2 5 Contact Information 378 Contact Information is a function to show on line ID and E mail of selected contact and adding contact status In order to call up Contact Information dialog box move to the contact list which
402. keep track of your contact information and schedule information such as names company addresses home addresses as well as other information Address manager has two main dialog boxes add address and search address In the add address dialog you can enter contact information such as names company addresses home addresses and so on The information that you have entered can be saved for later use In the search address dialog you can look for information that is stored in the address manager You can edit or delete information that you find You can also select addresses to be printed using an ink or Braille printer You can also connect to a web site by pressing Enter ona homepage address field if the field contains an address for a web site In the program menu you can start address manager by typing a dot 1 or by selecting address manager Press Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly in the program menu until you arrive at the address manager and then press Enter to open it Before going into the details of how to use the address manager let s discuss the structure of address data The address data that is stored in address manager consists of a set of records A record is a collection of contact information about one person or company Each record contains 23 fields These 23 fields are last name first name
403. l be closed If you do not want to save the changes you have made press Enter on the cancel button The Voice Sense will keep the previous wakeup call settings and close the dialog box 17 5 Calendar You can activate the calendar by pressing Enter on calendar in the utilities menu or by pressing I dots 1 2 3 The following options will be available when you are using the calendar solar calendar and lunar calendar In the calendar you can check the three kinds of information starting from the year 1841 to the year 2043 If you type in a date that is not in the range and press Enter you will get the message invalid date and return to where you where you were typing in the date 17 5 1 Using the Calendar The calendar is composed of the solar calendar and lunar calendar In the lunar calendar a leap month will hear the month with I dots 1 2 3 The calendar works according to a date unit The default is the date that the Voice Sense was set to the last time that the date was set You can check the date in two ways The following is an explanation of how to check the dates 1 Moving items 435 You can switch between solar calendar and lunar calendar by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Typing in date In the calendar you can type in a month date and year For the year you
404. lashdisk This is the same flashdisk that you hear under file manager Press f until you hear flashdisk and then press Enter You will notice that all of the folders that you find in the 463 flashdisk under file manager are located here You can paste the file s here directly by pressing ctrl v or you can paste the file s in to one of the folders by pressing enter on one of the folders and then pressing ctrl v to paste the file s If you want to copy folders from the Voice Sense to your PC via ActiveSync follow the same steps except you will need to copy files from the Voice Sense and paste the file s to your PC in the directory where you want to store the file s 464 20 Command Summary 20 1 Common Combination Keys Call up the program menu F1 Run the individual program in the program menu F1 shortcut key varies for each program Call up the task ID list F1 F4 Switch to previous program Space F2 F3 Switch to next program F2 F3 Call up the menu in the individual program Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Escape Space e Space 1 5 or F4 Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Move to the previous control in the dialog box Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move to the previous character Left arrow key Space 3 Move to the next character Right arrow key Space 6 Move to the previous line item U
405. le The shortcut key is v dots 1 2 3 6 By default the voice is set to on so you will hear the Voice Sense speak You can turn off 36 i113 the voice with the Space key You can toggle it on and off by pressing BackSpace F2 while you are using another program in the Voice Sense without having to call up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 If you want to turn on the Voice Sense without speech press dots 1 2 when you turn on the Voice Sense Also when you reset the Voice Sense you can also turn it on without speech if you press dots 1 2 when pressing reset button You can also use BackSpace F2 to toggle the voice between on and off Please note that this function works only when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille 3 2 7 Punctuation Level You can choose how you want the Voice Sense to read punctuation marks The shortcut key is p dots 1 2 3 4 The setting options are all off punctuation and symbol The d
406. list the Voice Sense will display the message no items For example if you had the following track on the Voice Sense track 1 Chopin Fantasie Impromptu 1 10 then track 1 means this file is the first item in the play list Chopin Fantasie Impromptu is the file name 1 10 means the file is the first of ten files in the play list Whenever you register an audio file using the file menu the file is added to the play list 9 2 3 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab and the Play List Tab The hot keys that can be used in the playback information and the play list tabs are as follows 1 Hot keys in the Play Information Tab Hot key Function Space 4 Move to the next information Space 1 Move to the previous information Space Pause when it is play state and play when it is pause state Enter Start playing Backspace Stop playing Dot 6 Play the next file Dot 3 Play the previous file Dots 4 6 Play the last file 223 Dots 1 3 Play the first file Dots 5 6 Play the fifth file after the current file Dots 2 3 Play the fifth file before the current file Dot 4 Move to next position by time index and play Dot 1 Move to previous position by time index and play Dot 2 or Dot 5 Change time index Dots 3 4 5 Speed up Dots 1 2 6 Slow down Space up arrow key Volume up Space
407. list box by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 To select or unselect the current item press Space You can make more than one selection If you don t select any day it will be set to the today s day of the week Press tab Space 4 5 after selecting the days of the week when the appointments recur Then the focus will move to set recurrence end date check box 7 4 9 3 Monthly If you press tab Space 4 5 after setting the recurrence to monthly the focus will move to the recurring type combo box Here you can set the recurring type as date or day of the week To move between the two options you can use Space 1 or Space 4 date is used when you want to set an appointment recurring on the same day of a month for example on the 17 of every month or every other month On the other hand day of the week is used 148 when you want to set an appointment recurring on the same week and the day of the week of a month for example on Wednesday of the second week of every month After selecting the recurring type press tab Space 4 5 to move to the recurring interval In this field you set after how many months the appointment will recur You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you press tab Space 4 5 after setting recurring interval different fields will be shown depending on what you have selected in recurring type If yo
408. ll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home 371 Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 16 3 Google talk Google Talk is one of the messengers to assist functions such as text chat voice chat and sending receiving files And it has functions that similar to MSN s Google Talk allows you to exchange text messages in real time with people registered online and chat to voice conversation Also with sending receiving file functions you can exchange files conveniently The following is how to launch Google Talk 1 Within the main menu press c dots 1 4 or move to the Social Networking using Space 4 and press Enter And then you can enter sub menu of Social Networking 2 Press g dots 1 2 4 5 or move to the Google Talk and then press Enter 16 3 1 Launch the Google Talk In order to launch Google Talk on the Voice Sense you need a Gmail account Visit Gmail website http gmail google com and create a Gmail account If you have a Gmail account registered you can use Google Talk Also if you want to launch Google Talk Voice Sense needs to be connected to Internet 16 3 1 1 Sign In If you launch Google Talk Login dialog box will appear Login dialog box consists of as f
409. lle 1 20 If there are no words registered no items will be displayed 2 Add word a if Enter is pressed on this button add word will be displayed If you want to add a word press Enter after you enter the new word Then the new word is added and the Voice Sense exits to the add word button 3 Modify word m select the word to be modified on the list and then press Enter The modify word message is displayed Input the correct word that will replace the selected word and then press Enter in order to modify the selected word The modify word button will be displayed again after the Voice Sense modifies the selected word 4 Delete word d select the word to be deleted on your list and press Enter in order to delete the selected word 5 Cancel this command closes the dialog box You can move from one item to the next item by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 When you press Enter on the option dialog the following items will be displayed 1 Check automatically if you select check automatically the Voice Sense will check the spelling of the document automatically The default is set to off If it is set to on the Voice Sense will beep if the word is not registered in the dictionary Press Space in order to toggle between on and off 2 Always suggest recommended word if this opt
410. ller which can make it easier to email or allow you to save space on a storage device or disk To activate the zip function use the following steps 1 Select the files or folders you want to compress in the file list by using Space or Enter b dots 1 2 2 Open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on zip Or while you are in the menu press z dots 1 3 5 6 You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Enter z dots 1 3 5 6 3 Then zip filename default filename zip will hear Default filename is the file name that will be used for the compressed file if you try to compress only one file or folder If you try to compress several files or folders the default name is the folder name that contains the files and folders 67 If you press Enter or press Enter on confirm by pressing tab Space 4 5 the zip file will be created in the current path If you want to change the name of the zip file you can modify the default by using the cursor keys or type in a new name If you want to cancel press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Or move to cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 and then press Enter on cancel 4 2 17 Unzip The unzip function will allow you to unzip or decompress a zip file regardless of whether it
411. llowing form the name of the first field other information in the record xx yy yy is the total number of records found and xx is the order of the current record in the list If no record has been found you will get the message no matched record and the current field 335 will be shown again so that you can type another text to search for You can move through the list of records found as follows 1 Move by records Move to the next record Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the previous record Space 1 or up arrow key Move to the last record Space 4 5 6 Move to the first record Space 1 2 3 Move to previous same field different record Space 3 Move to next same field different record Space 6 2 Move between the fields in a record Move to the next field Space 5 Move to the previous field Space 2 Move to the last field Space 4 6 Move to the first field Space 1 3 In the list of records found if you want to search for different text you can press Enter s dots 2 3 4 again to open the search records dialog box Then type the new text that you want to search for If you want to delete a record found press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the record and press Space d dots 1 4 5 in any of the fields in the record Then you will be asked if you really want to delete the record Here you can select yes or no by pressing Space or Backspace
412. located on the Voice Sense The rest of the manual will discuss each function in greater detail to allow you to maximize the potential of your Voice Sense 1 3 Hardware Specifications of the Voice Sense Operating system Windows CE NET 5 0 Flash memory 1GB RAM 128MB Memory extension Compact flash SD memory or USB stick memory also known as USB flash memory CPU Intel PXA270 Battery lithium polymer detachable backup battery installed 7 Keyboard Braille keyboard with Perkins style 4 function keys 4 arrow keys 5 audio buttons 8 Additional button and switch key lock switch audio mode switch reset button 9 Wireless WLAN b g Bluetooth 10 Interface USB OTG CF slot SD slot 6 RWRND O o 11 Sound Internal stereo speakers stereo headphone jack 12 Voice recording Internal microphone external microphone jack 1 4 Memory on the Voice Sense The Voice Sense has 128MB of RAM random access memory and 1GB of flash memory The RAM is memory space that is reserved for running programs This memory space is a temporary storage of any program files that are running or any current data located in documents that you are editing The data in the RAM area will disappear if your battery goes dead and the AC adapter is not connected Also when the Voice Sense reboots for any reason the data in the RAM will disappear However the data in flash memory will not disappear even if your battery goes
413. log box Then the search records dialog box will be opened and the name field the first field of the address book table will be shown Here you can type the name you want to search for 14 1 2 Modify Table Modify table is used to modify the name or structure of a registered table It contains the same controls as in the add table dialog box To modify a table press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu and press Enter on table manager Or you can just press the hotkey for table manager Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 The table name list will be focused when the table manager dialog box is 331 opened Press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the table that you want to modify and press m dots 1 3 4 the shortcut key for the modify table button Or you can press tab Space 4 5 repeatedly to move to the modify table button and press Enter Then a dialog box where you can modify the table will appear This table is same as the add table dialog box The only difference is that the table name edit box and registered fields list contain the information already stored in the table You can not change the name of table If you want to add additional fields press tab Space 4 5 to move to add field and press Enter And then type in the new field name and press Enter If you want to delete an
414. lso you can execute this function using menu Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu And arrow down to the Remove this remote folder on network and then press Enter The other is as follows You should execute Setup Network connection dialog box and move to the This Remote folder already registered and then Press Enter or tab Remove button will be displayed If you press Enter the folder will be removed Remote folder list informs Remote folder already registered indicating mark in front of the search list If you press Tap in registered remote folder list you can see Add button change Remove button According to whether the folder is already registered or not next control is changeable to Add or Remove button 4 5 Hot Keys in the File Manager Hot Keys for the File Manager 1 Open Enter o dots 1 3 5 2 Open with Enter e dots 1 5 3 Zip Enter z dots 1 3 5 6 4 Unzip Enter u dots 1 3 6 74 Send Enter s dots 2 3 4 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Cut Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Delete Enter d dots 1 4 5 Rename Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 New document Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 New folder Enter f dots 1 2 4 File conversion Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Select all Enter a dot 1 Sort files by Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Set file info Enter dots 1 2 3 Displ
415. ly play audio files registered in the play list If there are no files that have been registered in the play list the Voice Sense will display the message There are no items to display You have to add a file to the play list before it can be played If there is more than one file in the play list when you press the play pause button the Voice Sense will start playing all the files in the list one after another If you press the play pause button again while a file is being played the playback will be paused If you want to resume playing press the button again If you press the play pause button while you are in the record dialog box the sound that was recorded most recently will be played back to you 9 1 2 Next button and previous button These buttons have a triangular shape The previous button is the first button from the left on the front panel and it points to the left The next button is the button that is farthest to the right on the front panel and it points to the right If you press the next button the next file in the play list will be played and pressing the previous button will play the previous file If you press one of these buttons while an audio file is being played the Voice Sense will stop playing the current file and jump to the previous or next file depending on which button you press in the play list and start playing it If you press the next button w
416. m the root folder to the download folder 1 Select sample txt from the root folder by using the navigation keys up arrow Space 1 or down arrow Space 4 2 Call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and choose copy Then press Enter The Voice Sense will return to the file list in the root folder 3 Move to the download folder and press Enter Call up the menu again to choose paste Press Enter on paste or press v dots 1 2 3 6 after calling up the menu to complete the file copy function You can also use Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 to do the same thing 4 2 6 Delete Files or Folders To delete files or folders go to the folders or files you want to delete and then select them as explained in section 4 1 2 Call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 to choose the delete function Press Enter on delete to complete the deletion of the selected files and folders You can also press the letter d dots 1 4 5 after calling up the menu to have the same result as above You can delete selected files or folders even without calling the menu by using hot keys Space d dots 1 4 5 and Enter d dots 1 4 5 are the hotkeys assigned to perform the delete function However Space d dots 1 4 5 can be used with in the programs on the Voice Sense Enter d dots 1 4 5 can only be used in the file manager Whe
417. mber increase and Backspace makes the number decrease 8 Automatic save interval don t save automatically 10 60 This option sets the automatic save time interval of the file that is currently being edited The setting time can be increased or decreased by 10 minutes if you press Space or Backspace respectively 9 Apply settings to all documents yes no This option selects the settings only if they are valid for all documents If yes is selected the settings will be kept for all future documents and if no is selected the settings will only affect the document that is currently being edited In order to toggle between yes and no press Space If you want to change the default saving folder you move to default folder button by press tab Space dots 4 5 and press Enter And then you will see the file list In file list you move to folder or disk that you want by using the moving keys and press Enter after press Space If you completed the settings you move to confirm button by press tab Space dots 4 5 and press Enter If so you can change the settings and return to the current editing document If you do not want to save the setting you press Enter on cancel button If so it will cancel the setting and return to the current editing document 5 1 8 Exit This command will close the word processor In order to exe
418. me field the first field in the addressbook table will be shown Here you type the name you want to add and press tab Space 4 5 3 Then the telephone field will be focused Here type the phone number Since this field is of number type you can type only a limited set of characters such as numbers and hyphen You can enter a number without the leading number sign If you press Space instead of hyphen the hyphen will be entered 4 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the address field Type the address 5 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the memo field Since this field is of multi edit box type you can type multiple lines To start a new line press Enter 6 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button If you press Enter here the one record that you have just entered will be added to the table If you do not want to save the record you have just typed in press tab Space 4 5 once more to move to the cancel button and press Enter Or you can just press Space e dots 1 5 334 If you have added a record the name field will be focused again so that you can add another record If you press shift tab Space 1 2 at a field the focus will be moved to the previous field To go back to the searching address dialog box press Enter s dots 2 3 4 To open the table manager dialog box
419. me of the Inbox and the Storagebox In order to change the folder name follow these steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu in mail lists of Inbox 3 It shows File 4 Press Space 4 move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e dots 1 5 5 It shows Select All 6 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 7 Press Enter Or press Backspace c dots 1 4 or Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 without calling the menu 8 It shows Folder lists 9 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to the folder that you want to change 10 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Rename mailbox 11 Press Enter 12 It shows Folder name 13 Type the folder name that you want to change 14 Press Enter Or press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter 203 If you attempt to rename the inbox and storagebox you will hear the warning sound to notify you of the error 8 5 Use the Tools Menu You can set path and option of the E mail The Tools menu has the following four sub menus 1 Accounts manager 2 Set path 3 Set options 4 Set spam Each sub menu except the Accounts manager will be explained in detail in this section 8 5 1 Set Path Set Path sets the default download path where f
420. meline move to the tweet which you want to add to favorite 2 Press Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Or using Tab key move to Add to Favorite button and press Enter Or you can launch Add to Favorite menu located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu 3 If addition is successful Completed message will be displayed and then Voice Sense will return to Timeline 16 2 5 8 Favorite List You can check your favorites calling up the Favorite list dialog box In order to call up Favorite List dialog box press Enter l dots 1 2 3 or launch Favorite List located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up menu Favorite List dialog box contains 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Favorite list This is a list to appear your favorite It is arranged in the newest registration order 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 favorites Press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key 358 on this button 3 Remove As a button you can delete focused favorite If you press Space d dots 1 4 5 or move to the button and press Enter the favorite will be deleted 4 Close This will close Favorite List dialog box and go to the previous status Or you can use F4 or Space e 1 5 16 2 6 Manage Follow 16 2 6 1 F
421. meline is displayed if you press Enter f dots 1 2 4 refreshing Friend Timeline will represent 5 User Time line It displays only the tweets which specified user posted 6 Hot key is Enter u dots 1 3 6 You need to specify a user because User Timeline displays only specific user s tweets 7 If you press the hot key Enter u dots 1 3 6 edit box to type user ID will appear On this edit box you can type user Id and then press Enter After refreshing tweets that specific user posted it appears 8 Current User Timeline It displays current user timeline The hot key is Backspace u dots1 3 6 No matter what Timeline is displayed if you press Backspace u dots 1 3 6 Current User Time line will represent 9 Mention Timeline It displays your mention received 10 The hot key is Enter m dots 1 3 4 Regardless of any Timeline if you press Enter m dots 1 3 4 on the Twitter window Mention Timeline will be displayed after refreshing 11 Retweet By Me Only other user s tweets which you recommend are displayed 352 12 The hot key is Backspace b dots 1 2 Regardless of any timeline if you press Backspace b dots 1 2 on the Twitter window Retweet By me will be displayed after refreshing 13 Retweet To Me This displays only tweets recommended by your follows 14 The hot key is Backspace t dots 2 3 4 5 Regardless of any timeline if you press Backspa
422. move the registration If there are no shared computers registered before you can t see any other list entering Network disk User should search computer name connected to the network and then add the shared folder list to the Network list selectively In order to search shared computer connected to the network Search the shared computer via Setup Network connection dialog box You can execute Setup Network connection dialog box pressing Backspace e dots 1 5 regardless of location while the File manager is executing Or Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and move to Network and then press Enter You can see menu items of Network Move to the Setup Network connection dialog box by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter Setup Network connection is not network menu so it can be executed by pressing F2 The following is the Setup Network connection dialog box control Remote name CEB Remote folder LB Add Remove BT Cancel BT In order to move to Setup Network connection dialog box control do the following Move to the next control Tab F2 or Space 4 5 Move to the previous control Shift Tab Space F2 or Space 1 2 ON the Remote Folder list Connectable folder list is displayed The following is the functions Move to the next list Space 4 Move to the previous list Space 1 Select list and Cancel Space Select all list Enter
423. n schedule manager or press s dots 2 3 4 which is the shortcut in the program menu the find schedule dialog box will appear so that you can search stored information The first thing you will hear is find date followed by the current date If you want to add new schedule information press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to bring up the menu Then select add schedule and then press Enter Or you can quickly open it by pressing Enter l dots 2 4 in the search schedule dialog box As in other programs on the Voice Sense you can use menus and shortcut keys in the schedule manager 7 3 Setting time and date 141 33 ot When you use add schedule search schedule or wakeup call which are located in the utilities menu you are asked to set the date and time The Voice Sense provides you with a consistent interface to enter time and date information in these dialog boxes So before we start talking about using the schedule manager in this section we should explain how to enter the date and time When you are asked to enter a date and time you can either type in the date and time or select it using shortcut keys which are outlined at the end of this section When you type numbers in date time you can use either computer Braille without a number sign or regular grade 1 Braille with or without a number sign When entering time use hh
424. n In setup Internet you will find wireless LAN LAN modem ADSL and Bluetooth DUN You can move between the four items by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 The LAN setup should be used if you are connecting to the Internet via a network or router The modem setup should be used if you are connecting to the Internet via a dial up modem The ADSL setup should be used if you are 439 connecting to the Internet via a DSL modem To connect to the Internet via a wireless network use the wireless LAN function If you want to activate setup Internet press Enter on setup Internet in the utilities menu or press I dots 2 4 in the utilities menu You can move through the utilities menu items with Space 1 or Space 4 If you want to access to Internet with the Voice Sense you must set the Internet settings at setup Internet that is one of the submenus of utilities menu Or if the PC in which the Active Sync program is installed is connected to Internet and the Voice Sense is connected to that PC then you can connect the Voice Sense to Internet The functions of this menu are explained in greater detail in the following sections 17 8 1 Setup Wireless LAN If you want to connect to a wireless network you should use the setup wireless LAN function In order to use the setup wireless LAN function
425. n As a button you can log in the Google 8 Cancel As a button you can cancel login and close Google Talk 373 How to log in Google Talk is as follows 1 If Google Talk is launched Login dialog box will appear and it is focused on the E mail computer edit box You can input your Gmail account on this box using the computer Braille 2 If you have inputted E mail press Tab key and move to the Password computer edit box You can input the password using the computer Braille 3 In order to log in Google Talk pressing Enter or Tab to move to the Login button and press Enter on the button 4 With a Signing in please wait message Voice Sense tries to log in If login is successful Building contact list message will appear and after a little moment contact list will be displayed If the Voice Sense isn t connected to Internet Connection failed Check network status Message will appear and you will return to the Sign In button of login dialog box If you log in Google Talk contact list will appear The contact list is displayed as Status ID XX YY with Braille and chat name status XX YY with voice YY means total number of contacts and xx shows the current turn of the total contact In case of online current status is displayed as NLN with Braille and Online with voice While in case of offline status is displayed as FLN with Braille and offline with voice And if you a
426. n press Enter You can check the addresses that have been entered previously by pressing the down arrow key Space 4 Move to the address that you want to open using the up arrow key Space 1 or the down arrow key Space 4 and press Enter when the desired URL is displayed on the Braille display You can go to a specific web page either by typing in a new address or by selecting one of the previously entered addresses If the Voice Sense cannot connect to the desired web page and it only shows progress on the Braille display press Backspace Enter to stop connecting and call up open URL again You can type in the address and try to connect again You can stop the Web Browser from connecting by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Sometimes this can happen due to network or Internet problems 11 1 2 Open In order to enter into open press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and press Enter on file Go to open by pressing Space 4 and press Enter Or you can press Enter o dots 1 3 5 when the Web Browser is active Then the open dialog box will show up 33 6 6 33 ee Open dialog box consists of file list file name type confirm button and cancel button You can move among those controls by 261 pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 When the open
427. n the table manager dialog box will appear and the table name list will be focused In this list press Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly to move to the name of the table you want to set as the default table Then press s dots 2 3 4 the shortcut key for the set default table or press tab Space 4 5 repeatedly to move to the set default table button and press Enter Or you can press Enter on the name of the table in the table name list Then you will get a message saying that the table is set as the default table and the table manager dialog box will be closed 333 14 2 Add Record You can use this option to add information to a table that you have created When the database manager is started the search records dialog box will be opened at first To open the add record dialog box press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu and press Enter on add record Or instead of using the menu you can just press Enter i dots 2 4 You can think of a record as a collection of information fields for an object record Let s consider the addressbook table you created in the previous section Adding records to this table can be performed as follows 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu and press Enter on add record Or instead of using the menu just press Enter i dots 2 4 2 Then the na
428. n you delete only one file or one folder it is not necessary to use the select function Instead just use the navigation keys to go to the file or folder you want to delete and then you can use the delete function from the file manager 61 4 2 7 Rename You can change the name of a file or folder by using this function To change the name of a file or folder move to the file or folder you desire to rename Call up the menu by using Space m dots 1 3 4 to choose rename from the menu list Press r dots 1 2 3 5 after calling up the menu to activate the rename function quickly Otherwise you can use the down arrow key Space 4 until you reach rename on the list Press Enter on this menu Then the Voice Sense will ask for a new name You must type in a new file name and folder name in ASCII characters And if you type the file extension you can change the file extension Pressing Enter after entering a new file name will complete the process of changing a file or folder name You cannot use the following characters in a file name or folder lt gt 4 2 8 New Document You can create a new document with this option There are several ways to access this function You can utilize the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and you can use the down arrow Space 4 until you reach new document Another way to use this function is by pressing n dots 1
429. n has a check box located next to it Make sure that only the contacts check box that corresponds with Microsoft Outlook is checked Then press next Then the next dialog box that appears will say setup complete Then press finish ActiveSync will then look for changes and synchronize with Microsoft Outlook For more information on how to use ActiveSync or Microsoft Outlook please visit www microsoft com 19 4 Transferring Files to the Voice Sense Via ActiveSync In order to transfer files to the Voice Sense from your computer you will first need to find the file s on your PC that you want to transfer Once you have found the file s that you want to transfer make sure the files have been selected by using the spacebar After you have selected the file s press ctrl c on your PC to copy the file s Then go to the desktop on your computer by pressing Windows key d Press the letter m until you find My computer Press Enter on My computer Then press the letter m until you hear mobile device and press Enter The mobile device is the Voice Sense After you have opened mobile device you will enter in to the file list on the Voice Sense One of the items in the list is my computer Press the letter m until you hear my computer and press Enter Then another file list will open In this list you will find the folder called f
430. n set the month the week and the day of the week when the appointment recurs every year If you press tab Space 4 5 after setting recurring type the focus will move to the month for recurrence combo box You can select one of the 12 months by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If 149 you press tab Space 4 5 here the focus will move to different fields depending on what you have set the recurring type to If you have set the recurring type to date the focus moves to day for recurrence edit box You can type a number between 1 and 31 here If you press tab Space 4 5 here the focus will move to the recurring end date check box using the same way as described in 7 4 9 1 If you have set the recurring type to day of the week you have to set recurring week and day of week for recurrence 7 4 10 Confirm If you press Enter on the confirm button the appointment will be saved and the add schedule dialog box will be closed 7 4 11 Cancel If you press Enter on the cancel button the appointment information you entered will be discarded and you will be asked to enter information about another appointment You can also cancel the entry by pressing Space e dots 1 5 7 5 Search Schedule Search schedule is used for searching Appointments that you have entered before When you start schedule manager
431. n the Save Current Timeline menu located on the sub menu of File Save Current Timeline dialog box consists of 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 369 1 File name As a combo edit box you can enter file name as you desire The default is Timeline name current date like Home Timeline 20110310 2 Confirm As a button you can execute Save Current Timeline 3 Cancel As a button you can exit Save Current Timeline dialog box and return to the Tweet Window the previous status right before calling up the menu 4 File List As a list you can change the storage path The followings are move keys used in file list Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace The following is how to save current timeline 1 Press Space s dots 2 3 4 on the Tweet window File name edit box will appear 2 Type the desired file name and press Enter 3 If you don t change the folder current timeline will be saved in the flashdisk My Documents
432. n the file menu Or press Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 If new is executed while editing another document Sense document s is displayed first If you press Space 4 repeatedly Braille document b and text document t will appear Select the document type that you want and then press Enter New means that users can create a new document after closing the document that is currently being edited Closing the document that is currently being edited means that the document is erased from the temporary memory If a new document is executed without saving the document that is currently being edited the Voice Sense asks whether it should save the current document so that changes to the document will not be lost When save Yes is displayed users can select yes in order to save the current document or select no in order not to save the changes If you select cancel by pressing Space once more the word processor will cancel the new document and return to the current document TT Note that you can change the default document type in the options menu By changing the default document type you can choose to have your default document type as text sense or Braille 5 1 2 Open The open command opens a document that has already been saved on to a disk Select open on the file menu or press Enter o dots 1 3 5 You can access the
433. n the Braille display Once progress has reached100 the inbox will be opened and it will show the received e mail in the list Move to Sent or Outbox and press Enter If there are any e mail messages in Sent or Outbox it shows e mil lists like the inbox 8 1 2 Management e mail service information In Accounts manager you can manage e mail service information To execute e mail service follow these steps 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu in Inbox mail list 2 Pressing Space 4 move to Tools Press Enter on Tools Or press T dots 2 3 4 5 3 It shows Accounts manager 4 Press Enter 5 It shows Account name no items Without calling up menu you can also move to this menu by pressing Enter m dots 1 3 4 The Accounts manager contains the following 6 items Service list Information Add Modify Delete Close OnRWN You can move among these items by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 You can execute each item by pressing enter on the desired item that is displayed 164 If you want to exit from the Accounts manager move to the Close button and then press enter Or press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 The following is a detailed explanation of each item 8 1 2 1 Registering e mail service
434. n this dialog box only have an effect in Media Player If hold is set to off you can call up the program menu by pressing F1 and you can use another program 9 3 6 2 Playback Settings Dialog Box If you press Enter on playback settings or press p dots 1 2 3 4 on the settings menu the playback settings dialog box will be displayed In this dialog box pressing Space 4 5 or Space 1 2 will circulate among setting options confirm and cancel The setting options are the display time option the repeat option the playlist option the shuffle the Times to repeat the specified track the set speed option and time index option Press Space 4 or Space 1 to move from one option to the next or previous option You can also open this dialog box by pressing Enter s dots 2 3 4 in the Media Player dialog box The display time option allows you to set which type of time messages will be displayed in the playback information tab You can set it to either elapsed time or remaining time You can change its value by pressing Space on time 244 The repeat option allows you to set whether all files in the play list will be played repeatedly If it this option is set to yes all files in the play list will be played repeatedly and if it is set to no the Vo
435. n timer you will be asked to put in hours minutes and seconds When typing in the hours minutes and seconds you should type in a two digit number for the hour minute and the second regardless of whether you are using computer Braille or regular grade 1 Braille without using a number sign If you press Enter without typing in any numbers the count down timer will start with the default which is set to one minute When started the count down timer will say count down xx minute and it will start running If you press Enter in the count down timer the Voice Sense will tell you the remaining time and then it will pause If you press Enter again it will restart Pressing Backspace will clear the count down timer If the timer reaches zero you will hear a 10 second alarm and the count down timer will clear If you press Backspace Enter while the alarm is sounding the alarm will stop and your timer will clear and will be ready to accept a new time If you press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 again anywhere in the count down timer the stopwatch will be ready If you want to exit the stopwatch or count down timer press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 anywhere within the stopwatch or count down timer and you will return to the stopwatch menu 17 8 Setup Internet The setup Internet function is used to set up your IP configuratio
436. nd is text to find In this window you can type in the text that you want to find If you want to find the text immediately press Enter However if you want to set other fields in the dialog box press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field 2 Search direction 96 The next field is search direction The default direction is forward If you would like to change the search direction you should press Space Pressing Space will toggle between forward and backward After you type in the text to be found and set the searching direction press Enter if you want to find the text immediately 3 Match case The next field is match case This field display only when you execute the find command in text file This field does not display in Braille file The default value is no If you want to change the value press Space Pressing Space will toggle between no and yes 4 Confirm After you set all of the fields and want to execute find press Enter on confirm You can also start finding text by pressing Enter on text to find or search direction 5 Cancel In order to cancel the find function press Enter on cancel Or you can cancel the find command by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 If you have executed the find command as explained above and it finds the tex
437. nd first execute save playlist the save as playlist dialog box will open If you execute save after you save the play list for once the Voice Sense will save the play list with the same file name without using a dialog box After saving a play list it will return to Media player dialog box 9 3 1 6 Save as play list The save as playlist menu item is used to save the play list as a different file or on another disk drive If you want to use this function you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the file menu and execute the save as playlist command by pressing Enter on it or you can press I dots 1 2 3 Otherwise you can press Space s dots 2 3 4 in the Media Player dialog box If you execute save as playlist the save as playlist dialog box is displayed This dialog box consists of file list file name a confirm button and a cancel button If the dialog box is opened file name is displayed You can move from one tab to the other tab by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The file format of saved play list is always the m3u By default file is saved in flashdisk media If you want to make a new file name type in the new file name You cannot use the following characters in a file mane lt gt If you want to change the saving location move
438. nd move to search for file and press Enter or b Or you can press Space f dot 1 2 4 without calling the menu Then you can see dialog box for file search The dialog box for file search consists of edit window for file name to search combo box to select a disk check box to searching sub 3 13 13 folder search button cancel button and list to be searched file 64 and you can use tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to move to each control When you perform file search you will hear file to find This edit window is edit window for file name to search You need to input whole or part of the file name and press Enter Then it will search all files which contains the word which you inputted in the current disk After the file search it is located in list to be searched file automatically You can press up and down arrow key Space 1 and Space 4 to move to each file in list to be searched file If you press Enter on a file it moves to the path where a file is stored and dialog box for file search will be closed You can open the file by pressing Enter on the file name once again If you want to search a file in another disk not in current disk you need to input file name and press tab Space 4 5 to move to combo box to select disk Then you can press up and down arrow key Spac
439. nd the e mail messages will be downloaded in this disk 8 5 2 Set Options In Set Options you can set the Inbox with default folder when the E mail program is started 8 5 2 1 Using the Inbox with Default Folder If you set the Inbox with default folder it will move to list of Inbox whenever the E mail program is started In order to use the Inbox with default folder follow these stets 1 Execute E mail 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the E mail menu in the Inbox 3 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 4 Press Enter 5 It shows Accounts manager 208 6 Press Space 4 move to Set Options 7 Press Enter on the Set Options Or without calling the menu press Enter o dots 1 3 5 8 It shows inbox as default mailbox when starting Yes If you don t Use inbox as default mailbox press Space 9 Press Enter If you want to cancel this function press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 8 5 3 Spam Settings When the Voice Sense downloads e mail from the e mail server there may be a lot of e mail messages that are spam In this case you can avoid downloading these spam e mail messages by registering specified words in the subject or the specified e mail address The spam e mail messages that are set at Spam Settings will not be download
440. nd you will hear The Echo option is used to hear echo sound more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger echo sound you will hear 248 To save the changed settings and exit from this dialog box press Enter after you change all the options you want to change or move to the Confirm button by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 repeatedly and then press Enter If you want to cancel the changes and exit from this dialog box press enter on the Cancel button or press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 9 4 Additional features 9 4 1 Moving features using the cursor keys While playing an audio file pressing cursor key in Playback information tab will move to the specific region which divides 32 sections within an audio file and play If you press number 1 cursor key it will play from the beginning of the file And if you press number 32 cursor key it will play from the end of the file 9 5 Hot Keys in the Media Player 1 Hot Keys for the Commands for the File Menu Open file Enter o dots 1 3 5 Open folder Enter f dots 1 2 4 Add file Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Add folder Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Save play list Enter i dots 2 4 Save as play list Space s dots 2 3 4 Delete item Space d dots 1 4 5 Open URL Enter u dots 1 3 6 2 Hot K
441. ndex finger middle finger ring finger and pinky finger of your left hand on the left four buttons Then place your index finger middle finger ring finger and pinky finger of your right hand on the right four buttons Finally place both of your thumbs on the spacebar also called the space key The button where you placed your left index finger corresponds to dot one in Braille The button that your left middle finger is on corresponds to dot two and the button that your left ring finger is on corresponds to dot three The button on which your left pinky finger is placed is the Backspace key The button that your right index finger is on corresponds to dot four in Braille The button that your right middle finger is on is dot five and the button your ring finger is placed on corresponds to dot six in Braille The button on which your right pinky is placed is the Enter key And the long bar shaped button where your thumbs are placed is called the spacebar Toward the top of the Voice Sense on the top panel is tow speakers in the center 1 2 2 Right Side Panel Next let s discuss the right side panel of the Voice Sense We will start from the front of the unit on the right side panel and move our way toward the back Toward the front of the Voice Sense on the right side panel you will find the USB port If you connect the unit to a personal computer by using this USB port you can transfer files that are stored in the Voice Sense
442. ng 2 Information 3 Play 4 Pause You can move between the controls with tab F3 or Space 4 5 or shift tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 While playing a file in the DAISY Player you will find a heading which will show you a 290 prefixed heading or affixed text if one has been prepared In information you can find the current page level phrase elapsed time and running time You can move between these items with Space 1 or Space 4 You can press Enter on pause or play which will let you pause or play the audio If you are anywhere in the four control components you can play or pause by pressing Space 12 2 File When in the file menu you can open a new DAISY file check file information on the file that is currently open and set voice parameters You can open the file menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on file Or you can press f dots 1 2 4 In the file menu you will find items such as open DAISY voice settings book info and exit You can move between these items with Space 1 or Space 4 You can activate the selected item by pressing Enter 12 2 1 Open DAISY You can open another DAISY file with using open DAISY To get to open DAISY press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu and then
443. ng POP3 server computer edit box using computer 165 Braille Ex mail hims inc com Check with your Internet service provider or network administrator to find out what you should use as the Incoming POP3 server name 14 Press Space 4 move to Outgoing smtp server Type in the Outgoing smtp server computer edit box using computer Braille Check with your Internet service provider or network administrator to find out what you should use as the Outgoing smtp server name 15 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm button 16 Press Enter on the Confirm button 17 Then the Voice Sense will exit to Account name list and show the registered account name Ex Account name Voice Sense1 1 18 When you finish registering the services press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 to exit to the inbox In order to move from a setting item Ex ID password to the previous setting item press Space 1 And in order to move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button press Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 If you made a typo in an item such as account name ID or password you can correct the type as follows 1 In order to delete the letter where the cursor is located press Space d dots 1 4 5 2 In order to delete the letter in front of the cursor position press Backspace 3 In order to delete the current line press Backspace c do
444. ng characters in a file or folder name lt gt If you want to change the file format move to type In type move to the file format that you want by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 81 If you want to save a file with a file name that is in the file list move to the file list by pressing shift tab Note When saving the rtf and doc the file formatting will be lost and saved 5 1 5 Close Current Document The close current document command allows you to close the current document that you are working on without closing the word processor You can access the close current document command by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Then press Enter on the file menu Use the arrow keys Space 1 and Space 4 until you find close current document and then press Enter Or you can press q dots 1 2 3 4 5 in the file menu You can also access this function by pressing Space q dots 1 2 3 4 5 while you are editing a document Please note that this function will not work if you only have one document open You must have at least two or more documents open in order to execute the close current document command Otherwise you will hear an audio alert when only one document is opened 5 1 6 Print The Print command is used to print the current document using the Bluetooth printer If you want
445. nput fields are start date start time end date end time subject location memo alarm time and set recurrence schedule Among the input fields you can move from one field to the next by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 For the subject and memo fields you can type in text and for the start date end date start time end time fields you can either type in a date time or select it using shortcut keys If you press Enter on the confirm button the schedule information will be saved If you press Enter on cancel button the entry will not be saved 33 ec 33 ot 0 7 4 1 Start date When you start add schedule the Start date edit box is displayed first If you want to use this date just press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field If you want to enter a new date you want to type month day year in this order After you have entered the date you should then press tab Space 4 5 to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after filling in this field you will get the message no subject and then the focus moves to the subject field Note Start date varies following 2 cases 1 If you try to add schedule that has not been performed the search mode in schedule manager the default of Start date is set to the
446. nse will change your file extension to the extension that you have selected If there is a file with the same file name and format already date and time will be added to the file name You can always use the letter t dots 2 3 4 5 after calling up the menu to invoke the file conversion feature Also Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 is the hot key that activates this feature without calling up the menu 4 2 11 Select All This feature selects all the files and folders in the current path You can use this feature through the menu or by using a shortcut key Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu Press the down arrow Space 4 to go to select all Press Enter to execute the select all function You can use the letter a dot 1 after calling up the menu to use this feature Enter a dot 1 is the hot key to select all of the files and folders in the current path When select all is activated the Voice Sense will say x objects selected The Voice Sense will return to the file list in the current path after this brief announcement You can always cancel your selections by pressing Space after moving to the file you want to cancel This feature is a convenient way of copying cutting and deleting multiple files 4 2 12 Search for File Search for file is to find out files of the current or other disk You can press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu a
447. nstead of Space e dots 1 5 while you are writing an e mail message the Voice Sense will return to the inbox without asking whether it will save the message or not 8 2 3 5 Saving E Mail as New Name in the Outbox If you save e mail in Outbox you can save it under a different file name This Save Draft function will save the email as new name and place it in the outbox 185 The Menu structure and move of Save Mail In Outbox is like below AOUN File name ECB Confirm Button Cancel Button Storage folder List You can move between the menu controls by using Shift Tab Space 1 2 or Tab Space 4 5 The following describes how to save e mail as new name in the Outbox 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 It shows File menu 3 Press Enter on the File menu 4 Press Space 4 move to Save Draft 5 Press Enter Or Without calling the menu Space s dots 2 3 4 6 The dialog box for save will be opened 7 It will be displayed File name subject of writing e mail txt 8 If you want to change file name type in a file name 9 Press Enter Or press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter If you want to cancel press Tab on the Confirm move to Cancel Or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 regardless of location If you w
448. nter on the go to menu 4 Press Space 4 until go to next text will be displayed Or you 269 can press a dots 1 in order to move to go to next text directly 5 Press Enter on go to next text Or you can call up the go to next text menu by pressing Space 1 2 4 5 6 while the web page is being read In order to execute go to previous text menu do the following Call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Move to go to by pressing Space 4 Press Enter on the go to menu Press Space 4 until go to previous text is displayed Or you can press b dot 1 2 in order to move to go to previous text directly 5 Press Enter on go to previous text AON Or you can call up the go to previous text menu by pressing Space 2 4 6 while a web page is being read 11 4 7 Refresh If a web page opens incorrectly due to a network problem or if you want to refresh the current page press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and go to the go to menu by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Go to refresh by pressing Space 4 and press Enter or you can press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 without calling up the menu 11 4 8 History The history is the list of the web page addresses and their titles that have been visited either by clicking on
449. nter or tab Space 4 5 and the file save dialog box will be displayed to prompt you to enter the name and the format of the file to be saved This dialog box is the same as the save as dialog box in the word processor 7 9 Backing Up and Restoring Your Appointments 7 9 1 Backup Schedule If a cold reset occurs or if your battery goes dead all of the data in the schedule manager will be lost So it is very important to make a backup file every time you change your schedule To backup your schedule go to backup schedule open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Then use the up and down arrow keys Space 1 or Space 4 and find backup schedule Then press Enter You can also press u dots 1 3 6 while you are in the menu to get to backup schedule Or you can press Enter u dots 1 3 6 to activate this function without calling up the menu If you already have a backup file you will see the message Backup file already exists Backup anyway yes If you have made any changes to your schedule press Enter here to create a new backup file If you want to keep the previous backup file press Space 4 locate no and press Enter on it If you make a backup file again in the schedule manager you will have a new backup file with the 154 extension DAT and you will have another file with the extension BAK whic
450. ntry Space 4 Add word Space dots 2 4 Modify word Space m dots 1 3 4 Delete word Space d dots 1 4 5 20 15 6 Stopwatch Stopwatch start pause restart Enter Stopwatch Clear Backspace Check the elapsed time space Switch between stopwatch and count down timer Tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Count down timer pause or restart Enter Count down timer Clear Backspace Check remaining time space Exit stopwatch or count down timer Space z dots 1 3 5 6 489 20 15 7 Display network status Display network status Space n dots 1 3 4 5 20 15 8 Display power status Display power status Space 1 6 20 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings Move to previous item Space 1 or up arrow key Move to next item Space 4 or down arrow key Move to previous control Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Move to next control Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Select unselect check box Space 20 15 10 Format Format Space 1 2 3 20 15 11 Sleep Timer Set Sleep Timer Space j dots 2 4 5 20 15 12 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware Check download information Space i dots 2 4 Cancel download and exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 490 21 Command Summary for USB Keyboards 21 1 Common Combination Keys Call up the program menu Winkey Call up the task ID list Ctrl Shift F10 Call up the menu in the individual program Alt Run the individual program in the program menu Winkey Shortcut key varies for each program
451. nu 2 Move to Voice Settings which is located under the File menu and press Enter Or press s dots 2 3 4 3 Also you can directly activate the Voice Settings by pressing Enter s dots 2 3 4 It will open the Voice Settings dialog box In the dialog box 1 DAISY play type It will show while playing texttaudio DAISY 2 Voice control 1 Set speed 2 Set volume 3 Set to control information of contents 3 Confirm 4 Cancel You can move between the four controls with Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 In voice control you can move between Set speed Set volume and Set to control information of contents with Space 1 or Space 4 292 If you cancel this function press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 12 2 2 1 DAISY play type It will show while playing texttaudio DAISY You can use this function when you play the texttaudio DAISY The default setting is Audio It will play with audio in texttaudio Daisy If you set the Text it will play with text in texttaudio Daisy To change the setting value press Space 1 or Space 4 After changing the setting value press Enter Or press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter Without calling the menu you can directly this function by pressing Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 12 2 2 2 Volume and Speed You can incre
452. o activate link button by pressing Space 4 5 or Space 1 2 and press Enter there If you want to go to the link position selected in links list move to focus link button by pressing Space 4 5 and press Enter there To close the dialog box move to cancel button and press Enter there Or just press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or press Space e dots 1 5 11 5 Favorites In order to enter into favorites press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to favorites by pressing Space 4 and press Enter If there are web sites that you frequently visit it would be very inconvenient to enter the long address every time In such a case you can add these web site addresses in the favorites list Then you can visit the web sites that are stored in your favorites list by simply selecting the address in the favorites list 11 5 1 Set Current As Your Home Page The home page is the web site that you connect to automatically when the Web Browser is opened The user can set any web site as the home page In order to set the home page you have to go to the web page that you want to register as the home page While the web page is displayed press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to favorites by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Then set 273 current as your home page will be displa
453. o not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 For your reference this option is available only when the AC adaptor is connected to the unit In other word although you set the option to on if AC adaptor is connected to the unit the unit will not go to the sleep mode automatically when you meet the power saving kick in time 3 2 26 Power Saving Kick In When you want to use the power saving mode you can set the time when the power saving mode will begin The shortcut key is k dots 1 3 with the default set at after 10 minutes If you set this option to the default the Voice Sense will enter into power saving mode when you have not used the Voice Sense for 10 minutes The Space key changes the option setting to 10 minutes 20 minutes or 30 minutes If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel 47 button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6
454. o press u dots 1 3 6 while you are in the menu to get to backup address list Or you can press Enter u dots 1 3 6 to activate this function without calling up the menu If you already have a backup file you will see the message Backup file already exists Continue to backup yes If you have made any changes to your address list press Enter to create new backup file If you want to keep the previous backup file press Space 4 locate no and press Enter on it When you make a backup file in your address list you will always have a new backup file with the extension DAT and you will have another file with the extension BAK which originated from the previous address dat file 6 5 2 Restore Address List If you want to restore the address list after a cold reset press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and use the up and down 126 arrow keys to find restore address list Then press Enter on restore address list Or you can press r dots 1 2 3 5 while you are in the menu to find restore address list You can also press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 to activate this function without calling up the menu If you activate the restore address list function and you already have an address list you will see the message Address file already exists Which do you prefer Append If you press Enter the backup addr
455. o previous text Space 2 4 6 Go to next text Space 1 2 4 5 6 Refresh Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 286 Open the history list Enter h dots 1 2 5 Check the address of the selected title in the history list Space i dots 2 4 Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Links list Backspace i dots 2 4 Favorites Set current as your home page Enter s dots 2 3 4 Add to favorites Backspace a dot 1 Favorites list Enter l dots 1 2 3 Options setting Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in the Web Browser Turn up the volume Space up arrow key Turn down the volume Space down arrow key Play Play button of the front panel Stop Stop button of the front panel Reading Web Pages Move between controls Move to the previous control Shift tab Space 1 2 Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 Select the next item in the combo box list box BackSpace Space 4 Select the previous item in the combo box list box BackSpace Space 1 Moving to the form Move to the previous form Space 1 2 3 4 6 Move to the next form Space 1 3 4 5 6 Table navigation hot keys Move to the previous table Space 3 4 5 6 Move to the next table Space 1 4 5 6 287 Move to the previous cell Space 2 3 Move to the next cell Space 5 6 Move to the upper cell Space 3 5 Move to the lower cell Space 2 6 Read current cell Space 2 3 5 6 Move to the previous cell of the upper level table BackSpa
456. o the previous cell in the upper level table BackSpace 2 3 It moves to the previous cell from the current cell that contains the current table If the current table cell is the first cell of the highest level table it will show the starting line of the table It does not work on the highest level table 9 Move to the next cell of the upper level table BackSpace 5 6 It moves to the next cell from the current cell that contains the current table If the current table cell is the last cell in the highest level table it moves to the end line of the table It does not work on the highest level table 10 Move to the upper cell of the upper level table BackSpace 3 5 It moves to the previous row within the same column to the table cell that contains current table If the cell that contains the current table is located on the first row of the upper level table the warning sound will be played It does not work on the highest level table 11 Move to the lower cell of the upper level table BackSpace 2 6 It moves to the next row within the same column to the table cell that contains the current table If the table cell that contains current table is at the last row of the upper level table the warning sound will be played It does not work on the highest level table 12 Check the position Space 1 5 6 It announces the position of the current cell in the table It shows the position in voice such as table 2 3 row 3 cell 4 11 7 4 Move
457. o the previous list Up arrow key Move to the next list Down arrow key Move to the top of the list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Fn Left arrow key Move to the bottom the list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Fn Right arrow key Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 21 14 2 Google talk File Menu Commands Sign out Ctrl l Export Contact Lists Alt x Import Contact Lists Alt i Exit Alt F4 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Send File Ctrl f Move to Recently Chat Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Contact Menu Commands Add Contact Alt q Delete Contact Delete Block Contact Alt b Manage Block List Alt m Contact Information Ctrl i Manage Contact List Ctrl p Option Menu Commands My Status Options Alt u Action Options Alt a Alert Options Alt o 509 Path Options Alt p Chat Window Menus File Menu Commands Save Conversation Alt s Close Chat Alt F4 Edit Menu Commands Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Delete Paste Ctrl v Start Selection Ctrl b Select All Ctrl a Find Ctrl f Find Again F3 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Stop Voice Chat Esc key Send File Ctrl f View Contact List Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Move to Previous Chat Ctrl Shift Tab Move to Next Chat Ctrl Tab The move keys in Google Talk Move to the previous Contents Up arrow key Move to the next Contents
458. ocation to the last heading You can scan them by activating the read heading or scan heading in the heading menu Without using the menu pressing Space m dots1 3 4 and then h dots 1 2 5 you can check the current heading in the file that is currently being played by pressing Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 If you activate this function you will see the current heading name and level By pressing Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 you can scan the heading list from the present to the end If you activate the scan heading menu you will see the heading list from the present to the end In the list if you find one that you want to listen to press Enter or Space to play it Using this method you are able to skip other headings and play what you want If you want to cancel the scan heading function press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Then you will be returned to where you were before 12 5 5 Find Phrase You can find phrase that you want to move while playing a DAISY file or in a pause status To execute this function follow these steps 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 2 It shows File 3 Press Space 4 move to Heading 4 Press Enter on the Heading Or press h dots 1 2 5 5 It shows Previous heading 302 Noe Ne 6 Press Space 4 move to Find Phrase 7 Pres
459. of the corresponding menu on the Braille display In this case the Voice Sense will also speak the message common dialog Let s begin going through the various menus First turn the unit on by pushing the power switch to the left Now bring up the program menu You can bring up the program menu by pressing F1 The program menu is the top menu in the Voice Sense That is the program menu is the parent directory for everything as there are no directories or menus above the program menu The items in the program menu are file manager word processor address manager schedule manager e mail media player FM radio web browser daisy player Bluetooth manager database manager extras social networking utilities global options and help The first item of the program menu is file manager If Space 4 is pressed the next menu item is spoken If Space 4 is pressed repeatedly the help menu will say The help menu is the last item on the program menu Press Space 4 5 6 when file manager is spoken The Voice Sense will say help Then press Space 1 2 3 and the Voice Sense speaks file manager It means that Space 4 5 6 moves to the last item of the program menu and Space 1 2 3 moves to the first item of the program menu If you want to move from the current menu to the upper level menu press Space
460. of the service may be connected without inputting pin code depending on the Remote Bluetooth device settings It is possible to setup the remote Bluetooth device to always accept the connection from the Voice Sense or to require a pin code each time These options must be changed on the remote Bluetooth device However if you press Space d dots 1 4 5 while in the Bluetooth Service List all authentication will be removed and the Voice Sense and the remote Bluetooth device will ask you for a pin code the next time you try to connect the service 311 After you have connected to a service you can press Enter d dots 1 4 5 to disconnect the service and the Voice Sense will say service disconnected You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Service List If you disconnect a service connect will disappear from the Bluetooth Service List If you connect to the FTP service you will see a list of files and folders that are on the remote Bluetooth device The rest of this chapter will discuss each service in detail 13 2 2 LAN Service With the LAN service you can connect to the Internet through your computer If you connect this service you can use the web browser and email program just like if you were connected to the Internet via a dial up modem or wireless LAN card However you must setup Internet Connection Sharing ICS on your remote Bluetooth device Without ICS properly setup you will not be able to c
461. og box without stopping the playing of the file In the dialog box you will find one state box that contains running time and pages another state box that contains the mark information and close You can move between the three controls with tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 In the first state box you will find total time read time remaining time total pages current page and remaining pages In the other state box you will find the total marks and mark page You can move between the items with Space 1 or Space 4 If you want to close the dialog box press Enter on close which will return you to the current file ot it 12 2 4 Exit When you want to quit the DAISY Player press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on file And press Space 4 repeatedly to move to exit and press Enter on exit Or you can press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 without using the exit menu While exiting you will hear the message Exit DAISY player Are you sure Then press Enter on yes which is the default or if you do not 294 want to exit you can select no by pressing Space and then press Enter 12 3 Document When in the document menu you can move by phrase or level while playing If you want to activate the document menu press
462. ollow User This is a function to follow user In order to call up Follower User dialog box press Backspace a dot 1 Or after calling up the menu you can launch Follow User on the sub menu of Follow Follow User dialog box consists of 3 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Follow User id As a edit box you can type the desired User ld 2 Confirm As a button you can follow the user 3 Cancel As a button you will go to the status right before calling up the menu The followings are how to follow the user 1 Once Follow User dialog box is launched Follow User id edit box appears 2 On this box you can input the desired User Id and then press Enter 3 Adding Follow message is displayed and Voice Sense tries to follow 4 If following is successful Follow complete message will be displayed and you will go to the status right before calling up the menu 359 16 2 6 2 Following Following represents your follows In order to call up Following dialog box press Backspace dots 1 2 3 Or launch Following on the sub menu of Follow after calling up the menu Following consists of 5 controls You can move to the next control by pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1
463. ollowings 372 1 E mail Computer Edit Control 2 Password Computer Edit Control 3 Remember me Check Box Control 4 Save password Check Box Control 5 Auto Sign In Check Box Control 6 7 Sign In Button Control Cancel Button Control The Following is detailed explanations of Login dialog box You can move to the next controls with Tab key F3 or Space 4 5 and to the previous controls with Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 E mail As a computer edit box you can input your Gmail account as a user ID 2 Password As a computer edit box you can input the password of your Gmail account 3 Remember me It is a check box You can choose whether you save user ID or not The default is set to Uncheck pressing space you can change the default to Check 4 Save password It is a check box You can choose whether you save the password or not The default is set to Uncheck pressing space you can change the default to Check 5 Auto Sign In it is a check box You can choose whether you sign in automatically or not 6 If you choose Check you can sign in automatically with registered e mail account without log in dialog box when you execute Google talk program But if you want to use this function you have to choose Check on Remember me Save password dialog box If you choose Uncheck Auto Sign in function is not executes 7 Sign i
464. om the Schedule Manager you should press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 and launch another program If you do not want to be alerted of today s schedule when you turn on the Voice Sense you should turn off the check today s schedule If you turn off the Voice Sense while another program is opened and then you turn it on again the Voice Sense will tell you the name of 8 the program that was running on the Voice Sense when you turned it off If you turn off the Voice Sense while you are using the word processor it will tell you the file name input mode and file protection status as well as the program name When you connect the AC adapter to the Voice Sense the Voice Sense will speak the message AC adapter on When you disconnect it from the Voice Sense the Voice Sense will say AC adaptor off 2 2 Concept of the Menu The menu on the Voice Sense is similar to the concept of a restaurant menu For instance a menu that is used at a restaurant will help you select your choice of food that will be served while the menu on the Voice Sense provides you with choices that you can select If you have selected a menu item from the menu items list and there are sub menus the Voice Sense will display those choices for that particular item Moving among the menu items is very simple Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and press up arrow key or Space 1
465. om the paused location 238 9 3 4 5 Go To Percent While playing or in a pause status of file you can move to the location via a percent in a file 1 While playing or in a pause status of file press Space M dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 2 By pressing Space 1 or Space 4 move to Position menu 3 Press Enter Or press a dot 1 4 By pressing Space 1 or Space 4 move to Go to percent menu 5 Press Enter Or without calling up the menu press Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 while playing or in a pause status of file 6 Then it will find the edit box asking Go to percent XX 7 Enter the percent that you want to move to Enter the number range from 0 to 99 8 Press Enter 9 It will move to the point of the percent has been entered 9 3 4 6 Set Start Point A B repeat mode allows you to play a specific part of an audio file as many times as you wish This can be useful when learning a new language and you need to hear the same information in a file over and over again To execute A B repeat mode follow these steps 1 To set start point press the Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 at the point where you want to start the section while playing 2 Also press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to Position by pressing Space 4 Press Enter on Position Move to Set start point by pressing Sp
466. on and a cancel button You can move between these elements by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 58 Within the list you can select the next item by pressing Space 4 and the previous item by pressing Space 1 As soon as the dialog box opens open with word processor will be displayed In this list you can select a program which would be the word processor media player or web browser Pressing Space 4 will select the next program and Space 1 will select the previous program Once you have selected the program to open the file type with press tab Space 4 5 to move to apply to radio button If you have selected the word processor pressing tab Space 4 5 will take you to an additional list called open mode Using this list you can specify whether the file will be opened as a Braille file or a text file Press Space 4 or Space 1 to select one of the two file types and then press tab Space 4 5 to move to the apply to radio button In this radio button you can specify whether only the currently selected file or all of the files with the same file extension as the currently selected file will be opened with the specified program If you have set one of the two press Enter or tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button and then press Enter to apply what you have just set If you have specified a prog
467. on it 7 9 3 Setting Backup Option To backup your schedule you can backup your schedule manually by activating the backup schedule function You can also backup the schedule automatically by activating the set backup option function To activate the set backup option function press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open up the menu Next press Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly to locate set backup option Then press Enter on set 155 backup option Or while you are in the menu you can press e dots 1 5 to jump directly to set backup option You can also activate the set backup option function without opening up the menu by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 If you activate this function you will see a dialog box The dialog box has three controls backup mode radio button a confirm button and a cancel button You can switch between controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 To move between the radio buttons you can press Space 1 Backspace Space 4 or Space 6 The backup mode has three radio buttons always backup changes when exiting manual backup and prompt backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the always backup changes when exiting a new backup file will be created automatically if you have modified your schedule or added other information
468. onfirm button Then press Enter Or you can press Enter in any field If you don t want to save the information that you have entered press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 repeatedly to move to the cancel button and then press Enter After you cancel the entry you will be prompted for another record beginning with the last name field You can enter telephone numbers using computer Braille without a number sign or regular grade 1 Braille with or without a number sign To type in a dash while typing in a telephone number e g 000 000 0000 you should press Space or dots 3 6 If you want to put an extension number after any phone number enter the phone number as described above and then type a comma followed by the extension number as in OOO 000 0000 100 In this case you should press dot 6 to enter the comma in computer Braille or dot 2 in grade 1 Braille When you enter a home page address or an e mail address you should enter the information using computer Braille For the at sign you should press Space u dots 1 3 6 and then dot 4 A period or dot in a home page address or an e mail address 122 should be entered as dots 4 6 A colon can be typed in using dots 1 5 6 and a slash can be typed in using dots 3 4 By pressing tab Space 4 5 you can get to the
469. onfirm by pressing tab Space 4 5 and then press Enter Or if you want to cancel print move to Cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 and then press Enter 5 1 7 Settings If you want to change the environment press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on the file menu in order to enter into the file menu Move to settings e by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and then press Enter on settings or just press e dots 1 5 While editing a document pressing Enter e dots 1 5 will open the settings menu When this menu is opened a dialog box is displayed which contains the followings the settings list default folder button confirm button and a cancel button You can move between controls by 83 pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 And you can move between setting items in list by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 The following are the setting items that can be changed 1 View format character yes no If this option is set to yes all of the format characters are displayed If you want to change this option use Space to toggle Formatted characters will be marked with the carriage return p and the mark sign pl 2 Reading unit line paragraph It sets the moving unit when Space 1 or Space 4 is pressed
470. onnect to the Internet using the LAN service For information on how to setup ICS for your remote Bluetooth device please refer to the documentation that came with your Bluetooth adapter Setting up ICS requires knowledge of network architecture so it may be a good idea to contact a local network technician or your network administrator for help to set up ICS 13 2 3 FTP Service This service will work similar to using FTP on the Internet It will allow you to transfer folders and files to and from the Voice Sense between it and the remote Bluetooth device When referring to the FTP service we will refer to the file folder list in the remote Bluetooth device as remote folder list and the file folder list of the Voice Sense as the local folder list 312 After you have successfully connected to the FTP service the Bluetooth Manager will take you to the remote folder list The remote folder list that you are taken to is determined by the remote Bluetooth device Typically this folder is called the Bluetooth Exchange Folder on the remote Bluetooth device but you should check your remote Bluetooth device for information on this folder The remote folder list is very similar to the File Manager With the FTP service you can perform the following functions Copy Paste Send to Retrieve file New folder Delete file folder Open local folder If you press Enter on this you will be Saken to the local folder list I
471. or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 364 1 Search word This is edit box and you can enter word which you want to search 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 20 results You can launch Next list by pressing Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 or Enter key on the button 3 Search result In the list search results appear such as User Id Self introduction Search result button represents only when there are search results 4 Follow User As a button you can follow the focused user with this button Follow User button represents only when there are search results 5 Confirm As a button you can execute search 6 Cancel As a button you can close Global Search dialog box and return the status right before calling up the Menu Or you can cancel by pressing F4 or Space e 1 5 The followings are the way to follow user 1 If Global search dialog box is launched Search word edit box appears You can type the desired word on this edit box 2 If you press Enter searching tweet starts with Searching message 3 If search is successful immediately search results appear When there is no search result No search results message will be displayed and you will go to the Search word edit box 4 In the search result list you can move to user whom you want to follow by pressing Space 4 or
472. or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 27 Check Today s Schedule In the schedule manager which you will learn about later you are able to keep track of your appointments using the Voice Sense The Voice Sense is able to check today s schedule when you turn it on You can decide if you want the Voice Sense to show today s schedule when it powers on The shortcut key for this option is s dots 2 3 4 To toggle this option between off and on press Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 28 One Handed Mode You can choose one handed mode on or off when you use the Voice Sense The shortcut key is h dots 1 2 5 The default for this option is set to off The setting options are on and off The detail information about one handed mode refers to 2 13 One Handed Mode If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button
473. order to move to the previous channel to be added press previous button for more than 2 seconds Pressing next button for more than 2 seconds will move to the next channel to be added Pressing stop button for more than 2 seconds will delete the selected channel 10 4 Recording FM radio sound If you want to record the FM radio press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call menu move to record r and press Enter Or just press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 without calling menu Then the record dialog box will be opened and the Voice Sense starts recording The record dialog box consists of pause continue button stop button cancel button and record status status bar You can move among these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or F3 or shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 While recording the radio if you press Tab Space 4 5 or F3 and Enter on Pause button or press a dot 1 recording will pause And the name of button is changed to Continue If you press Continue button or press g dots 1 2 4 5 recording will be continued While recording the radio if you want to stop the recording press s dots 2 3 4 Or press Tab Space 4 5 or F3 and press Enter on Stop button To check time information while recording the radio press Space 4 It will announce the current recording run time and total possible recording tim
474. ork share function ccc ceeeccteeteeeee ence eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 71 4 4 1 Search for shared computers and add the network list 72 4 4 2 Remove Remote folder registered cseeeeeeeees 74 4 5 Hot Keys in the File Manager cccccsssseeeeeeeeesseeeeeseeeeeees 74 5 WORD PROCESSOR ssigesvicssiasssnmaysi uss vasue sc coudunceoecvyvavxncusbepebtweeverexs 76 BT Pile WU i T T E 77 Ors NOW hoo neea alanis A EEE 77 5 era Op rean e EE Se re EEA 78 Lo ie A BST Ree AAA E ESS S EET 80 BAe SAV OC AS eee ih NN et he owe ok 81 5 1 5 Close Current Document neeese 82 BVO PUMA sivacarsnnrsnenhiiservie Aces EA ee Sires 82 By el Settings eeir E EE EEEE RRR tues 83 DNS EKG e E E E e 85 5 2 Edit A TRU ee a iaaa aaa aaa aa aa a 86 5 2 1 Start SEIGCUOM ecclesia Loos a enadeaztetleds 86 5 2 2 COPY eree EA EE EEE E E EEEE 86 5 2 3 CUT T A a E i Cones 87 D2 PAS CO a E A heels A RE aetaeidegenle 87 5 2 5 Delete e E a L 88 5 2 6 Delete Blank Lines ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettneeteeeeeeeeees 88 5 2 7 Add to Clipboard iie oerrsccceus ssp cclecsn etl er eeesae ae asen hss 88 5 2 8 Clear ClIDDO AEG Sceseccccuceetetne eet ie heed etere ee eee 89 5 2 9 Sel ct All zacr eo sissmeieasaa EE 89 5 2 10 insertfrom File Anerrek A i aaa E iaa 89 5 2 11 Insert Date sss a 90 5 2 12 Insert Time 00000 ernn eeeerrrrrerrrrrrrrrrreeeerne nnn 90 5 2 13 Changing Between Insert and Overwrite Mode
475. ou can see Play keyboard sound Yes message 4 If you press Enter you can hear your input message even if a person send you a message If you press Space 4 first and then press Enter you can hear a person s input message even if you are writing your message Message sound notification while in current window You can select whether you use beep sound for the messages or not to use Message Sound Notification While In Current Window when you are communicating with a person in the instant message dialog box You need to take the following steps for this function 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 to move to the Tools and press Enter 3 Press Space 4 to move to the Message Sound Notification While In Current Window and press Enter Or you can press Backspace s dots 2 3 4 to move to the Message Sound Notification While In Current Window directly Then you can 408 see Play message sound notification while in current window Yes message 4 If you press Enter you can hear beep sound when you communicate with a person 5 If you press Space 4 first and then press Enter you can t hear beep sound when you communicate with a person However if you are not in instant message dialog box but in contact list you will hear beep sound even if you selected no option of notify message sound in
476. ou have opened wake up alarm and you have not yet set the time or date in the Voice Sense the Voice Sense will then say set time After you set the time the Voice Sense will display the 432 wake up alarm dialog box The Voice Sense will then say set time The wake up alarm dialog box contains the following set time bell term alarm duration repeat interval wake up call times a confirm button and a cancel button You can move among these by pressing tab Space 4 5 and shift tab Space 1 2 If you want to check the wakeup call settings open this dialog box again It will show you the current wakeup call settings If you want to stop the alarm press Backspace Enter After you press Backspace Enter the Voice Sense will remain on even though the power switch is turned to off In order to turn the Voice Sense off you must turn the power switch to on and then back to off after you hit Backspace Enter Then the Voice Sense will be turned off and the alarm will not sound again until you set it again If you do not plan on being able to turn the unit off and on you should turn on the power saving mode in the Global options Global options as explained in section 2 4 to avoid draining the battery 0 ee 0 33 Ae 17 4 1 Set Time When you open the wake up alarm dialog box the
477. ou press I dots 1 2 3 in the menu Of course you can open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 Or in your calculation line you can activate the logarithm function by pressing Enter l dots 1 2 3 When running the logarithm functions If you press Enter on one of the functions while moving with Space 1 or Space 4 or if you press Enter on confirm on one of the functions while moving with tab Space 4 5 you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the logarithm functions Or you can insert natural logarithm by pressing n dots 1 3 4 5 in the list You can insert common logarithm by pressing c dots 1 4 425 17 1 7 Copy to Clipboard The copy to clipboard function is used to copy your formula or result into the clipboard for pasting your formula or result in a document of the word processor You can activate it by pressing Enter on the copy to clipboard or by pressing c dots 2 4 in the menu You can open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 while running the calculator Or in the calculation line you can press Enter c dots 1 4 for the quick copy of your calculation into the clipboard directly After copying you can paste it in your document of the word processor When you activate copy to clipboard you will hear copy completed and the Voice Sense
478. our cursor on the location where you want to start selecting text If you want to use this function press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the edit menu and then press Enter on start selection or you can press b dots1 2 in the edit menu to get to this option While editing a document pressing Enter b dots 1 2 will activate this command The end point of the selected text is where you want to place the cursor after setting the starting point For example if you have typed the word mother in a document and you want to select the word mother you should place the cursor on the letter m and then place the cursor directly after the letter r Then you will have selected the entire word 5 2 2 Copy After selecting text in a document press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the menu and move to edit by pressing Space 4 86 Press Enter to open the edit menu Press Space 4 to move to copy and then press Enter or press c dots 1 4 in the edit menu While editing a document pressing Enter c dots 1 4 will activate this command When you copy the selected text it will be copied to the clipboard The clipboard is the virtual space that is used for storing copied data temporarily However if you decide to copy new text that you have selected the data in the clipboard that you copied befo
479. ous frame Space 3 4 6 Move to the next frame Space 1 4 6 Read the current line Space r dots 1 2 3 5 20 10 Daisy Player Move to the title list Space dots 1 2 5 6 Open daisy file Enter o dots 1 3 5 Voice setting Enter s dots 2 3 4 Check the book info Enter i dots 2 4 479 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Space 1 3 or Space 1 2 3 Move to the last phrase Space 4 6 or Space 4 5 6 Increase the speed dots 3 4 5 Decrease the speed dots 1 2 6 Increase the volume Space up arrow key Decrease the volume Space down arrow key Move to the next phrase dot 6 or short press next button Move to the previous phrase dot 3 or short press previous button Move to the next fifty phrase dot 4 Move to the previous fifty phrase dot 1 Move to the next page Space 3 4 5 Move to the previous page Space 1 2 6 Go to the page Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Move up dot 2 Move down dot 5 Set to prior level dots 2 3 Set to next level dots 5 6 Move to the next heading Space 5 or long press next button Move to the previous heading Space 2 or long press previous button Move to the last heading Space 5 6 Move to the first heading Space 2 3 Check the currently reading level and heading Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Scan the heading list from the present to the end Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Find heading Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Enter f dots 1 2 4 Move
480. ox 7 10 3 Repetition Times The alarm will make a sound as the amount of time that you changed the alarm duration and it then stops After a specified time interval you will hear again the alarm sound Repeat is a field which allows you to decide how many times the alarm will sound You can set the value from 1 time to 10 times and the default value is set to 3 times To change the value you type ina number between 1 and 10 After entering the number you press tab Space 4 5 and press Enter on the confirm button Or if you press Enter on the repeat edit box the changed options will be saved and the dialog box will be closed An alarm will repeat according to the number of times that you set for this option and will then stop automatically If the Voice Sense is connected to the SyncBraille the date and title of the alarm will be displayed on the SyncBraille 7 10 4 Confirm By pressing Enter on the confirm button you will save the changed settings and close the alarm option setting dialog box 7 10 5 Cancel If you press Enter on the cancel button or press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 the previous option settings will be restored and set alarm option dialog box will be closed 158 7 11 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook The schedule manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal compute
481. p arrow key Space 1 Move to the next line item Down arrow key Space 4 Move to the beginning of line item Home key Space 1 3 or F2 up arrow key Move to the end of line item End key Space 4 6 or F3 down arrow key Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 or F1 F2 up arrow key Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 or F3 F4 down arrow key Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Page up space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Page down space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 Capital sign Space u dots 1 3 6 465 Read the current item again Space r dots 1 2 3 5 Say current time Space t dots 2 3 4 5 Display power status Space 1 6 Call up the Global options Space o dots 1 3 5 Online help Space h dots 1 2 5 Check software version Space v dots 1 2 3 6 only in the Voice Sense program menu Display network status Space n dots 1 3 4 5 in the Voice Sense program menu Increase the voice volume BackSpace F4 Decrease the voice volume BackSpace F 1 Increase the voice rate Space F4 Decrease the voice rate Space F 1 Increase the voice pitch Enter F4 Decrease the voice pitch Enter F 1 Change Bluetooth on off BackSpace 3 4 5 6 Change Wireless LAN on off BackSpace 1 4 5 6 One handed mode on hold down F3 while turning on One handed mode off
482. p for your MSN messenger account Again you will want to use computer Braille for this 3 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Remember me check box By default this check box is unchecked You can check the check box by pressing space Next time when you run the messenger program the email address will be displayed automatically for you 4 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Save password check box By default this will be unchecked You can check this option by pressing space Then next time you run the messenger program the password will be entered automatically and it will be displayed in the password edit box as To use this feature you should also check the Remember me check box Otherwise the password will not be stored even if you have checked the Save password check box 5 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Auto Sign In check box The default is Uncheck If you want to automatic log in when executing MSN messenger press Space to change to setting 6 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button Pressing Enter here will log you in to your Messenger account Once you are logged in a contact list will appear If you want to cancel logging in press tab Space 4 5 once more at the Confirm button to move to the Cancel button 401 Then press Enter Or you can also press Space z dots 1 3
483. pace 1 2 136 6 7 2 3 How to save as CSV file In order to save as CSV file follow these steps 1 Execute Address manager 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Export to CSV 4 Press Enter Or press X dots 1 3 4 6 5 It shows File name 6 Type the file name 7 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm 8 Press Enter It will save in the Flashdisk If you want to cancel this function press Tab Space 4 5 on Confirm Move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Space z dots 1 3 4 6 6 7 2 4 How to change storage path In order to change storage path follow these steps 1 Execute Address manager 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu 3 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Export to CSV 4 Press Enter Or press x dots 1 3 4 5 5 It shows File name 6 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to File storage list It shows Flashdisk list When you want to save folder in Flashdisk Press Enter on folder that you want to save in Flashdisk When you want to save folder in external memory Press Backspace move to disk list Press Enter on the folder that you want to save in external memory 7 Press Tab move to Confirm 137 8
484. pace 4 5 5 1 3 Save The save command will save a document to a disk drive If you want to use this option you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the file menu and execute the save command by pressing Enter on it or you can press s dots 2 3 4 Otherwise you can press Enter s dots 2 3 4 while editing a document If you created a new document by activating the word processor or by pressing enter on new in the menu if you execute save the save as dialog box will open You can refer to section 5 1 4 that explains how to use the save as dialog box If you execute save after you edit a document that was opened using the open function the Voice Sense will save the document with the same file name without using a dialog box After saving a document it will return to document edit status When you have several documents open you can save the current open document by pressing Space q dots 1 2 3 4 5 This will close the document save it and return to the previous document Note 1 pdf and Epub file cannot be saved as same file type When trying to save it it will execute Save as and needs to be saved different file type 2 When saving the rtf and doc the file formatting will be lost and saved 80 5 1 4 Save As The save as option is used to save a document as a different file name on another disk drive
485. pace F 1 Increase the voice pitch Enter F4 Decrease the voice pitch Enter F1 Change Bluetooth on off BackSpace 3 4 5 6 Change Wireless LAN on off BackSpace 1 4 5 6 29 37 One handed mode on hold down F3 while turning on 38 One handed mode off hold down F4 while turning on 39 Use typing mode Backspace Enter c dots 1 4 30 3 Global options The Global options in the Voice Sense has information on all of your settings You can change your preferences regarding each option You can access the Global options by pressing F1 Then use Space 4 or Space 1 until you find global options Then press Enter on global options By pressing the Space o dots 1 3 5 you can open the Global options while you are anywhere in the Voice Sense You can navigate all of the items in the Global options with Space 1 up arrow or Space 4 down arrow You can also use the up and down arrow keys for navigating through each of the items You can change the setting values with the spacebar or Backspace buttons There are many shortcut keys which you can use to quickly move you to wherever you want to go in the Global options By pressing Space on an item in the Global options you can turn the setting on or off or toggle between the various options that are available for the item you are on The Global options is like a dialog box To
486. pact flash card SD card or USB memory stick to the Voice Sense The disk must have the upgrade file stored on it Then press Enter on Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware 2 Then Upgrade online will appear Press Space 4 to go to the Upgrade Offline Then press Enter Then you will see the disk list Press Space 4 repeatedly to go to the disk that contains the upgrade file Then press Enter 454 3 You will then be asked if you want to continue to upgrade If you press Enter on no the upgrade will be cancelled Press Space to toggle between yes and no If you press Enter on yes the Voice Sense will start upgrading This step will not appear when your current software version is not the latest version 4 The Voice Sense will automatically start the upgrading process Please remember that you must not do anything to the Voice Sense until the upgrade is complete When the upgrade is complete you will be returned to the program menu and you will hear file manager 5 After you have completed the upgrade you should check the software version by pressing Space v dots 1 2 3 6 while you are in the program menu 17 16 Hot Keys for Utilities Calculator c dots 1 4 Calculator initialize Backspace c dots 1 4 Delete numbers or operators Backspace General function Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Plus dots 3 4 6 Minus dots 3 6
487. panels in the following order top panel right side panel left side panel rear panel and front panel 1 2 1 Top Panel In the lower end are four rectangular shaped buttons The spacebar is located between these four rectangular shaped buttons Two of the rectangular shaped buttons are located on the left side of the spacebar and the other two are located on the right of the spacebar These four rectangular shaped buttons are function keys Moving from left to right the key that is the farthest to the left is called the F1 key and the key to the right of the F1 key is called the F2 key Then you will feel the spacebar The key that is to the right of the spacebar is called the F3 key and the key that is to the right of the F3 key is the F4 key There are twin round shaped buttons on left side of F1 key and right side of F4 key These buttons is arrow keys The upper button called the right arrow key and the lower button called the left arrow key on left side of F1 key The upper button called the up arrow key and the lower button called the down arrow key on right side of F4 key Above the function keys you will find the Braille keys that are Perkins style including the spacebar If you have ever used a regular computer keyboard this setup is very similar to the keys on the home row on a regular computer keyboard When you are typing you should place your fingers on these 9 Perkins style keys in the following manner Place your i
488. ple let s suppose there is an email with 174 an attachment that has been unread It would appear as a Subject subject of the e mail xx yy You can move from one e mail message to the next e mail message when this subject is displayed You can move by using the following keys Move to the next e mail Space 4 Move to the previous e mail Space 1 Move to the first e mail in the Inbox Space 1 2 3 or Space 1 3 Move to the last e mail in the Inbox Space 4 5 6 or Space 4 6 8 2 2 2 Date Control Date shows the date and time when the e mail was received Date date time xx yy The date is displayed in the following order day month date and year The time is displayed in the following order hour minute and second with the 24 hour system And xx yy shows the current number of the email out of the total number of e mail messages received You can also move from one e mail message to the next e mail message when the date is displayed You can move by using the following keys Move to the next e mail Space 4 Move to the previous e mail Space 1 Move to the first e mail in the Inbox Space 1 2 3 or Space 1 3 Move to the last e mail in the Inbox Space 4 5 6 or Space 4 6 The Voice Sense also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages have been unread E mail messages that have not yet been read will have the sign placed in front of the date For example let s
489. press Enter or you can press s dots 2 3 4 in the read menu which is the shortcut While editing a document you can press Space 3 4 to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 5 Layout The layout command sets the layout for printing on an ink printer or embossing on a Braille printer The layout menu has the following submenus Braille document layout print document layout Braille paragraph layout and print paragraph layout The changes that are made with the layout command are not displayed on the Braille display In order to check the layout call up the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and check the layout values one by one The changed values will be displayed within the menu 33 e 5 5 1 Braille Document Layout While you are editing a document press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu and select layout or press p dots 1 2 3 4 which is the shortcut and then select Braille document layout Or you can press Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 Braille document layout is used to set the width and height of the paper for embossing as well as the following options Whenever you change a layout setting while you are editing a document the setting will be valid on the rest of the document You can navigate the menu items with Space 1 or
490. press Tab Space 4 5 move to the Search Here you can select between All Subject Date or From All control means Subject Date and From controls together You can select an item by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 By selecting a specific control you can search the control for the text that you want to find 10 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to the Direction which has two choices Forward or Backward Pressing Space 4 or Space 1 lets you select the searching direction as Forward or Backward 11 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to the Confirm 12 Press Enter on the Confirm If you want to cancel press Tab Space 4 5 on the Confirm move to the Cancel And press Enter Or you can press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 anywhere in this dialog box to cancel 197 8 4 2 Find Again The Find Again command finds the next text according to what you found using Find dialog box and it will go to the previous text if you set the direction to Backward when you used the Find function before The Find Again function only works in the Subject Date or From control To activate the Find Again function use the following steps Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu It shows
491. press tab Space 4 5 until you hear open DAISY Or you can use the hot key Enter o dots 1 3 5 without pressing Space m dots1 3 4 When you activate open DAISY you can see the disk list while pausing or playing a file You can open open DAISY dialog box by long pressing stop button when play or pause the DAISY contents And if you long press the stop button again this dialog box will close And then return to the previous position Play button is same function as Enter in open DAISY dialog box Also stop button record button previous button and next button 13 13 is same function as Backspace Space Space 1 and Space 4 291 in open DAISY dialog box Namely you can move to up and down by pressing previous and next button in list of open DAISY dialog box And you can select and unselect by pressing record button If you press stop button you can move to upper folder And if you press play button you can play the selected file in file list of open DAISY dialog box In order to use this function you must set the audio mode switch to DAISY mode 12 2 2 Voice Settings In the Voice Settings you can set the Daisy player voice parameters To execute voice settings follow these steps 1 Press Space m dots1 3 4 or F2 to call up the me
492. r Or instead of using the menu just press Enter d dots 1 4 5 3 Then the Delete Contact dialog box will be displayed showing the email address of the person to be deleted in the E mail address edit box Make sure that the address is correct and if not make a change to it 4 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then the item will be deleted and the contact list box will appear again If you want to cancel deleting press tab Space 4 5 once more at the Confirm button to move to the Cancel button Then press Enter You can delete a contact regardless of whether he she is online or offline You can view information of a contact by doing the following 1 Move to the item whose information you want to know by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Press Space 4 to move to Contacts and press Enter Move to Contact Information by pressing Space 4 and press Enter 404 Or instead of using the menu just press Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 3 Then you will be placed the Contact Information dialog box First Nickname is focused Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the email address of the contact Press tab Space 4 5 again to move to his her status 4 After you have read all the information about the contact press
493. r Size This option allows you to select the size of the paper that an ink printer will use if you will be printing to an ink printer The shortcut key for this function is s dots 2 3 4 You can change the size for this option by pressing Space You can choose between the settings of Letter 8 5 inches by 11 inches or Legal 8 5 inches by 14 inches If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space dots 4 5 or shift tab Space dots 1 2 to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space dots 4 5 or shift tab Space dots 1 2 to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 17 Audio alerts You can choose whether you will hear a warning sound or not The shortcut key is a dot 1 This option is useful if the speech setting on the Voice Sense is turned off The default for this option is set to on If you turn off the speech you will hear a beeping sound when you type in keys that the Voice Sense does not accept If you don t want to hear the warning sound you can press the Space key once to turn off the audio alerts If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also ta
494. r going to direction button by pressing tab Space 4 5 The mark dialog box is closed after playing the contents If you want to close the mark manager dialog box press Enter on close button or press Space e dots 1 5 242 9 3 6 Settings Through this menu you can change settings about recording playing and general Media Player options To use the settings menu press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the Media Player menu Press Space 4 three times to reach settings and then press Enter Or you can press s in the Media Player menu Then the settings submenu will appear which contains four items configuration playback settings and recording settings and Effect settings 9 3 6 1 Configuration Dialog Box If you press Enter on the first item configuration or press Backspace c dots 1 4 in the Media Player dialog box the configuration dialog box will be displayed which contains the following the display title option the Store position of file if longer than a confirm button and a cancel button You can move between controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 And you can move between options by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 The display title option allows you to set whether or not you can hear the track
495. r to help you keep track of your appointments You should take the following steps in order to synchronize the Voice Sense with Microsoft Outlook 1 2 Download and install ActiveSync on to your personal computer Connect the Voice Sense to your personal computer using a USB cable If the partnership dialog box opens on your PC after you connect the Voice Sense to your PC select yes and press the next button on your PC Then you will be asked for a device name Type in VoiceSense or whatever you would like to call the Voice Sense Press the next button Then the program list dialog box will be displayed on your PC Click on the check box that is located next to calendar Note that the other check boxes should not be checked Press the next button Then the synchronization between Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense is complete Please check the contacts in Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense 7 12 Hot Keys for the Schedule Manager 1 2 Add Schedule Move between fields Move to the next field Tab Space 4 5 or F2 Move to the previous field Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Hot keys for the Commands Search schedule Enter s dots 2 3 4 Alarm option Enter o dots 1 3 5 Backup schedule Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore schedule Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 159 Setting backup option Enter e dots 1 5 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 3 Se
496. raille you can type in here that you want to modify 16 Press Tab Space4 5 move to Advanced and press Enter Also you can modify like the above 17 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter 18 When the modification is complete it will return to the service list You can move among the items account name logon username password by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 On all of the items the values that were typed in already will be displayed If you type in new information the new information will replace the old information If you want to modify part of an item press the cursor routing key at the desired position and type in the new information If you made a typo in an item account name logon username password you can modify it using the following process 1 You can delete the current letter by pressing Space d dots 1 4 5 2 Press Backspace in order to delete the previous letter 3 In order to delete the current line press BackSpace 1 4 Then Delete line yes will be displayed Press enter in order to delete 171 the line Otherwise press Space to change from Yes to No and then press enter 8 1 2 4 Deleting registered service list The following is
497. ram that does not support the file type nothing will be displayed or played after the program has started In the file manager if you activate the open with menu after focusing on folders that have Daisy or media files you will see the associated program Daisy or media player If you activate the open with menu and encounter a folder that does not have the Daisy info file discinfo html or ncc html you will not be able to see the Daisy player as an associated program You can play all of the files after selecting either the Daisy or media player 4 2 4 Send To You can use this option to copy files and folders to different disks such as a flash disk USB flash drive also Known as USB stick 59 memory SD card ora CF memory card After selecting files and folders you can call up the menu with Space m dots 1 3 4 to choose the send to option Then when you press Enter on send to the Voice Sense will say the list of disks that you can use to send your files or folders to You can choose a destination disk by using the up and down arrow keys Space 1 or Space 4 Pressing Enter on the desired disk will start copying the selected files and folders into the selected disk Also you can send files and folders by pressing Enter s dots 2 3 4 without calling up a menu 4 2 5 Copy Move There are some differences between copy and move Copy leaves the original
498. re Idle your status will be displayed as idle with Braille and Idle with voice The move keys on the dialog box are as follows Move to the previous contact Space 1 Move to the next contact Space 4 Move to the previous 32 items of the contact list Space 1 2 6 Move to the next 32 item of the contact list Space 3 4 5 374 Move to the first item of the contact list Space 1 2 3 Move to the last item of the contact list Space 4 5 6 16 3 1 2 Sign Out amp Exit Sign Out is the function that close the account currently sign in return to the Sign in dialog box If you execute Sign Out press the Enter l dots 1 2 3 or press Enter on the Sign Out after entering sub menu of File menu by calling up menu If you want to exit the Google Talk press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 or call up the menu by pressing F2 enter into sub menu of File menu and press Enter on the Exit menu 16 3 2 Manage Contact If you log in Google Talk contact list will appear If you use Google Talk for the first time there will be no contact list You will get a detailed explanation about Manage Contact for example adding deleting and manage block list from this chapter 16 3 2 1 Add Contact Add Contact is a function to add new contact to the contact list In order to call up the Add Contact dialog box press Backspace q dots 1 2 3 4 5 or call up the menu by pressing F2 enter into sub menu of Contact and pre
499. re will be erased and the selected text that you have just copied will replace the previously selected text that was on the clipboard 5 2 3 Cut To cut a selection of text press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Move to cut by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and then press Enter on cut or press x dots 1 3 4 6 in the edit menu which is the shortcut to cut your selected text While editing a document pressing Enter x dots 1 3 4 6 will activate the cut command The difference between cut and copy is that if you execute the cut command the text that has been selected will not be moved to the clipboard and the selection in the document will be erased However the copy command will copy the selection to the clipboard and the text that has been selected will not be erased from the document 5 2 4 Paste To paste selected text to the clipboard press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and then press Enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Move to paste by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and then press Enter on paste or press v dots 1 2 3 6 in the edit menu which is the shortcut to paste the selected text from the clipboard 87 While editing a document press Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 to paste the text from the clipboard 5
500. rent title name please make sure that you do not use in the title name The favorites list will be saved in the flashdisk favorite folder This folder is the default folder and you cannot make your desired folder above this folder a higher level folder If you want to add your favorites list to the folder you made rather than the default folder press shift tab Space 1 2 and select the 274 desired folder by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Then press Enter 11 5 3 Favorites List You can check the list of the web sites that are saved in add to favorites The user can copy delete or rename the title of the sites in the favorites list In order to open the favorites list press Space m dots 1 3 4 and move to favorites by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Move to the favorites list by pressing Space 4 and press Enter Or you can press Enter l dots 1 2 3 while the Web Browser is running When you press these keys the Voice Sense will display the favorites list dialog box This dialog box contains the following the favorites list an edit window for the title a type combo box a confirm button and a cancel button You can move from one item to the next by pressing the tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 When the favorites list is open an edit window will appear first The ed
501. ress Enter The Voice Sense should be connected as a Bluetooth Braille display To exit this mode from the Voice Sense press Space z Please note that f1 on the Voice Sense will still take you to the Program menu This is to allow you to use the applications on the Voice Sense at the same time and be able to switch back to using the Voice Sense as a Bluetooth Braille display N PO 13 2 6 Bluetooth keyboard service If you use this service you can connect a Bluetooth keyboard In order to use this service you must turn on the Bluetooth keyboard You can connect a Bluetooth keyboard by doing the following 1 Move to Bluetooth keyboard and press Enter in device list 2 And then Keyboard service will displayed 3 Press Enter on Keyboard service 4 And then you will be prompted to input PIN code if Bluetooth keyboard require you to input PIN code Otherwise you don t need 324 to input PIN code 5 Input PIN code on the Voice Sense and press Enter And then you need to input PIN code on the Bluetooth Keyboard The PIN code of Bluetooth keyboard may be referred to the Bluetooth keyboard manual 13 2 7 Bluetooth Printer service You can print the documents connecting the printer to Voice Sense through the Bluetooth To use this function you need to use the printer that supports Bluetooth or has a capability connecting Bluetooth receiver To set follow these steps belo
502. ress Enter f dots 1 2 4 If the text is not found you will get the 412 message Not found and the cursor will be located where you invoked the Find dialog box 16 5 Hot Keys in Social Networking 16 5 1 Twitter Sign Out Enter g dots 1 2 3 Personal Information Enter I dots 2 4 Save Current Timeline Space s dots 2 3 4 Home Timeline Enter h dots 1 2 5 Friend Timeline Enter f dots 1 2 4 User Timeline Enter u dots 1 3 6 Current User Timeline Backspace u dots1 3 6 Mention Timeline Enter m dots 1 3 4 Retweet By Me Backspace b dots 1 2 Retweet To Me Backspace t dots 2 3 4 5 Retweet Of Me Backspace o dots 1 3 5 Tweet Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Remove Tweet Space d dots 1 4 5 Retweet Enter e dots 1 5 Reply Enter y dots 1 3 4 5 6 Add To Favorite Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Favorite List Enter dots 1 2 3 Send Direct Message Enter s dots 2 3 4 Sent Direct Message Backspace m dots 1 3 4 Received Direct Message Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Follow User Backspace a dot 1 Following Backspace dots 1 2 3 Followers Backspace e dots 1 5 Global Search Space f dots 1 2 4 User Search Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Search Word List Backspace w dots 2 4 5 6 Next List Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 413 Refresh Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Move to the next tweet Space 4 Move to the previous tweet Space 1 Move to the first tweet on the refresh
503. ress Space x dots 1 3 4 6 or x dots 1 3 4 6 while outputting sound from the radio it enables to output through the internal speakers To set enabling the internal speaker using the menu as follows 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call the FM radio menu and press Enter at file menu and then press Enter at settings 2 Or without calling menu press Enter e dots 1 5 in order to call the dialog box 3 Then the dialog box will be opened and Internal speaker No is announced in voice 252 4 Press Space once to switch from no to yes and press Enter Then you can hear the FM radio sound from both headphone and internal speakers This setting is valid only in the FM radio program If you exit from FM radio program and hear the sound through speakers you have to unplug the headphone If the external speakers are selected in the settings dialog box and Space 4 is pressed the Voice Sense will announce volume You can adjust the FM radio volume FM radio volume can be adjusted without calling dialog box Space down arrow key will decrease the volume and Space up arrow key will increase the FM radio volume 10 2 Frequency control During listening to the FM radio if you want to tune to the other frequency please press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu Move to frequency and press Enter Frequency
504. ress next button Registry channel Enter s dots 2 3 4 long press record button Delete the channel Space d dots 1 4 5 or long press stop button Call up the record dialog box Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Record start pause short press record button Record stop short press stop button Mute on short press stop button space Muto off short press play button space Volume up Space up arrow key Volume down Space down arrow key 20 9 Web Browser 20 9 1 Hot keys for the command Open URL Enter u dots 1 3 6 Open Enter o dots 1 3 5 Save as Space s dots 2 3 4 Information Enter i dots 2 4 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Read from beginning to cursor Backspace g dots 1 2 4 5 477 Read from cursor to end Enter g dots 1 2 4 5 Auto scroll Up arrow key down arrow key Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Add to clipboard Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Copy URL Backspace d dots 1 4 5 Copy link Backspace I dots 1 2 3 Go to the home page Backspace h dots 1 2 5 Go to the previous page Backspace Space 3 or Backspace p dots 1 2 3 4 Go to the next page Backspace Space 6 or Backspace n dots 1 3 4 5 Go to previous heading Backspace b dots 1 2 Go to next heading Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Go to previous text Space 2 4 6 Go to next text Space 1 2 4 5 6 Refresh Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Open the history list Enter h dots 1 2 5 Check the address of the selected title in the history list
505. ress or in the menu 138 Move to the previous field or menu item Up arrow key Space 1 Move to the next field or menu item Down arrow key Space 4 Move to the first field or menu item Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Move to the last field or menu item Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 Move Keys For Moving From Record To Record in the search result list Move to a previous field in a record Space 2 Move to the next field in a record Space 5 Move to the first field in a record Home Space 1 3 Move to the last field in a record End Space 4 6 Move to the previous record Space 1 or up arrow key Move to the next record Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the first record Space 1 2 3 Move to the last record Space 4 5 6 Move to previous same field different record Space 3 Move to next same field different record Space 6 Shortcut keys in the menu Add address dots 2 4 Search address s dots 2 3 4 Modify address m dots 1 3 4 Delete address d dots 1 4 5 Select all a dot 1 Save as a file t dots 2 3 4 5 Backup address list u dots 1 3 6 Restore address list r dots 1 2 3 5 Set backup options e dots 1 5 Set address search fields o dots 1 3 5 Import from CSV c dots 1 4 Export to CSV x dots 1 3 4 6 Hot Keys For The Commands Add address Enter i dots 2 4 Search address Enter s dots 2 3 4 Modify address Enter m dots 1 3 4 Delete address Space d dots 1 4 5 Print address Space p dots 1 2 3 4 139
506. ressing Space l dots 2 4 newly added word will be displayed If you want to cancel this modification you can press Enter on cancel button or press Space e dots 1 5 or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 If you want to modify the registered word in the list you can move up or down by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 so that you focus the item you want to modify And after moving to modify word button by pressing tab Space 4 5 press Enter Or on the item you want to modify just press Space m dots 1 3 4 Then you will meet modify entry focused word At this time if you press tab Space 4 5 once you will meet replacement new pronunciation Here you can type in the pronunciation you want to change and then press Enter Or press tab Space 4 5 again to move to confirm button and then 437 press Enter Then the word will be modified completely and the focus will be returned to modify word button In case of modifying the word by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 the modified word will be displayed If you want to cancel this modification you can press Enter on cancel button or press Space e dots 1 5 or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 If you want to delete the registered word in the list you can move up or down by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 so that you focus the item you want to delete
507. revious sentence Space 2 3 5 The next sentence Space 2 5 6 The next paragraph Space 5 6 or Enter down arrow key The previous paragraph Space 2 3 or Backspace up arrow key button The top of document Control home Space 1 2 3 or F1 F2 up arrow key The bottom of document Control end Space 4 5 6 or F3 F4 down arrow key In addition if you use the following commands you can read the part of a document where the cursor is For example if you activate the read the current paragraph function you will hear the entire paragraph where the cursor is located Read the current paragraph Space 2 3 5 6 Read the current sentence Space 1 4 5 6 Read the current line Space 1 4 Read the current word Space 2 5 Read the current character Space 3 6 If you want to delete a part where the cursor is you can use the following keys For example if you activate the delete the current paragraph function you can delete the entire paragraph where the cursor is located Delete the current paragraph BackSpace 2 3 5 6 Delete the current line BackSpace 1 4 116 Delete the current word BackSpace 2 5 Delete the current character Space d dots 1 4 5 5 7 Cursor Location While reading a document you can check the cursor location To do this press Space 1 5 6 You will then hear OOpage OOline OOcolumn 00 00 00 paragraph 00 00 line 5 8 Hot keys in the word processor 1 File m
508. rm button and a cancel button You can switch between controls by pressing 127 tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 To switch between radio buttons you can press Space 1 Backspace Space 4 or Space 0 ee The backup mode has three radio buttons always backup changes when exiting manual backup and prompt backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the always backup changes when exiting a new backup file will be automatically created if you modify the address list or add other information when you exit the address manager 2 If you select the manual backup it will not create a new backup file even though there may be changes in the address list In this case you can only make a new backup file by using the backup address list menu 3 If you select the prompt backup changes when exiting you will see the message backup changes Yes when you exit the address manager if you have modified the address list or added other information If you press Enter on yes it will automatically create a new backup file and exit the address manager If you press Space 4 once and press Enter on no it will exit without making a new backup file You can change the backup mode if you press Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or you can press Enter on confirm by moving to it by
509. rom your current location put the minus sign in front of the number and letter For example if you want to move backward two lines you would type I2 If you want to move to the previous line type I and if you want to move to the next line type l If the line number you type in is not valid the Voice Sense will say move range error You can also go to a specific line number on a specific page The Voice Sense enables you to type in this information at the same time To do this press Enter l dots 1 2 3 or you can select go to location in the go to menu Then when the Voice Sense says move to page number you can type in the page number followed by the line number For example to move to the 3 line on the 20 page you would type 20 3 or you could type f20 3 When you use the command of the go to location function you cannot use the or sign You can only go directly to the page and line number 5 3 5 Go to Previous Page The go to previous page command allows you to move to the page that is located before the page you are currently on To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to go to previous page by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or press Space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 while you are in the
510. row Switch Between A M and P M Ctrl shift x 21 15 3 Checking the Date and Time Checking date and time Ctrl shift t 21 15 4 Calendar Move to the previous item Tab Move to the next item Shift tab Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Up arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow 21 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary Move to the previous control Tab Move to the next control Shift tab Move to the previous item in entry Up arrow Move to the next item in entry Down arrow 514 Add word Alt i Modify word Alt m Delete word Del 21 15 6 Stopwatch Stopwatch start pause restart Enter Check the elapsed time Space Stop Braille display Ctrl Shift Space Restart Braille display Ctrl Shift Space Switch between stopwatch and count down timer Tab Count down timer pause or restart Enter Count down timer Clear Backspace Exit stopwatch or count down timer Alt f4 21 15 7 Display network status Display network status Ctrl shift n 21 15 8 Display power status Display power status Ctrl shift b 21 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings Move to previous item Up arrow Move to next item Down arrow Move to previous control Shift Tab Move to next control Tab Select unselect check box Spa
511. rrently connected to the Internet the status information shows that the Voice Sense is offline If you press Enter on the renew button it tries to connect to Internet using the parameters specified in setup Internet once again 447 and displays on offline status To end this program press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 at any time in the program Or pressing Enter on the exit button will close the program too You can also press Space n dots 1 3 4 5 while you are in the program menu to open network status 17 10 Display power status You can activate display power status function by pressing b dots 1 2 or press Enter on the display power status in the utilities menu You can move to it by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 in the utilities menu Anywhere in the Voice Sense you can activate this function by pressing Space 1 6 In display power status you can check two kinds of information regarding the Voice Sense s power It will let you know the recharging percentage and if the Voice Sense is using the AC adapter or the battery If you activate this function you will see xx charged using battery or AC power After checking it you can exit by pressing Space z 1 3 5 6 which will return you to the menu 17 11 Backup Restore personalized settings Backup Restore personalized settings is a program where you can backup res
512. s Enter on Effect settings or press E Or 247 press Enter e dots 1 5 in Play list tab or Playback information tab Effect settings dialog box will be displayed which contains the following the Bassboost option the Surround option the 3D Effect the Reverb option the Echo option a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between controls by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 And you can move between options by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 The Bassboost option is used to emphasize bass sound The value can be entered from 0 to 20 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger bass sound you will hear The Surround option is used to hear ambient sound more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger surround sound you will hear The 3D Effect option is used to hear surround effect more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger 3D sound you will hear The Reverb option is used to hear reverberation sound more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger reverb sou
513. s Enter on the Find Phrase Or press s dots 2 3 4 Without calling the menu you can execute directly it by pressing Space s dots 2 3 4 While executing the Find Phrase it will open Find Phrase dialog box The Find Phrase dialog box consists of as follows 1 Phrase to find 2 Search direction 3 Confirm 4 Cancel You can move between 4 controls by pressing Tab Space 4 5 and Shift Tab Space 1 2 To find Phrase follow these steps 1 You can type phrase that you want to find in Phrase to find edit box You don t need to type whole phrase If there is no phrase that you want to find it will hear No more phrases found 2 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Search direction The default setting is Next The options that you can choose from for this setting are Next and Previous To change setting value press Space Next It will find phrase from the next direction of current location Previous It will find phrase from the previous direction of current location 3 After setting the Search direction press Enter Or press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm Press Enter on the Confirm 4 It will play from the searched phrase 303 If you want to cancel the Find Phrase press Enter on the Cancel Or press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 12 6 Hot Keys in the DAISY Play
514. s or next button for about 2 seconds and release it Then it will move to the previous or next heading 12 5 2 Move to Specific Heading While playing a DAISY file you can move specific heading without Calling the menu In order to move to specific heading follow these steps 1 Press Enter h dots 1 2 5 while playing a DAISY file 2 It shows Current Heading xx Total heading yy Enter the heading number to move to 3 Type heading number that you want to move 4 Press Enter It will move to the selected heading and the DAISY file will start playing 12 5 3 Find Heading You can find any heading you want while playing a DAISY file Without using the find heading menu you can activate find heading by pressing Space f dots 1 2 4 When you have pressed this hot key you will see a dialog box that shows the message heading to find You will also see a search direction a confirm button and a cancel button You can move between the four items with tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 301 At the heading to find edit box you can input the mark name that you want to find And select the searching direction to previous or next at search direction prompt by pressing Space 12 5 4 Scan Heading and Read Heading While playing a DAISY Player file you can check your current heading or heading list from your current l
515. s the same as in two handed mode 27 If one handed mode is on the Voice Sense will advise this each time it is turned on and will also advise what to do to return to the two handed mode 2 13 Using Typing Mode While you are typing in document you execute Typing Mode In order to execute the Typing Mode follow these steps 1 Press Backspace Enter c dots 1 4 while you are typing in document 2 It shows Start typing mode If you are executing the Typing Mode press Space 4 in document It doesn t go to next line It will be typed Space and Dot 4 in document In order to cancel the Typing Mode follow these steps 1 Press Backspace Enter c dots 1 4 in the Typing Mode 2 It shows End typing mode After you cancel the Typing Mode it will go to the next line in document when you press Space 4 2 14 Common Combination Keys 1 Call up the program menu F1 Run the individual program in the program menu F1 shortcut key varies for each program Call up the task ID list F1 F4 Switch to previous program Space F2 F3 Switch to next program F2 F3 Call up the menu in the individual program Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 8 Escape Space e Space 1 5 or F4 28 Oo BR N N 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
516. s 1 3 4 Or in your calculation line you can exit by pressing Space z dots 1 3 5 6 17 1 10 Sample Math Calculations The following are examples for each of the math functions that you can perform when using the calculator on the Voice Sense General functions 1 Addition Plus For Plus press dots 3 4 6 For example to add the numbers 10 and 20 you would enter 10 20 The result is displayed as 30 2 Subtraction Minus For Minus press dots 3 6 For example to add the numbers 10 and 20 and then subtract 5 you would enter 10 20 5 The result is displayed as 25 3 Multiplication For multiplication press dots 1 6 For example to multiply 10 by 20 you would enter 10 20 The result is displayed as 200 4 Division For Division press dots 1 4 For example to divide 20 by 10 you would enter 20 10 The result is displayed as 2 427 5 Percent For Percent press dots 1 4 6 If you want to calculate what a 10 percent mark up of 20 would be enter the following 20 10 which gives you the result 22 You get this answer because 2 is 10percent of 20 To calculate a 10 percent mark down on 20 press 20 10 which gives the result 18 You get this answer because 2 is 10 percent of 20 To calculate what percentage 20 is of 10 press 20 10 which gives you the result 200 To calculate 10 percent of 20 press 20 10 which gives the result 2 That is 10 percent is 0 1 20 0
517. s 1 3 5 6 123 6 3 3 Using Search Address in Add address In add address use the search address function to jump to another record To use the search address function press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the menu Next move to search address and then press Enter or press s dots 2 3 4 You can also press Enter s dots 2 3 4 in the add address dialog box If you have entered any information and execute search address you will be asked save changes yes no Once you answer this the search address dialog box will be displayed 6 4 Searching For an Address 6 4 1 Using search address The search address dialog box enables you to search for any information stored in address manager If you execute address manager in the program menu search address is executed automatically If you want to use search address in add address you can either select it from the menu and press Enter or press Enter s dots 2 3 4 which is the hot key as explained in section 6 3 3 If you press Enter in the search address dialog box without typing any text when last name is displayed you can browse through all of the records that are stored in address manager A record is a collection of information about one person If more than one record is found you can move to
518. s 341 15 1 2 Sense Brain Game so irsiicdecssssgaviveedece ete eiviescceseienecten ss 342 15 2 Hot Keys in Extras iiciiciccesccsssescctisessvcccdssacsvesvcnstiovssiveddosssieeas 345 16 SOCIAL NETWORKING sssassasenesssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 346 16 1 The component of the Social networking service 346 16 2 TWIET os ossascccttciecerssaersntectbeacwertsxsannaseaacaecrnneidentsnncseeietiveani inate 346 16 2 1 Main TITRA e a he 347 16 2 2 Launch Twitter isst aiii 348 16 2 3 Twitter wWINdoOW 0000 ccc ttre eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 350 16 24 Ti LS nooo ac tae ae dla eet hs og 351 16 2 5 Manage Tweet 0 cc cccccccccceeeceeeeeeseeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeeaees 354 16 2 6 Manage Follow cccccccceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeeeaaes 359 16 2 7 Use Direct Message 0ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseenaes 361 16 2 8 Use Search function cee eeeee teers eeeee eens 364 16 2 9 Additional FUnction ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 368 16 2 10 Hot Keys for Twitter cc cececeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeees 370 16 3 Google talk ssiceccseesssactateetteiverecncaeetsins eevee ersivwnctere erin 372 16 3 1 Launch the Google Talk ccceccceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeees 372 16 3 2 Manage Contact 0 ccee cece cence reee nrr treener rrenen 375 1653 5 Sta Chat naera i d snnanswungaaiss 381 16 3 4 Start Voice Chat occsinieusteese re
519. s 465 20 1 Common Combination Keys ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 465 20 2 File Manager e aao tan er aae a aaaea a a Aa Aaa aA iaaa Eai 466 20 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list 466 20 2 2 Navigation Keys for the File List 00 ee 466 20 2 3 Item folder or File Selection Key 00 467 20 2 4 Hot Keys for the Command cccesseeeeeeeeees 467 20 3 Word PIOCESS OM sei sic ccs eases Rete scacaeceelidsereieuaentietee 468 20 3 1 Hot Keys for the CommandS ccscseeeeeeeeees 468 20 3 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys 00 cccccecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 469 20 4 Address Manager cccccesseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeeenees 470 20 4 1 Move keys for adding an address or in the menu 470 20 4 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List 00 0 470 20 4 3 Hot keys for the CommandB esceeeeeeeeeeeeees 470 20 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys 0 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 471 20 5 Schedule Manage cscccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenees 471 20 5 1 Hot keys for the command eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 471 20 5 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List 0 472 20 G Bennie cio ci E E E T 472 20 6 1 Hot keys that are used in the inbox 006 472 20 6 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply
520. s as field name selected filed name here you type 330 the Name you want and press Enter Even though you can change a name of a field it is not possible to change the property of that field If you want to delete an already registered field press Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly in the registered fields list to move to the name of the field you want to delete And then press tab Space 4 5 repeatedly move to delete field button and press enter or press d dots 1 4 5 the shortcut key for the delete field button Or you can also press tab Space 4 5 repeatedly to move to the delete field button and press Enter To change the order of a field which is in your table you can move to the field that you want to change This can be done when you are in the registered fields list Once you are on the field press p dots 1 2 3 4 or n dots 1 3 4 5 Or you press tab Space 4 5 and enter on a previous field button or next field button Then the add table dialog box will be closed and the table name list box will be shown again The newly created table will be added to this list and address book 1 1 will be shown in the list To close the table manager dialog box press tab Space 4 5 to move to the close button and press Enter Or you can just press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 to close the dia
521. s field button next field button confirm button and cancel button You can move between these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Suppose you want to create a table called addressbook which contains 4 fields name telephone address and memo You can create this table as follows 1 In the table manager dialog box press tab Space 4 5 to move to the add table button and press Enter Or you can just press a dot 1 in the dialog box 2 Then the add table dialog box will appear and the table name edit box will be focused 3 Type addressbook and then press tab Space 4 5 329 4 Then the registered fields list will be focused At first no items will be displayed in the list As you add fields to this table they will be added to this list box 5 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the add field button and press Enter Or you can just press its shortcut key a dot 1 6 Then the add field dialog box will be opened and the field name edit box will be focused 7 Type name here and then press tab Space 4 5 8 Then the field type combo box will be focused Press Space 4 or Space 1 to move to edit box and press tab Space 4 5 9 The primary key check box will be focused If you want to set the current field a
522. s frequency dot 3 Auto previous frequency dot 2 short press previous button Auto next frequency dot 5 short press next button Go to frequency Space f dots 1 2 4 Move to previous channel dot 1 long press previous button Move to next channel dot 4 long press next button Registry channel Enter s dots 2 3 4 long press record button Delete the channel Space d dots 1 4 5 or long press stop button Call up the record dialog box Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Record start pause short press record button Record stop short press stop button Mute on short press stop button space Mute off short press play button space Volume up Space up arrow key Volume down Space down arrow key 259 11 Web Browser You can use the Web Browser on the Voice Sense to read pages on the Internet as well as reading html books that you have saved to disk In addition you can download and read books from places such as Web Braille and BookShare Note that you will need to have setup an account in order to access many of the books on these sites When you want to launch the Web browser press Enter on the Web browser in the program menu Or you can press b dots 1 2 in the program menu You can also launch the Web Browser by pressing Space w dots 2 4 5 6 while you are in the program menu When you press these keys the Voice Sense will open up a computer edit box You can then type in the URL that
523. s the primary key press Space in order to check it 10 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button and press Enter Now the name field has been added to the addressbook table If you want to cancel adding the field press tab Space 4 5 once more to move to the cancel button and press Enter If you have added a new field you will get a message saying that a new field has been added Then the registered fields list will be shown again Now name field appears in the list with the form name edit box primary 1 1 Since only one primary key exists in a table if you have set a field as the primary key the set primary key check box will not be shown in the add field dialog box when you add another field Add the telephone address and memo fields by repeating the step 5 through 10 above Note that you may want to set the field type of telephone field to number address to edit box and memo to multi line edit box Once you have added all of the fields you want press tab Space 4 5 to move to the confirm button and press Enter If you need to change a name of a field that is registered move to a field name that you want to change on a registered fields list Then press m dots 1 3 4 or tab Space 4 5 and enter on a modify field It appear
524. s to the nearest previous control from the current position If there are no more previous controls the warning sound will be played 2 Move to the next control Tab Space 4 5 This command moves to the next control from the current position If there are no more controls the warning sound will be played When you find controls in web pages the Voice Sense will show control symbols ahead of the contents of the control The followings are a list of control symbols Control name Symbol Link LN Visited link LNV Anchor ANC Edit box EB Multi edit box MEB List Box LB Combo box CB Radio button select SRB Radio button URB 280 unselect Check box check SCHB Check box uncheck UCHB Button BT Link If you press Enter on link you will move to the page that the link is referencing Visited link It is the link that you visited last time Anchor If you press Enter on anchor you will move to the referenced part of the web page Edit box You can start entering the text at the cursor position After you finish entering the text press Space 4 to move to the next item If there is any text in the edit box it will be spoken and displayed on the Braille display Multi edit box This is similar to the edit box It is an edit box that allows you to enter plural lines in one edit box You can start a new line by pressing Enter After
525. saved in the Email folder which is a lower level folder of flashdisk If the size of an email you are receiving is so large that it cannot be downloaded and stored in the flashdisk you can change to a different disk using the following method 1 Connect the external storage disc to the Voice Sense 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the E mail menu in the Inbox 3 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 4 Press Enter 5 It shows Accounts manager 6 Press Space 4 move to Set Path 7 Press Enter on Set Path 8 It shows Save attachments path flashdisk download 207 9 Press Space 4 move to Disk to save mail in flashdisk 10 Press Enter or m dots 1 3 4 on Disk to save mail in flashdisk Or press Tab Space 4 5 move to the Modify button and press Enter 11 It shows flashdisk 12 Press Space 4 or Space 1 move to the disk list If you have connected a USB memory stick or CF memory it shows USB stick memory or cfd cf memory 13 Press Enter on the desired disk name It will show the disk name if the disc setting is completed by pressing enter If you changed it to CF memory it will show Disk to save mail in cfd If it is changed the Email folder will be created automatically in the selected disc a
526. set the Voice Sense internal clock you can set it by pressing Enter on set time and date in the utilities menu In the utilities menu you can locate the set time and date by pressing t dots 2 3 4 5 or you can find it by navigating the utilities menu with Space 1 or Space 4 The set time and date is a dialog box which consists of time zone Use Daylight Saving time format time date Synchronize with time server a confirm button and a cancel button You can move ot tt 33 ec 430 between each of these items by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 If you activate set time and date for the first time you may see time zone Pacific Time US amp Canada Tijuana GMPT 08 00 which is set as the default In time zone you can review the time zone list by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 or by typing in the first letter of represented cities If you selected one of the time Zones you can move to the next item by pressing tab Space 4 5 or you can move to the previous item by pressing shift tab Space 1 2 The Use Daylight Saving will display according to time zone Namely if daylight saving time is used in selected time zone this item will display If not so this item is not display You can check and uncheck this item by using Space
527. should type in a 4 digit number and for the month and date you should type in 2 digit numbers It is possible to type these numbers in using computer Braille and regular grade 1 Braille without using the number sign You can put Space or slash between the month date and year If you press Enter after typing in a date you can hear the date once and go to the next item For example if you put the date in the solar calendar you will be on the lunar calendar Hotkeys for switching dates After putting in a date you can check the solar calendar and lunar calendar by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Move to the next day Space 6 Move to the previous day Space 3 Move to the next week Space 5 Move to the previous week Space 2 Move to the next month Space 4 Move to the previous month Space 1 Move to the next year Space 5 6 Move to the previous year Space 2 3 17 6 Pronunciation Dictionary The pronunciation dictionary is used to register or modify the Voice Sense s pronunciation while it is speaking You can activate it by pressing p dots 1 2 3 4 in the utilities menu The pronunciation dictionary is composed of the list add word button modify word button delete word button and close button You can move through those controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The l
528. sking For example you can work with the word processor while you are listening to music and you can put calculations into a document at the same time This is called a Voice Sense multi task If you want to work with the word processor while listening to music you can first run the media player and play a music file While playing music you can press the F1 key to open the Voice Sense menu and run the word processor 24 The Voice Sense can run up to seven programs simultaneously You cannot have more than seven multi tasks That is you cannot run more than seven programs at the same time If you open another program when you are running seven programs you will hear the cannot run more than seven programs at once And then return to the program menu If you want run another program you must exit the program that one in already running programs After you press F1 to call up the program menu or after you press F1 F4 to open the Task ID you can press escape Space e or F4 to return to the previously running program If you want to switch between programs while running more than one program press the F1 and F4 keys at the same time to open the Task ID The Task ID shows the names and numbers of the running programs just like the file manager You can cycle through the running programs on the Voice Sense with the Space 1 or the Space 4 and up and down arrow key Press the
529. ss Enter on list of records found Or instead of using the menu you can just press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 14 5 Setting Backup Option To backup your database file you can do it manually using the backup database function You can also backup your database file automatically by using the setting backup option To activate the setting backup option function press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open up the menu Then press Space 4 or Space 1 repeatedly to move setting backup option Then press Enter on it Or you can press e dots 1 5 in the menu to go to setting backup option You can also activate the function without opening up the menu by pressing Enter e dots 1 5 If you activate the function you will see a dialog box The dialog box has three controls backup mode radio button a confirm button and a cancel button You can switch between controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 To switch between radio buttons you can press Space 1 Backspace Space 4 or Space 33 ee 337 The backup mode has three radio buttons manual backup always backup changes when exiting and prompt backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the manual backup it will not create a new backup file even though there may be changes in the database In this case yo
530. ss Enter on the Add Contact menu Add Contact dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 E mail Computer Edit Control 2 Confirm Button Control 3 Cancel Button Control 375 You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 The followings are Add Contact dialog box composition 1 E mail As an edit box you can input user ID which you want to add 2 Confirm As a button you can save new contact into the contact list 3 Cancel As a button if you enter this button the contact list that right before calling up Add Contact dialog box will be displayed The following is how to add contact 1 Press Backspace q 1 2 3 4 5 on the contact list Computer Edit Box to enter E mail is displayed 2 After typing user ID which you want to add using computer Braille press Enter 3 With the user ID typed adding contact is executed If you add a contact the contact will remain off line until the contact accepting your request adding contact After the contact accepting your request the status will be turn on line 16 3 2 2 Delete Contact Delete Contact is a function to delete any contact registered in the contact list The Deleted Contact can t send a message to you and see whether you re online or not The following is how to delete a contact 376 1 Move to the contact which you want to delete on th
531. st box by pressing Space 1 2 6 or F1 F2 or Space 3 4 5 or F3 F4 If you press the key again you will go back to the instant message dialog box More than one instant message dialog box can be opened at the same time For example while you are in an instant message dialog box if you go to the contact list box by pressing Space 1 2 6 and press Enter on another contact another instant message dialog box will be opened 410 If you want to close the instant message dialog box press Enter on the Close button or press Space e dots 1 5 Then the dialog box will be closed and you will be placed back in the contact list box 16 4 3 1 Inviting Others to Start a Conversation You can invite others to have a conversation together at the same time That is you can have a conversation with more than one person in one instant message dialog box You can invite or add another participant as follows Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu Move to Actions by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and press Enter Press Enter on Invite A Contact Or instead of using the menu you can just press Enter i dots 2 4 Then the list of people who are online will be displayed Press Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly to move to the contact you want to invite Press Enter Then you will get a message that says the person has been invited and you will be placed back
532. ster your e mail service information The following is a detailed explanation of how to execute e mail how to register e mail service information how to check e mail service information how to modify e mail service information and how to delete e mail service information 8 1 1 Executing e mail In order to execute e mail follow these steps 1 Move to the E mail in program menu pressing Space 1 and Space 4 2 Press Enter on the E mail or press E dots 1 5 When you launch the e mail program for the first time the Voice Sense will say You must create at least 1 mail account from the accounts manager in the Tools menu Then the inbox will be opened The inbox is the main window of the E mail program When you run the e mail program for the first time this inbox is empty and the Voice Sense displays no items Press Shift Tab Space 1 2 It shows mailbox lists of e mail Mailbox lists 1 Inbox It is stored received mail 2 Sent It is stored sent mail after sending mail successful 3 Outbox It is stored outbox when user saves mail in Outbox or sending mail fails By pressing Space 1 and Space 4 you can move between mailbox lists 163 If there are any e mail messages that the Voice Sense has already received Opening inbox will be announced in voice and on the LCD display however xx processed will be displayed o
533. sult you can access save items to type in an item name in the edit box and then you can save it by pressing Enter directly or by pressing Enter on the confirm button If you type in function names like sin cos or pi as an item name you will see the message invalid item name and if you type in names that have already been saved you will see a message that says replace 422 variable a with current value Yes If you want to change the value press Enter on yes And if you do not want to change the value press Enter on no Press Space to toggle between yes and 13 no 17 1 2 4 Statistics Function If you select this menu item a dialog box opens which consists of a list box containing all the stored variables a list box displaying the results of several functions and a close button You can move between these elements by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 You can bring up this dialog box by pressing Backspace t dots 2 3 4 5 in the calculator line or by pressing t dots 2 3 4 5 in the Memory Functions menu In the variable list the variable names and their current values are displayed You can move between these variables by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 In order to select a variable to be used in the calculation press Space on it This list is the same as the one in the
534. suppose there is an email that has been unread It would appear as Date date time xx yy 8 2 2 3 Sender Control 175 From shows the sender information From sender s e mail address xx yy The Voice Sense also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages have been unread E mail messages that have not yet been read will have the sign placed in front of the sender For example let s suppose there is an email that has been unread It would appear as From sender s e mail address xx yy You can save the e mail id of the sender using the following sequence 1 Press Enter i dots 2 4 when From sender s e mail address xx yy is displayed 2 Then the add address dialog box will be opened and Name Sender s user name or e mail address will be displayed 3 Type in the sender s name with your Braille keyboard or press tab Space 4 5 to move to Confirm and press enter When you type in the name you can type it in directly without pressing the cursor key to designate the input position on the Braille cell if you want to retype the name But if you designate a specified position by pressing a corresponding cursor key you can modify the displayed name If the address that was typed in is saved and the dialog box is closed the Voice Sense will show you the From item again By saving the e mail ID using
535. t want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Y to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving this setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 3 View Input the Grade of Braille You can choose what grade of Braille you want to use when reading The shortcut key is g dots 1 2 4 5 The setting choices are Contracted Braille Uncontracted Braille and Computer Braille You can switch between the settings by pressing the Space You can 34 press Space g dots 1 2 4 5 to cycle through the three settings while you are using other programs without calling up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 Y to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 4 Braille Code Braille code is a writing system which sets the Braille rule The Voice Sense can be set either US or UEBC UEBC Unified English Braille Code is the original intent was to explore the possibility of bringing together three o
536. t 1 the Voice Sense will move you to that point in the document immediately If you are in the document the Voice Sense will not show the mark sign If you selected view format character in settings which was explained in section 5 1 6 you will see the bookmark sign in the document You can go to marked text by using Space 3 or Space 6 and the bookmark sign will appear which is pl mark name 5 3 8 Go to Mark The go to mark command finds a mark that has already been marked When you want to execute this command you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to go to by pressing 102 Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to go to mark by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or press j dots 2 4 5 in the go to menu which is the shortcut You can jump to anywhere in a document to marked text with by pressing Enter j dots 2 4 5 If you press Enter j dots 2 4 5 the Voice Sense will say mark to move If you type in the character of the mark name that you want to locate the Voice Sense will move the cursor to the marked text with dots 7 8 embossed in the first cell 5 3 9 Go to Previous Document If you have multiple documents open you can go directly to the document that you had opened before the document that you are currently editing To execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4
537. t by pressing Space 1 and change it The default is set to 0 3 Confirm cancel In order to apply changes you need to press Enter when confirm is displayed If you want to exit from a setting without changing it you should press Enter when cancel is displayed You must press tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to get to the confirm and cancel buttons 5 5 4 Print Paragraph Layout 113 You can set the layout of the current paragraph for printing on an ink printer In order to set print paragraph layout press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 while you are editing a document and select layout or press I dots 1 2 3 which is the shortcut and select print paragraph layout Or press BackSpace 2 3 4 6 which is the hot key for print paragraph layout This setting applies only to the paragraph that you are on when the setting is changed This setting change does not apply to other paragraphs You can navigate the menu items by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 and you can move to confirm or cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 or F3 You can skip an item by pressing Space 4 if you do not want to change the default setting The following is a detailed explanation of the settings for print paragraph layout 1 Set left margin This sets the left margin for ink printing The default value is
538. t that you typed in and completed is announced by the voice If there was no text that matched what you typed in the cursor does not move and the Voice Sense announce the not found by the voice This function saves the text that was typed in last as well as the direction so you can use it again to search for the next occurrence of text When using the find command the current cursor position is very important If the cursor is located at the beginning of the document it is better for you to select forward direction If the cursor is located at the end of the document it is better to select backward as the direction used for searching 97 5 3 2 Find Again When you want to run the find again command you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Then move to go to by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter on go to Move to find again by pressing Space 4 to move to find again and press Enter or press h dots 1 2 5 in the go to menu When you are editing a document you should press Enter f dots 1 2 4 to activate this command When find again is executed find again will look for the text that was used in the previous find Find again will search in the same direction that was used with the last find If you have not yet used the find command in the current document and you execute find again it
539. t time end date end time subject and memo 7 5 2 Searching with subject If it is executed the Voice Sense will say search subject Type in the keywords which you are searching After you type in the keywords and press Enter then all schedules with the keywords will be displayed If you press Enter without typing in any word in search subject edit box the Voice Sense will display all schedules in your Voice Sense In order to move to the next or previous schedule press Space 4 or Space 1 respectively Pressing Space 1 3 will move to the first item of the schedule list and pressing Space 4 6 will move to the last item of the schedule list For the recurring appointment and multiple day appointment the Voice Sense will show the schedules of the first day only if you search the schedule with subject For example if you registered any appointment on January 1 2007 and made it recur the first day of every month the Voice Sense will show this schedule on January 1 2007 only when you search it with searching with subject If you want to read the schedule in detail you can press Enter at the schedule that you want to read in detail After you read the schedule in detail and return to the schedule list press Space e dots 1 5 And if you want to search with the other keywords press tab Space 4 5 to move to search subject edit box 7 6 Modify Schedule
540. tached are saved The default path is flashdisk upload You can change this path to a different path using the following method 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to call up the E mail menu in the Inbox 2 Press Space 4 move to the Tools 3 Press Enter 4 It shows Accounts manager 5 Press Space 4 move to Set Path 6 Press Enter on Set Path 7 It shows Save attachments path flashdisk download 8 Press Space 4 move to Send attachments path flashdisk upload 206 9 Press Enter or m dots 1 3 4 on Send attachments path flashdisk upload Or press Tab Space 4 5 move to the Modify button and then press Enter 10 It shows upload folder xx yy Move to the desired folder by pressing the following keys Move to the upper level folder Backspace Move to previous item Space 1 Move to next item Space 4 11 Press Space to select the desired folder and press Enter 12 It shows in front of the selected folder If you finish setting the path by pressing Enter the Voice Sense will show the changed path If you changed the path from upload folder to music folder in flashdisk it would display Send attachments path flashdisk music 8 5 1 3 Set the Disk to save mail The e mail messages that are downloaded from your network are
541. tarceta tales Ries 218 9 MEDIA PLAY ER esiageccc seceesitinctetesevaecteg sacs senddedenstecseceevesestecewirnct 219 9 1 Using the Audio Buttons ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 219 9 1 1 Play Pause ButtOm cccccccccceeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 220 9 1 2 Next button and previous button c cece 220 9 1 3 Record Button icsiccateccccetovdesssectnudedesedagietceccls is wlecedeudedeeeeen te 221 DT Stop Besse correct ten idnaccnaan a esii 221 9 1 5 Using the Audio buttons in file open dialog box 221 9 2 Braille Keyboard and Extended KeyS ccssccceeeseeeeeeeeees 222 xvii 9 2 1 Playback Information Tab ccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 222 9 2 2 Play List T Diiic aeania eiia 223 9 2 3 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab and the Play List Tabe de E E ES 223 9 3 How to Use the Media Player Menu ccccceeesseeeeeeeees 226 9 3 1 File ae aeaee ea AE ST EE EEEE ENE 226 9 3 2 Play e E E E EE 230 9 3 3 ROCCO e n r a E eee 233 93 4 Position Men er a E O e 236 9 3 5 MIM e e E E dG neces 240 9 3 6 SOUS a a E a encoun aaa 243 9 4 Additional features cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 249 9 4 1 Moving features using the cursor keys 05 249 9 5 Hot Keys in the Media Player ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 249 10 EIMRADIO caxtcciscos see cocizateentngsooact ihestcce ececesiecs aA st teaes 2
542. te 4 Confirm It is a button You can save the setting 5 Cancel It is a button If you execute cancel you will go to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 16 3 7 3 Alert Options Alter Options menu will allow you to setup whether you use Message Sound Notification While in Current Window and play keyboard sound or not In order to call up the Alert Options dialog box press Backspace o dots 1 3 5 within the contact list or press Enter on the Alert Options menu after entering sub menu of Setup by calling up the menu Alert Options dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 Setting list List control 2 Confirm Button control 3 Cancel Button Control The following is a detailed explanation of each control on Alert Options dialog box You can move to the next control pressing 397 Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Setting list The followings are items which you can setup You can move among list using Space 1 or Space 4 Play keyboard sound You can select whether your message input is converted into the sound or not when you are writing your message to a person in chat window You can choose between Yes and No If you choose Yes what you are typing will be announced in voice If you choose No what you are typing will not be announced in voice If you set to No when you are typing messag
543. te button and press enter 216 11 Then Successfully deleted will be announced and list will show again You can check the remaining words by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 You may delete an E mail address string or Host in the spam list too Press Space 4 to move to Type E mail address string 2 3 or Type Host 3 3 and execute The method is the same as explained above 8 6 Hot Keys for E Mail 8 6 1 Hot Keys That Are Used in the Inbox Call Accounts manager Enter m dots 1 3 4 Check for new mail Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Write new message Enter w dots 2 4 5 6 Reply Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Reply all Backspace r dots 1 2 3 5 Forward Enter f dots 1 2 4 Call up set path Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 Call up set option Enter o dots 1 3 5 Call up set spam Enter e dots 1 5 Find Space f dots 1 2 4 Find again Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Move to unread message Enter u dots 1 3 4 Move to mailbox Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 Copy to mailbox Backspace c dots 1 4 Add a sender to the address list Enter i dots 2 4 This is valid only at the from item of the inbox Delete received e mail Space d dots 1 4 5 It is valid only at the Subject and date item in the inbox Save the received e mail as text file Space s dots 2 3 4 Print the received e mail Space p dots 1 2 3 4 Cancel Space e
544. temporary path Button Control 3 Set save conversation path Button Control 4 Confirm Buttons Control 5 Cancel Button Control The following is a detailed explanation of each control on Path options dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Set download path As a button you can set path saving message corresponded If you press Enter on the button Set path dialog box will appear If you move to folder as you desire and press Enter setting will be completed Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 399 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 2 Set temporary path As a button you can set path saving temporary files If you press Enter on the button Set path dialog box will appear If you move to folder as you desire and press Enter setting will be completed 3 Saving download path As a button you can set path saving files transmitted If you press Enter on the button Set path dialog box will appear If you move to folder as you desire using following move keys and press Enter setting will be completed 4 Confirm As a b
545. that indicates that the Voice Sense is working If the file is larger than 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear the sound and not the progress meter When the transfer has completed you will hear xxx file sent where xxx is the name of the file If the file does not transfer you will hear xxx file not sent Once all of the files have been transferred completely you will hear sent completely and you will be returned to the remote folder list 13 2 3 3 Retrieve File The retrieve file function will allow you to retrieve a file from the remote folder list and move it to the local folder This function is available while in the remote folder list You can only save files to the flashdisk download folder with this function Perform the following steps to activate the retrieve file function T After you have connected the FTP service you will be connected to the remote folder list You can navigate through the list using the same commands as in the file manager You can reference these commands by referring to chapter 3 of this manual Select the file that you want to retrieve by pressing the Space on it Note that you cannot select folders After you have selected the file press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu and then use Space 1 or Space 4 to move to re
546. that was typed in to the computer type in the same passkey on the Voice Sense and press Enter on the Voice Sense The computer will say the message Found new hardware and the final dialog should appear on the computer Remember that you can press ctrl shift w to have the entire dialog read using Window Eyes The dialog should display that the Bluetooth device was successfully set up It is very important to note the COM ports for the outgoing COM port and the incoming COM port For 322 17 18 19 20 example the outgoing COM port may be COM 5 and the incoming COM port may be COM 6 Do not be surprised if your COM ports are not set to COM 5 and COM 6 The COM ports used can vary from computer to computer Press tab to get to the Finish button and then press Enter to activate it You will then be taken back to the Bluetooth devices setting dialog Press Ctrl Tab twice to focus the COM ports tab control Press tab to get to the list of COM ports and then press the Down Arrow to move through the list of COM ports to make sure that they match the COM ports that were mentioned when you completed the Bluetooth device wizard You should hear your first COM port then the direction and then the name After you press down Arrow again you should hear the next COM port the direction and name For example when you press the down arrow key the first time you might hear COM 5 Outgoing
547. the File 1 2 3 Press Sapce 4 move to the Edit 4 Press Enter on the Edit 5 It shows the Select All 6 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Find Again 7 Press Enter on the Find Again Or press g dots 1 2 4 5 To activate this function without calling up the menu press Backspace f dots 1 2 4 8 4 3 Move to Next Unread Message The Move To Next Unread Message option allows you to move to the next message that is unread If you use this function on the last unread message in a list you will be sent to the first unread message in the list To activate this function while you are in the Subject Date or From control 1 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 It shows the Find 3 Press Space 4 move to the Edit 4 Press Enter on the Edit 5 It shows the Select all Noe Ne 198 6 Press Space 4 move to the Move to Next Unread Message 7 Press Enter on the Move to Next Unread Message Or press u dots 1 3 6 To use this function without calling up the menu press Enter u dots 1 3 6 8 4 4 Copy or Move to mailbox There are two methods how to copy or move an e mail to folder 1 You can copy and move e mails directly in Mailbox lists except Outbox In order to copy and move an e mail to folder follow t
548. the play button will not do anything While playing the playback information tab will be displayed If you want to pause or stop playing press Enter after moving to the pause or stop button by pressing Space 4 5 repeatedly 9 3 3 4 Stop This is used to stop recording or playing If you press Enter on stop while recording the Voice Sense will stop recording and show the recording information tab If you press Enter on the stop button while playing the Voice Sense will stop playing and show the playback information tab You can also stop recording or playing by pressing the stop button on the front panel of the Voice Sense 9 3 3 5 Pause This item is used to pause the recording or playing a file while in the Media Player If you press Enter on pause or press the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense recording or playing will be paused and the recording information or playback information tab will be displayed 9 3 3 6 Continue If you press Enter on continue while the current status is pause the Voice Sense will resume recording or playing 9 3 3 7 Cancel If you press Enter on cancel the Voice Sense will stop recording or playing close the record dialog box and return to the Media Player dialog box If you press Enter on cancel while recording the re
549. the flash disk My Documents folder This folder is the default folder 16 3 6 5 Import Contact List Import Contact List is a function to import contact list saved in the export contact list In order to call up the Import Contact List dialog box press Backspace l dots 2 4 on the Contact list or press Enter on the Import Contact list menu after entering sub menu of File by calling up the menu Import Contact List consists of 4 controls 1 2 3 4 File name Combo Edit control Confirm Button control Cancel Button control File list List control x Noe S N The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Import Contact list dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 392 1 File name It is a combo edit box You can type file name which you want to import 2 Confirm It is a button You can execute Import Contact list 3 Cancel It is a button You can exit Import Contact list dialog box and return to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 4 File list It is a list You can select the desired contact list file CSV The followings are move keys used in file list Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Hom
550. the Play List Tab eee 501 21 8 FM GAG Ooaeis ccs cctsceucerescccneceevanppegssaenversuceviaaaussesesctiarcuvvabapepeaencs 502 21 9 Web Browsell cccccccie dadanan danaa nda aaaea aaan 503 21 9 1 Hot keys for the command ccccccseeteeeeeeeeees 503 21 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser 504 21 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Page e 504 21 10 Daisy Pl y t ao vcicccasicccccuiccvnssivnssandaacsceanancccensatescces deecdeatsasaceaas 505 21 11 Bluetooth Manager ssssssssnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm 506 21 12 Database Managel cceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 506 2 ASHE KAS iat stiteceeeenessees ect cneccnesteerteaewetata dene AEAEE EEE EEan 507 21 13 GAINS stich iet e a E E E EEN 507 21 14 Social Networking ssssssssuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 507 DWV A Twitter fits et sce hoes czsahe auido ast eco ceaandlls 507 21 14 2 Google tal K ccicidscicdececectuedeseeteivetavenadceicianidamnnvessentareadadins 509 21 14 3 MSN messenger cccccce cece ceeeeeeeeeceaaeeeeeeeeeeeaneeees 511 21 VO Utilities oeae niibepranaseaeciniundv vince etek 512 724 ig Fae UO os F Co eer eee eee 512 21 15 2 Setting the Date and Time cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 513 21 15 3 Checking the Date and Time ceeeeeeeeees 514 21 15 4 Calendar are a ere E ee een ae
551. the Voice Sense will not hear the any sound in progress of copying or opening If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing space z dots 1 3 5 6 or Space e dots 1 5 3 2 33 Bluetooth You can decide whether the Voice Sense will turn Bluetooth on The shortcut key for this option is b dots 1 2 You can choose between on and off by pressing Space By default it is set to off You can toggle it on and off by pressing BackSpace 3 4 5 6 while you are using another program in the Voice Sense without having to call up the Global options In order to use Bluetooth function of the Voice Sense please turn it on And please turn it off while you are not using the Bluetooth function to save battery power 51 If you have changed the setting press the Enter key to save the setting You can also tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to the confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 to t
552. the above method the name and its e mail id will be saved in the Voice Sense The saved e mail ID can be used to send your message If you want to cancel saving the e mail ID press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Cancel button and press enter or just press Space e dots 1 5 176 8 2 2 4 CC Control CC shows the carbon copy recipient This control will be shown if the email has a CC You can save the e mail id of the carbon copy recipient using the following sequence 1 Press Enter i dots 2 4 when CC carbon copy recipient s e mail address xx yy is displayed 2 Then the add address dialog box will be opened and Name Sender s user name or e mail address will be displayed 3 Type in the carbon copy recipient s name with your keyboard or press tab Space 4 5 to move to Confirm and press enter When you type in the name you can type it in Name edit box directly If the address that was typed in is saved and the dialog box is closed the Voice Sense will show you the CC item again 8 2 2 5 Message Control Message shows the message body of the selected e mail You can move to a message by pressing tab Space 4 5 Or you can read a message by pressing enter when Subject Date or From is displayed In case of pressing enter on Subject Date From controls you will a
553. the button 2 3 Using the Function Keys There are four function keys on the Voice Sense When using the Voice Sense you can open the menus cancel tasks and move to other items by using these function keys No matter where you are in the Voice Sense the F1 key will open the Voice Sense program menu You can also use F1 and the shortcut key for each program in the program menu to open each program anywhere in the Voice Sense For example if you are in the word processor and want to open the web browser you could press F1 b dots 1 2 to open the web browser In each program Space m dots 1 3 4 and the F2 key will open the specific menu for each program The F3 key has the same function as tab Space 4 5 If you press Space F3 this will have the same function as pressing shift tab Space 1 2 The F4 key will function just like the escape key does on a personal computer This key performs the same function as pressing Space e dots 1 5 Please note that the escape key does not exit a program as does Space z dots 1 3 5 6 You can use combinations of the function keys to allow you to do many tasks Pressing F1 and F2 at the same time will work the same as page up on a personal computer If you press the F3 and F4 keys at the same time this is the same as pressing page down on a personal computer
554. the setting 3 2 12 Voice Volume You can set the volume level of the voice on the Voice Sense The shortcut key is I dots 1 2 3 The setting value is 1 through 10 with the default set on 6 When you have set this option to 1 the volume will be set at the lowest level If you set this option to 10 the volume is the loudest If you set the volume level to 1 you will almost not be 39 able to hear The Space key increases the volume and the Backspace key decreases the volume by one number at a time Please note that if you are at volume level 10 and increase the volume by one the volume loops back to level 1 The same is true if you are at level 1 and decrease the volume by one unit You will then be at level 10 Without opening the Global options you can increase the volume with the key combination of the Backspace and F4 keys or you can decrease it with the Backspace and the F1 key 3 2 13 Voice Rate You can control the rate of the Voice Sense speech The shortcut key is r dots 1 2 3 5 The setting options are 1 through 12 with the default set to 8 The Space increases the rate level and the Backspace decreases the rate level by one unit at a time Without opening the Global options you can increase the rate with the key combination of the Space and F4 keys or you can decrease it with the Space and the F1 key If you are at level 12
555. the specified track and Backspace decreases the times to repeat the specified track The set speed option allows you to set the audio playback speed The speed level ranges from 1 to 10 The default setting is the 5 If you change the value press Space or Backspace The higher the number audio playback speed is fast 245 The Time index option allows you to set time to jump The default 13 value is set to 1 minute The values are 5 seconds 10 seconds 13 13 13 13 30 seconds 1 minute 3 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes 30 minutes and 1 hour You can change the value by the Space or Backspace Also you can change the value of time index by pressing dot 2 or dot 5 without calling this option And if you press dots 2 5 you can hear the current time index After changing time index if you press dot 1 or dot 4 you can jump to previous or next position by time index For example time index is set to 1 minute And if you press dot 1 you can jump to previous position by 1 minute And if you press dot 4 you can jump to next position by 1 minute and then listen to audio file To save the changed settings and exit from this dialog box press Enter after you change all the options you want to change or move to the confirm button by
556. these by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The connect name list has connect name connect number id password and modem speed In connect name you can type in the host name to connect with and in the connect number you can type in the number of the host Here you can type in numbers and commas only You can type in numbers using computer Braille In ID and password use computer Braille to type the ID and password that are required by the host server In case of Bluetooth DUN you can make the connection to Mobile network without any password according to Mobile server In the modem speed select one from the list by pressing Backspace or Space After completing each item you can move to the next item by pressing tab Space 4 5 Finally with modem speed completed you can press Enter to save your registration Before saving it you can cancel your choices by moving to cancel by pressing tab Space 4 5 and press Enter on it Modify is used to modify the connect group You can do this by moving to what you want to select in the connect list and then press Enter You can also press tab Space 4 5 to locate modify Otherwise you can press Enter m 1 3 4 on the connect name in the connect list directly Modify has the s
557. tion Please visit www hims inc com to register your information If you have any trouble when registering your information please contact the dealer whom you purchased your Voice Sense product from for help Do not take apart the Voice Sense by yourself Do not have anyone else who is not authorized by HIMS take apart the Voice Sense If an unqualified person disassembles the unit serious damage may occur to the Voice Sense If an unauthorized person disassembles the Voice Sense the unit will be excluded from any free maintenance and the warranty will become void If any liquid or external force damages the 10 11 12 unit it may also be excluded from free maintenance even if the damage occurred during the warranty period If you let your Voice Sense remain for a long time at the closed or high temperature places like inside of car the battery attached to the Voice Sense may be defected or fired So please don t keep your Voice Sense at those places If you have any complaints or suggestions please provide us with your comments on our website We will improve our product based on your comments and suggestions Thank you for using the Voice Sense and we value any comments or suggestions you have for our product This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference re
558. tly reading level and heading Ctrl w Scan the heading list from the present to the end Ctrl n Find heading Ctrl f Find again F3 Set mark at current position Ctrl m Move to the next mark N 505 Move to the previous mark V Delete mark DEL Move to the title list Shift Backspace Open daisy file Ctrl o Check the book info Alt Enter Voice setting Ctrl s 21 11 Bluetooth Manager Scanning bluetooth device Ctrl r Connecting device enter on the device name Connecting service enter on the service name Disconnect service Ctrl d Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace 1 FTP service Open local remote folder Ctrl o Copy Ctrl c Paste Ctrl v Send to Ctrl s Retrieve file Ctrl r New folder Ctrl f Delete file folder DEL Information Ctrl i 21 12 Database Manager Add record Ctrl n Search records Ctrl f Table manager Ctrl t List of records found Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Backup database Ctrl u Restore database Ctrl o 506 1 Move by controls Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab 2 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Down arrow key Move to the previous list item Up arrow key 3 Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space or down arrow key Move to the previous answer Backspace or up arrow key 4 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the previous re
559. to execute this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and press Enter on the File menu Then move to Print by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter or just press p dots 1 2 3 4 While editing a document the hot key for printing is Space p dots 1 2 3 4 1 Start page number This is the beginning page number to be printed The default page number is set to 1 You can change the value of the page number by typing in the value that is desired You can 82 move to the next selection item which is the End page number by pressing Space 4 2 End page number This is the ending page number that is to be printed The default value is set to 100000 It means that the document will be printed to the end of the document unless the document exceeds 100000 pages In order to change the value input the number of the ending page You can move to the next selection item which is the Number of copies by pressing Space 4 3 Number of copies This option designates the number of copies to be printed The default value is set to 1 You can change this number by typing in the number that is desired If you press Space 4 or Space 1 you will be moved to Print method or End page number respectively If you want to move to Confirm press tab Space 4 5 4 Confirm Cancel In order to print as designated above move to C
560. to the file list by pressing shift tab Space 1 2 And you move to location that you want to save by using the navigation keys in file manager program 9 3 1 7 Delete Item If you want to delete a file from the play list first locate the file you 229 want to delete in the play list tab by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 repeatedly Then bring up the Media Player menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 and press Enter on file Now move to delete item by pressing Space 4 repeatedly and then press Enter Or you can press Space d dots 1 4 5 on the file to be deleted in the play list tab You can select more than one file in the play list tab by pressing Space on each file to be deleted Now let s explain how to delete multiple files in a block from the play list Press Enter b dots 1 2 on the first file to be deleted Enter b dots 1 2 is the start of the block Next if you press Space 4 or Space 1 the displayed files will be selected After selecting the files you want to delete press Space d dots 1 4 5 in order to delete them 9 3 1 8 Open URL The open URL menu item is used to play the audio stream in web page If you press Enter on open URL in the file menu or press Enter u dots 1 3 6 in the Media Player dialog box The dialog box will be displayed In this dialog
561. to the Frame 1 Move to the previous frame Space 3 4 6 It moves to the starting position of the previous frame If there are no previous frames the warning sound will be played 2 Move to the next frame Space 1 4 6 It moves to the starting position of the next frame If there are no 284 more frames the warning sound will be played 11 7 5 Playback of Streaming Audio Files While you navigate any web page if you come across a link for streaming audio file you can simply press Enter on it Then the Media player program will be launched or activated with lists of address inside of the streaming file and the streaming audio file on the first address will be played The possible formats of streaming file 13 13 13 are m3u pls asf asx For other formats besides above 4 formats if you press Enter on it the Web browser program will play the streaming audio file directly When you play the streaming audio file in the Web browser the add to favorites dialog box will be appeared in order to quickly play the file later through the File Manager or Web Browser program You can then add the streaming address into favorite list and the streaming file will be saved with ASF at the begging of file name ASF denotes that the link is a streaming audio file While you play a streaming audio file in the Web Browser if you exit the Web browser program or you lost the intern
562. to your personal computer Continuing toward the back of the unit on the right side panel you will find the I O connector Continuing toward the back of the unit on the right side panel you will find a small hole which is the hole for the AC adapter jack The AC adapter will plug in to this hole and then plug in to a standard AC electrical outlet so that you can use the Voice Sense with electricity instead of using power from the battery 1 2 3 Left Side Panel Now let s take a look at the left side panel of the unit If you move your finger to the left side of the Voice Sense you will find two slots that are split upper and lower The upper slot is the SD slot You can insert SD card secure digital card in SD slot The lower slot is the CF slot You can insert CF card compact flash card in CF slot 1 2 4 Rear Panel Next let s take a look at the rear panel of the Voice Sense On the far left of the rear panel you will find a rectangular port This is called the docking port This docking port is used to test Voice Sense when the Voice Sense is designed Please do not open this port To the right of docking port you will find a small button This is the reset button If your unit is not responding properly you can press this button using pointed tool which will reboot the unit via a hard reset Pressing the reset button is a hardware reset Do NOT press the reset button for more than 5 seconds You can also do a soft reset
563. tooth Devices Options and then check the check box that says Show the Bluetooth Icon in the Notification Area 321 w D 0 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Press the up or Down Arrow keys until you get to Open Bluetooth settings Press Enter Select the Device tab control You may need to press Ctrl Tab in order to select this tab control Tab to the Add button Press Enter Press Space to check the checkbox for My device is setup and ready to be found Press enter The XP machine will find the Voice Sense and it will be called Windows CE Remember that the Voice Sense must be turned on in order to be found as mentioned above If you forgot to turn the Voice Sense on leave it turned on exit the Bluetooth settings and start at step number 1 above Press the down arrow key to focus Windows CE Tab to the Next button Press Enter Press down arrow to focus the radio button Let me choose my own passkey Focus will automatically be put in the edit box and you may hear a tool tip that says We recommend using a passkey that is 8 to 16 digits long You should type your passkey here For example you might type 11171 Press Enter Windows will then begin exchanging the passkeys and a new dialog will appear on the computer The Voice Sense will then ask for the passkey by saying Computer Edit Box Pin Code Using the same passkey
564. tore the option settings for each program in the Voice Sense all at once This program can be found in the utilities menu You can run this program by pressing k dots 1 3 in the utilities menu If you run this program a dialog box will be opened This dialog box contains program option check box list select all button backup button restore button and cancel button You can move between the check boxes in the program option list by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can move between these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The 17 program option check box list contains option settings file 13 13 manager option word processor option address manager option 13 13 schedule manager option media player option web browser 448 13 13 13 option e mail option messenger option Bluetooth option and database manager option In this list you move to the program option and check it by pressing Space If you want to uncheck it you can do so by pressing Space again After you select all the options you want to backup or restore press Enter on the backup or restore button If you want to select all of the programs in the list press Enter on the select all button If you press Ent
565. trieve file and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by press Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Just like copying and pasting you will hear a sound that indicates that the Voice Sense is working If the file is larger than 317 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear the sound and not the progress meter When the transfer has completed you will hear xxx file retrieved where xxx is the name of the file If the file does not transfer you will hear xxx file not retrieved Once all of the files have been transferred completely you will hear retrieve completed and you will be returned to the remote folder list 13 2 3 4 New Folder The new folder function will allow you to create a new folder in the local folder list or the remote folder list To create a new folder perform the following steps 1 After the FTP service has connected navigate to the local or remote folder list and move to the folder where you want to make new folder You can move between the remote folder list and local folder list by pressing Enter o dots 1 3 5 And how to move among the items in the folder list is the same as how to move in the File Manager Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to open the menu and then use Space 1 or Space 4 to navigate to
566. ts 1 4 Then the Voice Sense will ask Delete line Yes If you press enter the selected line will be deleted If you do not want to delete the current line press Space to change from Yes to No and press enter 166 When you need to type using computer Braille to type in your ID password and address please use the following computer Braille 1 Dot dots 4 6 2 At sign Press Space u and release it then press dot 4 3 Under bar _ dots 4 5 6 4 Dash dots 3 6 8 1 2 1 1 Signature and Advanced While registering your account you can register signature and set advanced options in Advanced menu 1 Press Space M dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 2 Press Space 4 move to Tools 3 Press Enter on the Tools or press T dots 2 3 4 5 4 It shows Accounts manager in LCD and Braille display 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 It shows Account name Without calling up menu by pressing Enter M dots 1 3 4 you can move to this menu 7 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Add 8 Press Enter on the Add or press A dot 1 9 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to Advanced 10 Press Enter on the Advanced 11 It shows Use secure POP3 POP SSL The default value of this check box is unselect If the Incoming POP3 server uses th
567. ts 1 2 3 5 Follow User Backspace a dot 1 Following Backspace dots 1 2 3 Followers Backspace e dots 1 5 Global Search Space f dots 1 2 4 User Search Backspace f dots 1 2 4 Search Word List Backspace w dots 2 4 5 6 Next List Enter n dots 1 3 4 5 Refresh Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Move to the next tweet Space 4 Move to the previous tweet Space 1 Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Space 1 2 3 Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Space 4 5 6 Move to the previous 32 list Space 1 2 6 Move to the next 32 list Space 3 4 5 Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 End Space 4 6 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 483 20 14 2 Google Talk File f Menu Commands Sign out I Enter dots 1 2 3 Export Contact Lists x Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 Import Contact Lists i Backspace i dots 2 4 Exit z Space z dots 1 3 5 6 Action a Menu Commands Start Chat s Enter s dots 2 3 4 Start Voice Chat Enter h dots 1 2 5 Send File f Enter f dots 1 2 4 Move to Recently Chat r Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Manage Chat m Enter m dots 1 3 4 Contact b Menu Commands Add Contact q
568. tter of each in the list 17 1 5 Tangent Functions You can activate the tangent functions when you press Enter on tangent functions or if you press t dots 2 3 4 5 in the menu You 424 can also open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 Or in your calculation line you can open the tangent functions by pressing Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 The tangent functions list consists of tangent arc tangent and hyperbolic tangent If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with Space 1 or Space 4 or if you press Enter on confirm on one of the functions while moving with tab Space 4 5 you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the three tangent functions Or you can insert one of the three tangent functions by pressing the first letter of each in the list 17 1 6 Logarithm Functions The logarithm functions is a dialog box which contains the following function list a confirm button and a cancel button You can move between the three items by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The function list consists of common logarithm and natural logarithm in which you can move by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 You can activate the logarithm functions menu by pressing Enter on logarithm functions or if y
569. ttons and ports This section explains the hardware configuration of the Voice Sense The dimensions of the Voice Sense are 7 3 inches long by 3 inches wide by 1 inch high On the bottom of the unit there are rubber feet in order to prevent slipping while you are using the Voice Sense The input keys are Perkins style which consist of seven keys that represent dot one through dot six and the space bar In addition to these seven keys there are two function keys that correspond to the Backspace and Enter keys The first thing you should do is place the Voice Sense on a level surface that you can use to examine the Voice Sense such as a table or desk When the Voice Sense is placed on a level surface the shape of the entire unit will resemble a small thin rectangular box The Voice Sense has six sides You should feel for the Braille keys The side that the Braille keys are on should be facing up The side that is now facing up is referred to as the top of the Voice Sense The side that is facing to your right is called the right side panel The side facing to your left is called the left side panel The side that is facing away from you is called the rear panel The side that is facing toward you is called the front panel and the side that the Voice Sense is sitting on is called the bottom panel This section of the manual describes each side of the Voice Sense and the basic function s of each button and port We will discuss each of the
570. tus It is a list You can select one of the 6 statuses for example On line Away Idle DND Chat Off line using Space 1 or Space 4 2 Confirm It is a button You can save setting 3 Cancel It is a button If you execute cancel you will go to the Contact list the status right before calling up the menu 16 3 7 2 Action Options Action Options Allows you to setup auto reply idle time Display Contact List and so on In order to call up Action Options dialog box press Backspace a dot 1 on the contact list or press Enter on the Action Options menu after entering sub menu of Setup by 394 calling up the menu Action Options dialog box consists of 5 controls 1 Action setting List control 2 Auto reply message Edit control 3 Absent Time Edit control 4 Confirm Button control 5 Cancel Button control The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Action Options dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Action setting It is a list You can set up these functions Using the Space 1 or Space 4 the movement among the list is possible Display contact list You can choose whether contact list displays all contacts or only contact connected For example you have to choose between All and Display only online contacts If you choose All contact list will displ
571. u can also F2 while in the Media Player dialog box This menu contains five items file play record advanced and settings Using the file menu you can add or delete files in the play list The play menu lists all of the commands related to playing files The record menu opens the recording dialog box in which allows you to record sound and play it The advanced menu contains commands related to bookmark and go to position The settings menu allows you to set various Media Player options 6 9 3 1 File When you want to use the file menu you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the Media Player menu and then press Enter on file or press f dots 1 2 4 A submenu will appear which contains open file open folder add file add folder save playlist save as playlist delete item and exit You can move between these items by pressing spaece 4 or Space 1 Press Enter on the item you want to execute If you want to go back to the menu that is one level up you can press Space e dots 1 5 Then press Space z dots 1 3 5 6 which will close the menu and take you back to the Media Player dialog box ot 9 3 1 1 Open File You can use the open file menu item to add files to the play list and start playing If you press Enter on
572. u can only make a new backup file by using the backup database menu 2 If you select the always backup changes when exiting a new backup file will be automatically created if you modify the database or add other information when you exit the database manager 3 If you select the prompt backup changes when exiting you will see the message backup changes yes when you exit the database manager if you have modified the database or added other information If you press Enter on yes it will automatically create a new backup file and exit the database manager If you press Space 4 once and press Enter on no it will exit without making a new backup file You can change the backup mode if you press Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or you can press Enter on confirm by moving to it by pressing tab Space 4 5 The default backup mode is set to prompt backup changes when exiting 14 6 Backup Database If a cold reset occurs or if your battery goes dead all of the data in the Database manager will be lost So it is very important that you make a backup file every time you make a change to the Database file To go to backup database open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Then use the Space 1 or Space 4 and find backup database Then press Enter You can also press u dots 1 3 6
573. u set the recurring type to date an edit box will be shown where you can type the day of the month when the appointment recurs By default the date set in the start date is shown You can type a number between 1 and 31 If you press tab Space 4 5 after setting this the focus will move to recurrence end date and you can set the date If you have set the recurring type to day of the week you will be asked the recurring week first You can set this to first week second week third week fourth week or last week This is for setting the week of a month when the appointment recurs Here if you press tab Space 4 5 the focus will move to a combo box where you can select the day of the week when the appointment recurs Since you can select only one of the 7 days the one shown currently is the selected day If you press tab Space 4 5 here the focus will move to the recurrence end date check box and you can set it 7 4 9 4 Yearly If you set the recurrence to yearly press tab Space 4 5 to move to the recurring type combo box You can select either date or day of the week and you can move between them by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you set the recurring type to date you can set the month and the day of the month when the appointment recurs If you set it to day of the week you ca
574. und If you are using network key in Access Point when you press Enter network key edit box will be displayed In edit box you have to input the encrypted key and press Enter And if your settings are correct then you will hear completed setting profile with connecting sound The advanced common dialog box is used to modify the added profile or add new profile or check the existed profile If you press Enter on the advanced button while wireless LAN turned off no item will be displayed Pressing Enter on the advanced button while wireless LAN turned on The advanced dialog box has 5 controls You can navigate among these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The advanced common dialog box contains profile list add common dialog button remove button properties common dialog button and close button controls 1 profile list Here you will see the profile lists that you have added You can move through the list by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 2 Connect button It tries to connect the wireless using the selected profile by pressing the button 441 3 Add common dialog button You can add a profile here and this dialog is same when entering on add new in lists of Access Point Add common dialog has the 10 controls 1 Setup IP Automatic
575. under five percent and the Voice Sense will be automatically turned off in one minute unless you connect the Voice Sense to an AC power supply If the battery remains under 15 percent when you are using the Voice Sense on battery power only you can t use both wireless LAN and 16 SyncBraille without connecting AC adapter If you want to use both devices at this moment please connect AC adapter Otherwise wireless LAN will be off automatically SyncBraille is sold separately Let s explore the detachable battery pack When the Voice Sense is shipped you will find the battery pack is not installed in the Voice Sense This is done to prevent damage during shipping When inserting the battery flip the unit to the left side so the bottom is up If you feel the bottom surface of the unit with your left hand you will notice a lowered area that is about two thirds the length of the unit Please grip the projection part of battery using the thumb and point finger of right hand And insert the battery in this lowered area You will have to apply a gentle pressure toward the left since the contacts are kind of springy When removing the battery flip the unit to the left side so the bottom is up With your right hand on the release button and with that button pushed toward the back of the unit Take your thumb and pointer fingers and locate the two indentations one on the front top edge and the other one the top back edge in the beveled area
576. us file while a file is being played You can also do this by pressing dot 3 in the Media Player dialog box 9 3 2 3 Next Track This item is used to play the next file in the play list while a file is being played You can also press dot 6 in the Media Player dialog box to do this 9 3 2 4 Back 5 Track This is used to play the fifth file before the file that is currently being played You can also press dots 2 3 in the Media Player dialog box to do this 9 3 2 5 Forward 5 Track 231 This is used to play the fifth file after the file that is currently being played You can also do this by pressing dots 5 6 in the Media Player dialog box 9 3 2 6 First Track This is used to play the first file in the play list You can also do this by pressing dots 1 3 in the Media Player dialog box 9 3 2 7 Last Track This is used to play the last file in the play list You can also do this by pressing dots 4 6 in the Media Player dialog box 9 3 2 8 Volume Up and Volume Down These options are used to adjust the audio playback volume Here the volume level ranges from 0 to 10 You can also adjust the volume level by pressing Space up arrow key up or Space down arrow key down in the Media Player dialog box The actual volume level depends on the value of voice volume that is set in the Global options For example if voice volume
577. use this command press Space m dots 1 3 4 move to edit menu by pressing Space 4 and press Enter at the starting point of selection And press Enter on the start selection Then move to the end of selection that you want to select You can also set the starting point of the block by pressing Enter b dots 1 2 without calling up the menu 265 11 3 2 Copy The selected part of the web page can be copied to the edit box in the web page word documents or the edit box of the other programs To copy the selected part of the web page press Space m dots 1 3 4 move to the edit menu by pressing Space 4 and press Enter And move to copy by pressing Space 4 and press Enter on copy Or you can copy the selected part by pressing Enter c dots 1 4 without calling up the menu 11 3 3 Add to clipboard You can copy various parts of the web page to the clipboard and then you can copy them to the edit box or the other program at once In order to add the selected parts of the web page by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 move to edit menu by pressing Space 4 and press Enter And press Space 4 to move to the add to clipboard and press Enter Or you can add to the clipboard by pressing Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 without calling up the menu 11 3 4 Copy URL When you use the copy URL function you can copy the
578. ut of the unit turn the power off and then take the battery out of the unit Before putting the battery back in to the unit make certain that the power switch is turned off 5 When you are using the Voice Sense on battery power only without the AC adapter the status of the remaining battery power will be announced when the battery power is low When the battery s charge falls below 15 percent connect the AC adapter to the unit for recharging If the remaining battery power drops to five percent and the unit is not connected to the AC adapter the Voice Sense will shut down one minute after the announcement of the battery s status The amount of battery life per charge will vary depending on the options you have set If remaining the battery is under 15 percent when you are using the Voice Sense on battery power only you can t use both wireless LAN and SyncBraille without connecting AC adapter If you want to use both devices at this moment please connect AC adapter Otherwise wireless LAN will be off automatically SyncBraille is sold separately Your Voice Sense needs to be handled with care The Voice Sense is a very delicate machine You should make sure to handle the unit in a proper manner Also the Voice Sense is very sensitive to dust Make sure to keep the Voice Sense away from dusty environments You will need to register your Voice Sense in order to ensure further maintenance service and upgrade informa
579. utomatically hear the whole message body if you want to stop this reading at this time just press Backspace enter If you want to move the Subject while reading the message press Space e dots 1 5 When you read the message all of the control keys are the same as in the word processor 8 2 2 6 Attachment Control 177 You can find and download the attached file at Attach It shows only for the e mail that has an attached file Attach is displayed in the form of Attach attached file name xx yy The yy is the total number of the attached files to the e mail and xx is the xxth attached file The following is the procedure to download attachments 1 Move to the desired file name in Attach by pressing Space 4 or Space 1 2 Press Space on the file name that you want to download Then will be displayed in front of the file name 3 Press enter to download that file Then Attachments will be saved to flashdisk download Do you want to change this location No will be displayed Press enter in here By doing so the selected file will be saved in the download folder in flashdisk If you have more than one attachment that you want to download you can press Enter a dot 1 If you want to download only the attached file that is displayed on the Braille display just press enter without pressing Space
580. utton you can save setting 5 Cancel As a button if you execute cancel you will go to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 16 4 MSN messenger The MSN messenger program on the Voice Sense is very similar in its operation to that which runs on a Personal computer This is because we have made every attempt to keep the structure and features the same as those that are found in the MSN messenger program that runs on a PC Using MSN messenger you can chat online with other registered users of MSN messenger Note that you will need to setup your MSN messenger account with Microsoft before using this service To start MSN messenger executing the social networking and press the short cut key n dots 1 3 4 5 Or pressing Space 1 or Space 4 to move to the MSN messenger and press Enter 16 4 1 Getting Started with MSN Messenger 400 When you first launch MSN messenger the Voice Sense will display for the network status and if a network connection is available a log in dialog box will be displayed 1 When the log in dialog box appears you will be placed in the E mail computer edit box Here you should type the email address that you have registered for your MSN passport Note that the e mail address should be typed using computer Braille 2 Press tab Space 4 5 to move to the Password computer edit box Now Type the password that you have setu
581. ve to mailbox 8 Press Enter on the Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 9 It shows Folder list Or without calling up the menu press Backspace c dots 1 4 or Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 10 Press Space 4 move to the folder that you want to copy or move 11 Press Enter 12 It will be copied or cut the e mail in the folder 13 It will return to the Mailbox before calling the menu 8 4 4 1 Adding Create mailbox You can add create mailbox in the e mail folder of the File manager In order to execute this function follow these steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu in mail lists of Inbox 3 It shows File 4 Press Space 4 move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e dots 1 5 5 It shows Select All 6 Press Space 1 or Space 4 move to Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 7 Press Enter Or press Backspace c dots 1 4 or Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 without calling the menu 201 8 It shows Folder lists 9 Press Tab Space 4 5 move to the Create mailbox 0 Press Enter on the Create mailbox 1 It shows Folder name Type the folder name 2 Press Enter or press Tab Space 4 5 move to Confirm and press Enter 13 It shows the create mailbox in Folder list Also th
582. ve to the Paste and press Enter Or without calling up the menu press Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 22 It will be copied or moved the e mail to mailbox 2 You can copy and move e mails using the Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox in the Edit menu The structure and move of Copy to mailbox and Move to mailbox menu is like below Folder list Create mailbox Button Delete mailbox Button Rename mailbox Button Confirm Button Cancel Button Oar whNnr You can move between the controls by pressing Tab Space 4 5 or Shift Tab Space 1 2 And you can move between items in the Folder list by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you want to cancel while you are in these dialog boxes press Space e dots 1 5 or Space z dots 1 3 5 6 In order to copy and move an e mail to another folder follow there steps 200 13 1 You can select the e mail by pressing Space Enter b Dots 1 2 or Enter a dot 1 Or you can select the e mail using the Select All or Start Selection of the Edit menu 2 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 to call up the menu 3 It shows the File 4 Press Space 4 move to the Edit 5 Press Enter on the Edit 6 It shows the Select All 7 Press Sapce 4 move to the Copy to mailbox or Mo
583. w 1 Press Backspace 3 4 5 6 to turn on the Bluetooth 2 Execute Bluetooth program 3 Bluetooth device has been detected 4 By pressing Space 1 or Space 4 move to Bluetooth printer device 5 Press Enter 6 It will show Service list after scanning service 7 By pressing Space 1 or Space 4 move to Printer 8 Press Enter Then the printer will have been connected to Voice Sense 13 2 8 Using Multiple Services Simultaneously You can use the LAN FTP and ActiveSync Bluetooth services all at the same time However if you plan to use any of these services at the same time you should connect the FTP service before connecting the LAN and ActiveSync services Otherwise you may experience problems However if you want to connect to the Serial Port you should not connect to any of the other Bluetooth services in the Bluetooth Service list 325 13 3 Hot keys in Bluetooth Manager Scanning Bluetooth device Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Connecting device Enter on the device name Connecting service Enter on the service name Disconnect service Enter d dots 1 4 5 Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace Remove device setting in Bluetooth device list Space d dots 1 4 5 1 FTP service Open local folder move remote folder Enter o dots 1 3 5 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 Paste Enter v dots 1 2 3 6 Send to Enter s dots 2 3 4 Retrieve file
584. w the exact path and file name you can type in the path and file name to open the file with the appropriate application For example if you type in flashdisk download in the address window and press Enter the Voice Sense will show you the list of the files in the download folder If you type flashdisk My Documents sample txt in the address window and press Enter the Voice Sense will first load the word processor and then open the file sample txt After the file opens you can read or edit the file sample txt 4 3 3 Opening the History List 70 The history list contains paths folders and files that you have opened previously You can access this history list within the address window by pressing the down arrow Space 4 Use the up and down arrow keys Space 1 or Space 4 to review the history list You can also use the arrow keys to move around on this list Simply open or visit the file and path by pressing Enter on the item history list The files that are supported by the Voice Sense will open with the appropriate applications see section 4 2 3 During the navigation of the history list you can still type in new path names or file names that you want to access 4 4 Network share function Network file share is function to share files between computers connected to the network and means commonly using shared files with other computers just like your files With network
585. w key Move to the next field or menu item Down arrow key Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the first field or menu item Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Move to the last field or menu item Ctrl end Space 4 5 6 20 4 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List Move to the previous field Space 2 Move to the next field Space 5 Move to the first field Home Space 1 3 Move to the last field End Space 4 6 Move to the previous record Space 1 or up arrow key Move to the next record Space 4 or down arrow key Move to the first record Space 1 2 3 Move to the last record Space 4 5 6 Move to previous same field different record Space 3 Move to next same field different record Space 6 20 4 3 Hot keys for the Commands Add address Enter i dots 2 4 Search address Enter s dots 2 3 4 Edit address Enter m dots1 3 4 470 Delete address Space d dots 1 4 5 Select all Enter a dot 1 Save as a file Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 Backup address list Enter u dots 1 3 6 Restore address list Enter r dots 1 2 3 5 Setting backup option Enter e dots 1 5 Setting add searching address fields Enter o dots 1 3 5 Import from CSV Backspace i dots 2 4 Export to CSV Backspace x dots 1 3 4 6 20 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Tab Space 4 5 or F3 Shift tab Space 1 2 or Space F3 Cancel Space e dots 1 5 or F4 Exit Space z dots 1 3 5 6 20 5 Schedule Manager 20 5 1 Hot keys for the commands Move to the next field T
586. weet Completed message will appear 16 2 5 6 Tweet Information Tweet Information provides 2 functions One is a function to connect URL to web browser if tweets contain URL address The other is a function to copy tweets content In order to call up the Tweet Information press Enter on the desired tweet Tweet from User Id dialog box consists of 3 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Content As a status control this represents message content 2 URL As a list this represents URL address contained in tweet Using Space 4 or Space 1 select URL as you desire and press Enter And then web browser is launched to access to the URL address 3 Close As a button this closes Tweet from User Id dialog box and go back to the Timeline Also you can use F4 or Space e dots 1 5 key in order to close The followings are editing hot keys used in Contents box 357 1 Start selection Enter b dots 1 2 2 Select all Enter a dot 1 3 Copy Enter c dots 1 4 16 2 5 7 Add to Favorite Add to Favorite is a function to add specific tweet to Favorite List and it is similar to Favorites function You can add tweets as favorite Later you can see the tweets quickly calling up the Favorite list The followings are how to add tweets to favorite 1 In Ti
587. where you have placed a mark If you have passed a mark while listening to a DAISY Player file you can move to that mark by using the previous mark function You can access the previous mark function by pressing Enter on mark and then move to previous mark by pressing Space 4 and press Enter Or just press p dots 1 2 3 4 to execute previous mark Then press Enter on 298 previous mark You can also move to the previous mark by pressing Space 3 during reading DAISY contents 12 4 2 Next Mark The next mark function will allow you to move to a location where you have placed a mark If you have placed a mark in a DAISY Player file and you have not yet passed it you can move to that mark by using the next mark function You can access the next mark function by pressing Enter on mark and then move to next mark by pressing Space 4 and press Enter Or just press n dots 1 3 4 5 to execute next mark Then press Enter on next mark You can also move to the previous mark by pressing Space 6 during reading DAISY contents 12 4 3 Set Mark You can set a mark anywhere you want while playing a file You can set a mark in the set mark menu Otherwise you can set a mark by pressing Enter m dots 1 3 4 You can also activate this function by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 Th
588. will return to your calculation line 17 1 8 Option Settings Option settings is a dialog box which contains the following setting list a confirm button and a cancel button You can move between the three items by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 The setting list consists of radian and degree in which you can move by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 If you select radian you can get the PI value while using the trigonometric function If you select degree and activate PI you will get a wrong answer You can activate the option settings if you press Enter on it or if you press o dots 1 3 5 in the menu Of course you can open the menu by pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 Or in your calculation line you can activate the option settings by pressing Enter o dots 1 3 5 When running the option settings if you press Enter on what you want in the setting list while moving with Space 1 or Space 4 or if you press Enter on confirm on what you want in the setting list while moving with tab Space 4 5 you will set the option 426 17 1 9 Exit This is used to exit the calculator You can quit a calculation if you press Enter on exit or if you press z dots 1 3 5 6 in the menu Of course you can open the menu by pressing Space m dot
589. word You can add new word using this button 5 Remove search word You can delete the focused word using this button 6 Close Using this button you can close Search word list dialog box and go back to the status right before calling up the function Or you can use F4 or space e dots 1 5 You can save words in the Search word list as follows 1 If you have launched Search word list dialog box press Enter a 2 Save Search edit box appears 3 Type the desired word and press Enter 4 Once entered word is saved save completed message 367 will be displayed The followings are the way to delete words saved in search word list 1 Move to the word which you want to delete in word list using Space 4 or Space 1 2 Press Space d dots 1 4 5 Or move to the Remove Search word button by pressing Tab and press Enter 3 When Do you want to delete Yes message appears if you press Enter the word will be deleted If you want to cancel to delete the word change the button to No with Space key and then press Enter Or press F4 or Space e dots 1 5 After you cancel to remove you will go the Search word list 16 2 9 Additional Function 16 2 9 1 Viewing Personal Information and Edit Personal Information dialog box provides functions to check and edit personal account information To open Personal Information dialog box press Enter dots 2
590. xplanation of additional features 386 16 3 6 1 Save Conversation Save Conversation is a function to save messages exchanged with contact as text file In order to execute this function press Space s dots 2 3 4 within the Chat window or press Enter on the Save Conversation menu located on sub menu of File by calling up the menu Save Conversation dialog box consists of 4 controls 1 2 3 4 File Name Edit combo box Control Confirm Button Control Cancel Button Control File List List Item Control _ Noe The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Save Conversation dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 File Name It is a combo edit box You can type in the file name to be saved in this edit box 2 Confirm It is a button You can save conversation using this button 3 Cancel It is a button You will not save conversation and return to the Chat window the previous status right before calling up the menu 4 File list It is a list You can set path to save conversation The followings are move keys used in file list Move to the previous list up scroll button Space 1 Move to the next list down scroll button Space 4 387 Move to the top of the list Ctrl home Space 1 2 3 Home Space 1 3 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl end Space 4 5
591. yed on the Braille display and press Enter Then the current web site will be registered as your home page automatically and the Voice Sense will say Saved as home page and it displays the current web page Or you can press Enter s dots 2 3 4 without calling up the menu 11 5 2 Add To Favorites You can add the web page that you are reading now to the favorites list In order to add the web page to the favorites list press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 and move to favorites by pressing Space 4 Then press Enter Then move to add to favorites by pressing Space 4 and then press Enter You can activate add to favorites by pressing Backspace a dot 1 when the Web Browser is running Add to favorites is a dialog box that contains the following a list box that shows the current favorites list including the folders and files of your favorites an edit window for the web page address where you can enter type confirm and cancel You can move from one item to the next by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 When you open add to favorites the edit window will appear first In this edit window you can type in the title of the current web page that you are reading The extension name URL will be attached automatically to the title name that you have written If you want to edit only a part of the cur
592. you can move through the level 1 only 12 3 5 Move by Time Index You can use this function as follows 1 While playing audio DAISY file or in pause status 2 While playing with audio in audiot text DAISY or in pause status 296 13 13 The setting values are 5 seconds 10 seconds 30 seconds 13 13 13 minute 3 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 13 minutes 30 minutes and 1 hour To set previous time index follow these steps 1 Press dots 1 2 Every time you press the dots 1 2 Voice Sense toggles between 30 10 or 5 seconds 1 hour and 30 minutes 2 Choose the setting value you want To set next time index follow these steps 1 Press dots 4 5 Every time you press the dot s 1 2 Voice Sense toggles between 5 10 or 30 seconds 1 minute 3 minutes and 5 minutes 2 Choose the setting value you want The moving mode to move by a specified amount of time is as follows 1 Move to previous time Press dots 2 3 6 If you set 5 minutes it will move to previous position by 5 minutes 2 Move to next time Press dots 3 5 6 If you set 5 minutes it will move to next position by 5 minutes 12 3 6 Move by Text Index You can use this function as follows 1 While playing text DAISY file or in pause status 2 While playing with text in audiot text DAISY or in pause status
593. you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set bottom margin This sets the bottom margin for ink printing The bottom margin is the distance from the bottom of the paper to the last line of a printed paragraph The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set left margin This sets the left margin for ink printing The left margin is the distance from the left edge of the paper to the first text that is printed The default value is set to 20 mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set right margin This sets the right margin for ink printing The right margin is the distance from the right end of the printed text to the right edge of the paper The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set page numbering 111 This sets the position where the page numbers will be printed The page number positions are upper left upper middle upper right lower left lower middle and lower right To change the setting press Space Pressin
594. you do not have to paste the file to the remote folder It is done as soon as you activate the send to function When you activate this function the file can only be sent to the root of the remote folder list To activate the send to function perform the following steps 1 After the FTP service is connected you can press Space m dots 1 3 4 while you are in the remote folder list to open the menu Then press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to open local folder and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Enter o dots 1 3 5 2 After you have activated this function you will see the disk list just like when you open the file manager You will be taken to flashdisk by default However if you have a CF memory card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to those disks by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Please refer to chapter 3 in this manual regarding navigation keys in the file manager 3 Then select a file by pressing Space on the file You can only select files and not folders 316 After you have selected a file press Space m dots 1 3 4 and then press Space 1 or Space 4 to move to send to and press Enter Or you can press Enter s dots 2 3 4 to activate the send to function without having to call up the menu Just like copying and pasting you will hear a sound
595. you have to press Space to change the button to No and press Enter Or Press F4 or Space e dots 1 5 After canceling delete you will go to the Timeline 16 2 5 3 Retweet Retweet is a function to deliver tweets which your follow posted to your followers It is used on the tweets such as notification and sympathizing tweet You can t recommend tweet you posted The followings are how to retweet 1 Within Timeline move to the tweet you want to repost 2 Press Enter e 1 5 If retweet is successful Successfully retweet message will appear and you will go to the Timeline 16 2 5 4 Send Mention Mention is tweets which would be sent to more than one specified user You can use Mention function when you want to communicate with specific users intensively How to send mentions is similar to way to post tweet Just enter at sign in front of User Id and type mention you want to send The following examples show the way to send mention 1 Launch Tweet dialog box pressing Enter t dots 2 3 4 5 on the Timeline 2 If Tweet dialog box is launched Tweet message is displayed 355 3 As following examples enter at sign in front of the User ID and type your message Example 1 Robin Hello teacher Example 2 Bill Robin let s have dinner together this evening Example 1 sends Hello teacher mention to Robin Example 2 sends Let s have dinner together this evening
596. you log in with on line status if some people request you to add as contact dialog box asking whether you accept addition or not will appear If some people request you to add as contact when you re Off line status request adding information will be saved in server Then when you execute Google Talk Program request adding information will appear on the Manage Contact List menu Manage Contact List is a function to accept or reject contact requesting for adding contact In order to call up the Manage Contact List dialog box Press Enter p dots 1 2 3 4 or Press Enter on the Manage Contact Invite after entering sub menu of Contact menu calling up the menu Manage Contact List dialog box consists of 4 controls 1 E mail List control 2 Accept Button control 3 Reject Button control 4 Close Button control You will get detailed explanation about Manage Contact Invite dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 E mail As a list this displays user ID requesting you to add as contact 2 Accept As a button you can accept focused user ID as contact 380 3 Reject As a button you can reject focused user ID as contact 4 Close As a button once you execute a function you will go to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu The following is the way to a
597. you must change the wireless option to on in the option menu Go to the utilities menu that is located in the program menu by pressing F1 and then press Space 4 repeatedly to move to the utilities menu Then press Enter on utilities Next move to setup Internet by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 and then press Enter on setup Internet And then press Enter on wireless LAN The wireless LAN dialog box consists of the access point list advanced button and close button You can move between these controls by pressing tab Space 4 5 or shift tab Space 1 2 If you do not have a wireless LAN turned on you will hear no item when you press Enter on wireless LAN 440 When you first open the wireless LAN dialog box the focus is on the access point list The list has the information of wireless access points which is searched Access point list will let you know the access point name encryption and sensitivity of each item Ex linksys encryption WEP sensitivity good If there is more than one access point in the list you can move between them by pressing Space 1 or Space 4 Move to the access point that you want to connect to And press Enter And then you will hear the Connecting with access point name message and connecting so
598. you want to go to After you type in you re the web page address press Enter to open the web page Then the Web Browser will open and take you to the specific URL that you typed in The Voice Sense will connect to the web page that is registered as the home page in the Web Browser Please note that the Web Browser supports SSL 1 0 to 3 0 A more detailed explanation of the Web Browser can be found within this chapter 11 1 File The file menu can be executed by selecting file after pressing Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 which calls up the Web Browser menu When you press Enter on file you can enter into the file menu To move from one submenu to another submenu press the up arrow key Space 1 or the down arrow key Space 4 The following is a detailed explanation of the Web Browser file menu 11 1 1 Open URL 260 Press Space m dots 1 3 4 or F2 to open the Web Browser menu Then move to file and press Enter The first is open URL Press Enter to get into the open URL edit window or press Enter u dots 1 3 6 while the Web Browser is open When open URL is executed the edit window for an address will be displayed You will see the address of the current page You can enter a new web page address that you want to connect to You need to enter the new address in computer Braille such as www yahoo com The

Voice Sense User Manual(Ver 6.0)_HIMS

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents